USA Customs and Institutions Complete Book Guide

FOURTH EDITION
Eustoms
and
Institutions
Ethel
Tiers$
MartinTiersky
c0NTIrl|Ts
Preface
To the Teacher v1l
To the Student vl11
Acknowledgments
U|llITI Anitrde$,
Ualues,
and
Lilestyles
I The American Character
2 Marciage American St;rle t2
3 American Family Life 24
4 American Etiquette 36
5 What Arnericans Consume 47
||ltllT2 The
$alad
Eowl: Biuel'sily
Cultunal inl[eU.$. 59
6 A Nation of Immigrants 59
7 The African-American 72
8 Reli$on in American Life 83
UlllT3 kuels
oll.eu'nin[ 94
I American Eclucation: The First 12 Years 94
IO Higher Education in the U.S. 106
l1
I
11 Vacationing in the U.S. 119
12 Leisure-Time Activities 131
||tl|lT5 0wel'nmenlanil
l||elmeri0il
Ciliruil 143
13 The Constitution and the Federal System 143

14 Choosing the Nation's President 154
15 Citizenship: Its Obligations and Privileges 166
E--
||ltjll $ T[ettlorlil
olAmerican
[usiness
l6 Capitalism and the American Economy
17 The American Worker 1 89
18 High-Tech Communications 200
||ll[ 7 Amet.ican
llolidays:llistony
andCustoms 27 2
19 ChristopherColumbus:A ControversialHero 2r2
2O Halloween: A Time for Scary Fun 224
21 Thanksgiving and Native Americans 235
22 The Winter Holiday Season 247
23 Two Presidents and Two Wars 259
24 Four Patriotic Holidays 272
Appendix A A Snapshot of More American Holiclays 283
Appendix B Units of Measurement:U.S. and Metric 285
Appendix C The United States,U.S. Territories, and Outlying Areas 286
Appendix D The United States:Map with Time Zones 287
Appendix E The Thirteen Original Colonies 288
Appendix F U.S. Free and SlaveStatesand Territories. 1860 289
CONTEMS
r
PRTFACI
To the Teacher
The U.S.A.:Ctstomsand Institutionswas first publishedin 7972.It hasbeen called"a
classicin its field," a descriptionthat thrilled its authors.With eachnew edition, the
book hasbeenupdatedand expanded.Wefirmly believethat it hasalsoimprovedwith
age.
Over the decades, the primary goalsofour text haveremainedthe same:to provide
newcomersto the United Statesan ovewiew of American culture and traditions and to
improve tle readingcomprehensionof nonnative speakersof English.The content
strives to crealea gerlerulportrait of the United States,both its virtues and its short-
comings.'Ihe U-S.A-:Customsand Institutiotts answersmany questionstlat foreigners
and immigrants ask about this nation and helps them understand Americans better.
Teachersfamiliar with the third edition will find the fourth edition similar in terms
of topics coveredbut d;fferent in many other ways. One new chapterhasb een added-
Chapter 18, "Higfr-Tech Communications."All ofthe other chaptershavebeen revised
extensively,however,to update statistics,include new research,and explain new atti-
tudesand customs.Althougftrthe book remains a higflr-intermediateto advancedreader,
we have tried to deal with sophisticatedideas in the easiestlanguagepossibie.In this
editio4 the vocabularyhas been simplified and the sentenc€sshortened to make the
content accessibleto a greater nurriber of students. The reaclir4lsremain long enough
and difficult enoughto challengeadvancedstudents.However, witl sufficient in-class
assistance,studentsin the intermediaterangewill alsobe able to understandand enjoy
them.
Here are somesalient new featuresthat make the fourth eclition an even more ef-
fective teachir4itool:
o Prereading discussion quesdons strengthentle backgiroundbrought by students
to eachreading and introduce someof the vocabulary used in ihe chapter.
o Prereading "Guess" questions arousecuriosity and give studentssomespecific
fuformation to look for as they read.
. Completely new lllusfiafons-inclutling many photogiraphsand carloons-
stimulate discussionand rnakeAnerican culture comealive t}rough visual images
and humor.
. "check Your comprehenslon" quesdons now follow each sectionof the readingis.
Thesequestionsencouragestudentsto reflect upon what they've learned, and
teacherscan use them as a starting point for generaldiscussion,paired c,onversa-
tion, or writing assignments.
. Exerciseshavebeengreatlyrevisedand are now longerand morevariedin for_
mat. They are alsomoreinteractive,often involvingpairedor small-groupwork
and sometimesevengames.In additionto beingmore fun, the exercises arenow
broaderin scope.As beforg they emphasizecomprehension, vocabularyidioms,
and readingskilis.But now thereis morework with punctuation,phonics,word
parts,word endings,writing style,and dictionaryskills.
' Vocabularylists in the "Building YourVocabulary"exercisescontainbrief notes

that clarifu confusingword forms,suchas irregularpluralsand wordsusedonly in
the plural.
. The reading-writingconnectionhasbeenstrengthened in threeways:
1. Everychapterincludesone or two exercises that practicean importantsen_
tencepattern found in the reading.
2. ln the "lssues"secfion(PartA of .,SharingIdeas,'),studentsare askedto dis_
cussmqior controversiesrelatedto the chapter,stopic. After exchangingideas
with classmates,they write about one of the issues.
3. In "On a PersonalNote" (PartB of,.SharingIdeas,'),shrdentsareencouraged
to write about their reactionsby making cultural comparisons,expressingper_
sonal opiniong and discussingltheir unique experiences.The length of these
writingi assignmentsis left for the teacherto decide.For advancedstudents,
somewriting topics involve library research.
Thz U.S.A.:Customsan"dInstirutions,fourth edition, Lke its predecessors, is designed
to $ve teachersmaximum freedomof choice Chapterscan be studied in any order, de_
pending upon studert interest and timeliness.
Accompanying this edition of the book is a new Teacher'sManu.al which includes
general teaching tips and a chapter-by-chapterguide that contains background infor-
mation about the readingand the illustrations, sugjgiestions for additional clas*oorn ac-
tivities, and answersto the book's exercises.In addition, it contains a reaclingcompre-
hension quiz for eachchapter.
To the Student
This fourth edition of Tlu U.S.A.:Customsand.Institutinnshas two main goals.The first
is to introduce you to the lifestyles, attitudes, customs,and traditions of Americans.
The secondis to incYease your knowledgeof the most widespreadAmerican customof
all-the customof communicatingin En$ish. To accomplishthe first goal,the readings
have been updated to $ve you a twenty-first century snapshot of life in the United
States.To accomplishthe secondgoal,this new edition contains greatly expandedex-
ercises.They will help you to readwith greaterundersanding, discussyour reactions
to *le ideaspresented,learn a specificset of vocabulary words and idioms, and note
someimportant conventions of wdtten English.
@
Thc II.S.A.:Customsand Institutionsdiscussesboth strengthsand weaknessesof
American culture.Howeveqits primary intent is to describeand analyzerather than
evaluate.It is left to you, the reader,to comparcAmerican wayswith thoseof other cul-
tures and to form opinions about American lifestyles.
If your past instruction in English has been in British English,don't worry. The
$Mitch to American En$ish will not present major problems.In terms of sentence
structure, thesetwo versionsof English are almost the same.British En$ish has more
irregular verbs tlran American En$ish (learnt versusleanwd.,for example).There are
someminor spelling differences(such as eolour versus color) and some differencesin
vocabnlary.(The British lfr is the American elnala4 a British vestis an Ameican un-
dershirt.)Still, you wiil find that British and American Englishare very much the same
language.
As you probably know, English is rapidly becoming the global languageof our
shrinking world. It is spokenby about 1.5billion peopleand is the languageof inter-
national communication in business,diplomacy,technology,sports, trav-el,and enter-
tainment. Whereveryou go and whatever you do, your knowledgeof English wili come
in handy.
We hope that Thz U.S.A.:Custoftzs anl Institutions, fourth edition, will help you im-
proveyour understandingof American Engilishand American people.Whether you're
living in the United States,visiting the country, workingl or studying with Americans
who live in your countgz,or perhapsmssring Americans for the first time in the pa$es
of this book, we want to extendyou a warm welcome to the U.S.A.!
Ethel Tiersky Martin Tiersky

AssociateProfessor Attorney-at-Larz
CommunicationsDept. (English & ESL) Chicago,Illinois
Harry S. Truman College
Chicago,Illinois
Acknowledgments
With iharks to:
. our editors, Iaura Ir Dr6an and Michael Ryall, for their expertise,encouragement,
and dedication to this project
o Marianne Carello ar:tl Mykan White for their photo research;
o Andrea Bryant, our developmenteditor, and Sylvia Darg our production editor;
o the hundreds of ESL studentsat Harry S. Truman Collegein Chicagowho
classroom-testedour book and whose questionstold us what immigrants want
to know.
r
I
I
t_
t
Photo Credits
I
Photographsand Art: p.l o A. Rame,y/Slonei p. lZ photographby David Simm, t!]v,tldt,r 1111.;ri];liiri:,,. a
tography.com;p. 16 o 2000 Reprirted courtesyof Bunny Hoest and paradeMa{ldii,i t
|. : I I I t,r;r;,.1
Bosl€r/ston€;p. 26 o Reprirltedwith specialpermissionKing F€aturessyndicat€;p. i 6 r 20co lr' N.ri t
I
Yorkercollection from cartoonbank.com.Alt Rights Reserved;p. 47 o )eff cretrlr.ri,{)nrri,-,r,ii,-,ilj
communications,Inc'; p. 59 o rg89 by Kry Berkson;p. 61 oJosephsohn, chroflosohrr r,c /ci )RIJIS:
i
p. 72 Jenrifet Ge$ard.Coufiesyof Victory GardenTheater.Cheryl Lynr: Frrrcr as lJilri)iir! Il)!,i,r1riri
"Voiceof GoodHope;"p.83 Photocourtesyofrh€ NormanRockwellMuseurnrrbrc(krrJili!.,. i--
-ir.r,
the Norman RockwellFamily Trusq p. 94 o The sth Wave,www.tle5thwav€.coru;p 97 o 2000 T/ir
Ncw Yorkcrcollection from cartoonbank.com.All Rights Reserved;p. 106 N( )f.l sl-.ei il'r i-iii i r ,l!.
wiley Miller. Dist. by UNTVERSALPRESSSYNDICATE. ReprintedrviLhperuissiorr
-,r")lri1|r:, :.,:
served;p. 119 (top lefo @Neil Rabinowiu/CoRBtS;.p. 119 (bottom left) ojohn Lamb,/Stone:p. , iti
(right) oJanButchofsky-Houser/CORB]S; p. 125 photo by Martin Tiersky; p. 131o 2000 the Nr.,,' ,:::
Rockwell Family Trust; p. 143 ojoseph Sohm, ChromoSohmIn.,/CORBIS;p. 1S4Ap/Wide W.:,.1
Photos;p. 156AP,/WideWorld Photos;p. 166Associatedpress,Ap; p. 177 Reprinted*.jrh sir:. :, I : r .
missionKing Featur€ssyndicate;p. 180AP,/wide world photos;p. 189AIr/ wrdc \iior lJ f,ii,-rr.rs: i.. ,; ,a;
Re p ri fl te d w i th s p € c i a l p e rmi s si onl (i ngFeaturesS yndi cate;p.203@ 2000Frpri rrredL,,L ,1,,... r , , . ,
Hoest and ParadeMagazine;p.212 @ Bertman/coRBlS;p. 224': i(,.\'ii., sclr.. cf,i.i,r(,:.,,.rl
I'C,,/CORBIS;p. 235Ted Curtin for Plimoth plantation,plymouth, MA: p. 240 },lolo b.y.Rc,irlt)c\!;r,iir
p.247 @ToooStillo,/Omni-PhotoCommunications,I.,"i p- ZS2 AplWide lt7or]dphci{)s._,il:,:
ir l:,a-l
Archive Photos;p. 264 o Scott T. Smith,/CORBISi p.272. Ke\'tt, \\/crJ (.,rf:i;\. . ,!r.j.
Poulides/Stone,o Hulton cetrylstone; p. 276 @Bettman/CORBIS.
CREDIT5
E-
I
I
I
t
I
i |JNIT
- Alliludes, The American
Charucter
and
Ualues,
faces of the U.S.A.:diversity as a way of life
BeroRrYou ReRo
Discuss
1. Compare Americans to people in other countries. What differences have you
noticed in behavior, attitudes, and values?
2. Look at the headings and subheadings in this chapter. Can you predict what
each section might have to say about the U.S. and its residents?
3. Take a survey of the languagesspoken by students in your class. Where in the
world are these languagesspoken?
Guess
Tryto answerthe questions.
rhen lookfor the answers
in the reading.
l. What is the approximarepopulatio' of the U.S.?Check(/) one:
_ 725 million _ 2TSmillion _ ?smillion
2. Whichis the largesrethnicnri'orify in the U.S.?Check(/) one:
_ Hispanics --- Asians _ African-Americans
The Arnerican Character

A Land of Diversity
t WhatareAmericanslike?WhatdoAmericanslike?Theseareverydifferentquestions.
In answeringthem, this chapterwill provide a sketchof the Americancharacter.,,But
wait,"some readerssay."ln this huge nation of peoplefrom everywhere, is there reallv
a nationalcharacter?"Let'stacklethis third questionfirst.
2 Thereis great diversityin the ethnic makeupof America.Nevertheless, manywriters
havegeneralized about typical Americanvalues,attitudes,and beliefs.lor example,
Mortimer B. Zuckerman,editor-in-chiefof U.S.Neur €-WorldReport, seeshis countryas
"a unique culture of self-reliance,independence,resourcefulness, pragmatism,and
novelty-"He goes on to describehis fellow Americansin greaterdetail, "We are com-
fortablewith changeand with peoplewho makethings happen.In America,the new is
betterthan the old; takingchargeis valuedover playingit safe;makingmoneyis supe-
rior to inheriting it; education and merit are favoredover family ties.,,
3 The most important characteristicof the U.S.A.can be stated in one word: diversity.
Most Americans take pride in the great variety found in the country,sgeographyand
population.Covering3,700,000 squaremiles (9,590,000 squarekilometers),the U.S.is
the fourth-largestnationin the world {afterRussia,China,and Canada).Within this vast
nation are tall mountainsand flat cornfields,desertsand tropical regions,prairiesand
forests,ruggedcoastlinesand gentle,rolling hills. Theclimate,too, coversall extremes.
In southern Florida,visitors come to swirn and sunbathe in December.In northern
Alaska,winter temperaturesmay drop to -75' Fahrenheit(-54" Celsius).
4 with roughly 275 million people,the U.S.is the third-largestnation in population
afterChinaand India.About 9tr/oof the people now living in the U.S.wereborn there.
Still' the U-S.has one of the world'smost variedpopulationsin termsof nationalan-
cestry.This diversityis often highlightedand celebratedat school and communityfes,
tivals.Racially, the U.S.is about82%white,l3% black,4ToAsian and pacifictslandetand
l7oNativeAmerican(includingEskimoandAleut).Hispanicsare roughly12"/o of the en-
tire Americanpopulation,makingSpanish-speaking peoplethe nation'ssecondlargest
ethnic minority. Some newcomersto the U.S.may be surprisedby the varietiesof inn
colorthey see,but Americanstakeit for granted.Racismand prejudicearestill serious
UNITI . Attitudes,Values,and Lifestvles

r
E_
problemsin the U.S.;however, mostAmericans believein the idealsof equalityand mu-
tual respect.
s Threesignificantpopulationtrendsmay changethe Americancharacterto someex-
tent.First,the U.S.CensusBureauestimatesthat, by the year2050,the country'spopu-
million. Will more crowdedconditionsleadto closerfriendshipsor
, / ^ lation will be 394
4n;..j.gtt'nl--fir- more disputesbetweenngighborsJSecond,in recentyears,the averageage of Ameri-
u canshas beenincreasing (from28 in 1970to about 35today).Thistrend,oftenreferred
to as the "graying"of America,is expectedto continue. By 7-023, demographers say,
about l8% of Americanswill be 65 or older.By 2038,that figurewill reach34"/". "Amer-
ica is a countryof youngmen,"wrote RalphWaldoEmersonin the nineteenthcentury.
Americanshaveoftenbeenaccusedof worshipingyouthand undervaluing theirelders.
Now,the typicalAmericanis approaching middle age. Some 72,000 Americans are at
least 100yearsold! By 2050,there may be 800,000centenariansWhatwill happento
the youth culturethen?Third,the nation'sethnicand racialminoritygroupsare grow-
ing much fasterthan the generalpopulation.Demographers predictthat by 2050,this
country'sminoritygroupscombinedwill makeup the maiority of the population.No
doubt,this changewill affectattitudes,values,and customs.
6 Regionalvariationsalso add diversityto the Americancharacter.Travelaround the
country and you'll notice differencesin language,diet, recreation,and even regional
character.SomeAmericanscantell what part of the countryotherAmericanscomefrom
iust by listeningto their accents.Cookingstylesalso varyfrom placeto place,influenced
by the differentimmigrantgroupsthat havesettledin that areaand by the edibleplants,
fish, seafood,and wildlife nativeto each region.Recreationalso variesfrom place to
r . , place,influencedby climate,geography,and ethnictraditions.In addition,attitudesand
tg"f ) >th * fi'h"Lf behaviqr may differ somewhat from one region of the country to another. For example,
'?
' ()' New Englandersare commonly describedas seriousand self-reliant,Southemersas
graciousand leisurely,and Westernersas casualand friendly.Californiansaresaid to be
eagerto try new fads. Midwestemersare consideredmore conservativethan Californi-
ans and less sophisticatedthan New Yorkers.Of course,rnanyresidentsof a particular
region do not fit these generalizations.
THEWEST THE MIDWEST THE NORTHEAST
Regionsof the United States
1 . TheAmericanCharacter
CHAPTER
E
t-
r
However,moderncommunicationand massproductiontend to decreaseregional
and ethnicdifferences. From the EastCoastto the West Coast,travelersfind similar
shoppingcenters,supermarkets, departmentand discountstores,restaurants, hotels,
motels,and apaftmentbuildings.Nationaladvertising createsnationaltastesin cloth-
ing stylesand otherconsumergoods.NationalnewsmediainfluenceAmericans'reac-
tions to world events.Television,
movies,and schoolshelp to createa body of Ameri-
canvaluesand traditionsDespitethe nation'sgreatdiversity,somegeneralizationscan
be madeabout whatthe typicalAmericanbelievesin, admires,values,and wants.
Z cnecr
YounWhq is the tJ.S. called"a land of diversitq"?
Compnehenslon
What three populationtrendsare predicted?
f,lernocracy in Actio*
B Americandemocracy is basedon the principleof majority rule. ln a democraticleg-
islativebody,decisionsare made by voting. In the U.S.,voting is not just a tool for se-
lectingpolitical leadersand passinglaws.It is also a way of makingdecisionsin the
businessworld,in socialgroups,in schools,and evenwithin the family.Americansbe-
Iievethat people shouldtake part in makingthe rulesthey must live by.Americanchil-
dren are introducedto the ideasof maiority rule and representativegovernmentat a
veryearlyage.Many familieshold weeklymeetingsto determinehouseholdrulesand
activities.Most schoolshavestudentcouncilswith electedrepresentatives so that stu-
dents can voice their opinions about school regulationsand activities.In the adult
world,all kinds of organizations(unions,religiousgroups,etc.)electofficersand make
decisionsby voting.ln publiclyownedcompanies,stockholderselectthe directors.
9 'All men are createdequal," saysthe Declarationof lndependence.This statement
does not mean that all human beingsare equal in ability or ambition. lt meansthat all
peopleshould be treatedequallybeforethe law and given equal privilegesand oppor-
tunities.Equal opportunitymeans(amongother things)an equal chancefor a good ed-
ucation and a good iob.
'10 The American commitment to equality of opportunity inspireswhat is commonly
!
called the American dream-the belief that anyone can achieve successthrough hon- t
esty and hard work For many immigrant Americans,this dream becamereality. Finan- i.
i
cial successhas often beenthe resultof takinga risk,of quitting a salariedpositionand i
stafting one's own new business.Social mobility-movement from one social classto
another-has alwaysbeen characteristicof the U.S.It is usuallyachievedby improving
one'seducationallevel,occupation,and/orincome.
i1 A democratic, representativegovernment gives citizens an opportunity (and a re-
sponsibility)to encouragepositivesocialchange.Ordinarycitizenscan improvecondi-
tions, especiallyif they unite in a common cause."Grassroots"movementscan bring
about changesin lawsand policies.In the past half-centurymany such groups have
forcedchange in local, state, and federal laws. Somegroups have even influenced for-
eign policy-for example,those that opposedAmericanparticipationin the Vietnam
Warof the 1960s.Othergroupshavepersuadedlawmakersto passstricterlawsto pro,
UNIT 1 . Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

r
,L;-
tectAmericansfrom drunkdrivers,pollution,and the illegaluseof handguns.Still other
groups fight for the rights of minorities-African-Americans,Hispanics,gaysand les-
bians,peoplewith disabilities,seniorcitizens,and so on. Americansknow that. in the
battle for human rights,there is strengthin numbers.
Z **to* WhatAmericanattitudesarerelatedto democratic

iileals?
fouH$9ttlol Whatdoesmaiority rule mean?
"1?y It-You'Il Like It"

12 The greatAmericannovelistand humorist Mark TWaindescribedthe typical English-
man or -womanas a "personwho doesthings becausethey havebeendone before"and
the typicalAmericanas "a personwho does things becausethey haven'tbeen done be-
fore."Americanslove to try somethingnew out of curiosityand a belief that newermay
be better.
13 As a nation of immigrants,the U.S.has had a continual influx of people with a
pioneeringspirit, with the courageto make maior changesin their lives. ln the mid-
nineteentn century this spirit l^d American settlers to make the long, difficult, and
dangerousiourney westward in searchof gold or free land. The desire to make a fresh
start in a new place is still noticeablethroughout the nation. About 42 million Americans
changeresidenceseveryyear.Some moves are due to changing iobs or going off to col-
lege.Other people move from big cities to suburbs (or vice versa).Some move to find ad-
venture or a more pleasant climate. The pioneering spirit of Americansis evident in the
working world, too. Employeeschange iobs and even careersas opportunities change.
14 Americanslbve scienceand technology becausethese fields involve new discoveries.
The U.S. has embraced the age of communication with great enthusiasm. From
preschoolersto senior citizens,Americansare learning to use computers--at school, at
work, and at home. Robots, lasers,and other inventions of modem technology fascinate
them. Americans subsidizeall kinds of spaceexploration, from outside the Earth to in-
side the atom. in order to uncoverthe secretsof the universe.
t5 Love of change is closely tied to faith in improvement. Americans have alwaysbeen
optimistic, believing in the perfectibility of people, the basic goodnessof their country,
and the ability of American ingenuity to improve the quality of life. But people have
come to realizethat, if life can become better, it can also become worse.The dangersof
air and water pollution, nuclear power,and overpopulation have become clear.
oltheAmeriunpioneefing
,Wftataresme etumples
tfpical American Behavior and Values

t6 WatchingAmericansin action, foreignerssometimessee behaviorthat seemsrude,
but certainlynot
misguided,or just plain silly.The followingtraits are characteristically,
American.
exclusively,
CHAPTER1 . The AmericanCharacter

E
17 Hurry,Hurry,Hurry.Almost everyAmericarrwearsa watch,and, in nearlyevery
room
in an Americanhome,theie'sa clock."Beon time.""Don'twastetime.",.Time
is money.,,
"Timewaits for no one."All thesefamiliar
sayingsreflectthe Americanobsessionwiih
promptnessand efficiency.Studentsdispleasetheir teachersand employees
displease
their bosseswhen they arrivelate.This desireto get the most out of every
minute often
makesAmericansimpatient when they have to wait, The pressureto make
everymo-
ment count sometimesmakesit difficult for Americansto relax.
l8 Thedesireto savetime and do work more quicklyand easilyleadsAmericans
to buy
manykindsof machines.Theserangefrom officeequipmentsuchas calculators, pho-
tocopy machines,and computersto dozensof home and personalappliances,
such as
microwaveovens.
19 TheImportance of Money.
Aftervisitingthe U.S.in the 1830s,the FrenchhistorianAlexis
de Tocquevillewrote, "l know of no country . . . where the love cf money has
taken
strongerhold . . ." Americansare often accusedof being materialistic, of valuing
wealth
and possessionsabove all else.Money is valued both as a symbol of successand
also
for a more obvious reason-its purchasingpower.Many items that didn't even
exist 50
yearsago are now considerednecessitiesin the Americanhome. In addition,purchases
are made in order to "keep up with the loneses,,'toshcw friendsthat one can
afford a
biggerhouse or a fanciercar.Also, advertisingencouragespeopleto ke.p buying
things
far beyondwhat they need. In the mid-nineteenthcentury,the Americanuritoi
Henry
David Thoreau advised his countrymen,"simplify your needs!" Howevet Americans
have moved in the opposite direction. Now, iust as Thoreau predicted, many
find that
their possessionsown them. They must work hard to earn enough money tt buy
and
maintain the many possessionsthey consider necessities.
20 Yes,Americans love to make a lot of money and spend it on themselves-to
buy
things that save time, give them pleasure,or serveas status symbols. However,Ameri-
cansare also very generousand verywilling to donate money to good causes.TheAmer-
ican characterincludes a strong senseof obligation to help those in need.
21 SayWhatYou Mun, andMeanWhatYou Say.Americansbelievethat "honestyis the best
policy."They are direct and assertive. Theyask for what they want. In many
cultures,re-
spect for those in positions of authority keepspeople from expressingtheir true feelings
or intentions- In the U.S.A.,however,children often argrrewith their parentsand.citizens
express opposition to actions of the government. If the soup is cold or the meat is
tough, the diner can complain to the waiter.If a teacher is wrong or confusing,a student
may sayso. If the boss makesa mistake,an employee may politely point it out. Assertive
behaviorsometimes seems improper and rude to foreigners,but it work well for Amer-
icans. In fact, assertivenessis almost a necessityin the business world.
22 TheNud toWin.The extremely competitive nature of Americans is often criticized.Of
course,compedfion isn't alwaysbad. ln fact, it promotes excellencebyencouraging in-
dividuals (and businesses)to try to do their best. But the desire to get ahead of others
sometimescausespeople to do things that are unkind and even dishonest-
23 The PracticalOutlaok.Americans admire what is practical, fast, efficlent, and new.
Sometimesthey fail to appreciateculturesthat prefermore traditional,leisuretywaysof
doing things. Conversely,people from other cultures may dislike the practicat,nectic
Americanlifestyle.
UNff 1 . Attitudes. Values,and l_ifestvles
-
24 Despitethesetraits,which.,many foreignersmay view as faults,Americansare usually
consideredvery likable.Most are friendly,kind-hearted,and eagerto help visitorsand
immigrants.In this nationof immigrants,the foreignerdoes not remainan outsiderfor
long.
ArrenYou Reno
l. Getting the Message
Workwitha partner.Puta check(/) in thecorrectcolumnfor each phraselistedbelow.
Americans Americans
like or approve don't like or
of this. approve of this.
l. forming groups to bring about change
2. wasting time
3. allowing cittznnsto influence lawmakers
4. allowing social mobility
5. protesting;social evils non-violently Lf
6. doing things the waythey've always

tt
been done in the past
7. making decisionsby voting
8. buying as fewpossessionsas possible V
9. being assertive
1O.competing to be the winner or the best
ll. BuildingYour Vocabulary

A. Ihese are the 15 keyvocabularywordsfor this chapter.Theyare boldfacedin the
reading.Prontounce thesewords afteryour teacher,and discusstheir meanings.
assertive demogfrapher majority
charactef diversity materialistic
competition efEcient minority
conservativet ethnic possession
democracy generalize variet5l
*Charactcr is uncountable as it's used in this chapter
tConservative can be a noun or an adjective.
CHAPTER1 . The AmericanCharacter

u
t
It--
F
B- Witha partner,answerthesequestions
with onewordor a few words. I
1. r.I/ould a materialistic person have many possessionsor few?

2. Do elections usually irtglye"o*petition?
3. Does a conservative person like or dislike.a lot of change?
4. Ifpeople work quicklybut do poor work, are they efficient? f'l p
5. What does a demographer study?
6. What is the main characteristic of a democracv?
7. What are two expensive possessions that most Americans want to own?
8. Do Americans think that it's good to be asserfive? What do you think?
lll. SharpeningReadingSkills
Topic Sentences A paragraphis a group of sentencesthat developsone idea.Most
para€Faphscontain a statementof the main idea. That statementis called the topit
sentence.Itis usually, but not always,the first sentencein the paragraph.It is the
most important sentencein the paxagraph.The other sentencesdwelop the topic
sentencq perhapsby gving reasons,causes,examples,facts, or descriptivedetails.
Rereadtheparagraphslistedandlook for the topic sentence.Thenwritethe first two words
of the topic sentenceon the lineafter theparagraphnumber.
Example
(3) J\q moer
(s) (s) Gr)
lV. Understandingldiomsand Expressions

Usefte following72 expressions
to complete
thesentences onpage9. Capitalize
thefirst
wordatthe beginningof a sentence.
Thenumbers in parentheses
givethe paragraphsin
whichtheexpressions areused.Rereadtheparagraph if youhaveforgoftenwhatthe
expressronmeans.
"$rassroots" movement (1L) point out (21)
keep up with theJogesgs_(19) dbnior crrtien (n,14)
majority rute (8) gtatus sysbet(20)
make every riciment count (17) take it for granted (4)
lqass p-roduction (7) S4kingq.barge(2)
(z)
gbyjgg-_i-1*s-tfe vice versa (13)

r
t
1. My friendJoe rides his ntotorcycle 90 miles an hour. He doesn't believe in
!,
2. The twins expect their parents to give them a gift on their birthday. They
{,+.
3. MariaJohnson is very popular amongthe peoplein this state.In fact, there is
il
a(n) I'l
to elect her as the next governor.
4. They are averyhappy couple.Sheloveshim and 14
5. Don't waste time. qp
6. Teachers PJ mistakesso that students will
learn the correct way to speak and write English.
7. An expensive car is a(n) It makes the
owner seem important.
S. My grandfatheris 68 yearsold. Becausehe's a(n)
i{ , lV , he getsa discount atmany movie theaters.
9. meansthat decisionsare madeby voting.
10. You don't have to buy a new car just becauseyour friends did- You don't have to
l'l
v
11. helps to keep prices down.
12. Johnleft the company,so Helen is t of the offi.cenow.
V. TakingWords Apart
Noun or Adjective Nouns serveas subjectsof sentencesand objectsof verbs and
prepositions.Adjectives are commonly usedbefore nouns or after linking verbs (zuch
asbe,seem,ffidfeeD.
Underlinethe correct wordform for eachsentence.

1. The U.S. is @@tUn / corupetitiue)
society.
"
2. Voting is an (imytffi,tue / important) partof a democratic (society/ sgial).
3. To have a successfirl democraq, it is (ngp{W / nncessary)to have (edywfwn /
edrcattd) citizens.
4. To havqasuccessfrrldemocracy,well+ducated citizens arc a (necessitg /
//\
negwru.
5. Americans believe in (e4.Wrltft/ equal) opportunity for all.
6. Most Americans understand the (importarce / important) of parttcipating in
then @emocrarg/ ilzmncrati.c)government.
(continuzd.on_thenextpage)
1 . TheAmericanCharacter
CH,APTER
---E
7. Amenc.ansare practical. In other yXds, they are (pragryti,,;,: , ,,r..i:i,r,ji
8. Traveling from one (region/ regiilal) of the country to anl{i;l: . ,1ui{rncan
tourists see a great (vangtg / vaj&d) of people and pprces.
9. There is a lot of (ethydity / ethnic) (diversity/ dt{sd i,;: :ir i '. r
10. Do Ameydns uar( por."r.ions more than anytliing eisc',).l,-it:i irry
ôlr"y"r,d
(ma t erjdl ism / m"at erial k t ir)?
//l
What at{:ou, common endingson the nouns in this exercise?- - yW

(
What are four common endings on the adjectives in this exert_-is*?
Vl. PracticingSentencePatterns
Dashes and Definitions
Rereadthe frst and lastsentencesin paragraph10. Notethatdasl'resir€ u:.:;,s,1irefc.r-r
of the phrases
definitions Americandreamandsocialmobility.Cn ltr: J;ilr:if,.,ii:r.,,', i:.,..".
1,,::.::'i::
of a phrase.
senfencesthatincludedefinitions
1. Writea sentencewith the definition
at the end.llse onedash.
Erample
I like cocoa-a hot drink with chocolatein it.
2. Writea sentencewith the definitionin themiddle.Usetwo Ca.:,hes.

Example
I drink cncr:,a-a hot drink with chocolate in it-every morning for hreaktasr.
;i Vll. Sharingldeas
l':i
A. lssues
Debatetheserssuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneand vrr+teabcif il.
1. Is there really equality of opportunity in the U.S.?trf no! what eau I:e done ru,
se,atsi1P
2. Whafs good and what's bad about rnajoritg rule?
3. Americans are usually describedas sociablg conventic,naipe*ple wia* i*i::
llroups anidW to behavelike everyoneelseiri the fraup. f {owevr:::,lr-;;.:lr:
Americanbooks irnd movieshavemadea hero of th': pe{*:q*n x.hr: fipJ:;riLrr:
majority will and tries to accomplishsomettringgoori indep*nctrent1;1.u,,;f'l:ri'i
betler-to be ajoiner or aLorur?
UNIT 1 . Aftitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

r
'l ;
t*
-5$
t
B. On a Personal Note
Writeaboutoneof thesetopics.
1. Do you think wealth and possessions
makea person important? If no! what
does?
2. In the 1980s,a Russianimmigrant and popular entertainer aamed Yakov
Smirnovbeeame famous for his three-word reaction to the U.S. Whenever
something surprised him, he said, "what a countrJr!" what surprisesyou about
the U.S.?Why?
3. Americans are often accusedof admiring youthfirl beauty and ene4y over the
experienceand wisdom of olderpeople. Who shouldbe most mp""t"d-yo,rrrg
adults,middle-agedpeople,or senior clr..riz,ensf
Why?
4. Would you like to live to be 100 years old? Why or why not?
CHAPTERt . The american Character

lil
. ..: " .
Marriagez American
.: ::: ;i. .:.:.i I'r r-- .:- ::: :fq*::

.'
^'
1-r.'- s/n r r'-1 i+
-' .:-
I l r'r i
.!r _ r ..
fi,.....
!
An Americanbride and groom cutting their wedding cake
You Rrno
BeroRe
Discuss
1. Have you ever seena wedding in the U.S.?What did you notice?What were
the bride and groom wearingf; Was anything confusing to you? What?
2. Think about the American couplesyou know. Whathave you noticed about
American husband-wife relationships?What generaltzattonscan you make
about American marriages?
3. What doesthe first sentenceof this reading lrnearP-
Iil
_*
il
{
I Guess
t
rhen lookfor the answers
in thereading.
a.
1- what percnntageof adult Americans (t8 and order) are married?_o/o
$
2. What does the American bride throw to her wedding guests?
Marriage: American, Stgle

-
Before the Wedding
't "Marriagehalvesour griefs,doubles our joys, and quadruples
our expenses,,'says a
well-knownproverb.lt also decreasesboth freedomand loneliness.Today'sAmericans
seemwilling to take the bad with the good becausethe institution of marriagecontin-
ues to be popular in the U.S.A.by midciicage,about 92%of Americanshavebeen mar-
ried at least once.
2 Howevel the countrys singleadult population is almost as largeas the marriedpop-
ulation. Only 56"/"of American adults are married and living with their spouse.The
number of unmanied adults, now around 77 million, has been growing much faster
than the married population. One reason is that today's Americans are marrying at an
older age. In 1970,the median age of a first-time bride was 20.6,and the median age
of a groom was22.5. Today,the median ages are about 25 for the bride and 2Z for
the groom. Among younger adults (ages25 to 34l,about ?5o/ohaveneverbeen married.
Why are people staying single longer? Many young adults want to get their careers
well established before marriage.Also, many couples live together without {or before)
marrying.
s Although Americans try to be practical in most matters, when they choose a spouse,
the decision is usually based upon feelings of love rather than on practical considera-
tions. In the U.S.,parents do not arrangemarriagesfor their children. Teenagersusually
begin dating in high school and eventually find partner through their own social con-
tacts. They want to "fall in love" before they think about maniage. Most parents en-
courage their children to marry someone of the same race and religion. Still, when
young adults move away from their parents' home to attend college or to work in an-
other city, they often date and then marry a person from a different ethnic background.
Maniages between Americans of different religions or different national origins are
common. However,maniages between black and whites continue to be rare, involving
lessthan 0.3",6of the nation s 58 million manied couples.
a When a man and woman become engaged(agreeto marry each other), they enter a
very exciting and busy period of their lives. At this time. it is traditional for the man to
give his fianc6e a gift she will (hopefully) wear and treasure for the rest of her life-a di-
amond engagement ring. During the engagement period, the bride-to-be and her fi-
anc6 meet each other's relatives,if they havenot done so already.Theyalso plan their
2 r Marriage:AmericanSVle
CHAPTER
---E
wedding and rentor buy an apartmentor house.tln the U.S.,veryfewnewlyweds begin
marriedlife livingrvitheithefset of parents.)
5 Engagementand weddinggifts help the coupleto set up their new home.lt is com-
mon for engagedcouplesto go to a departmentstore bridal registryand fill out a list of
the items they would like to receive,such as particularpattems of dishes,silverware,
and glassware,plus cooking utensils,appliances,and linens. Weddingguestscan
choosegifts from this list beforethe weddingand havethem mailed to the bride,to-be's
home. In addition to weddinggifts, the couple also receivesshowergifts. A shower is a
party iust for women at which eachguestgivesthe bride-to-besomethingusefulfor her
new home. Also, shortly beforethe wedding,the groom and his closefriendsand rela-
tives celebrateat an all-maleparty called a bachelor
or stagpafi. On this occasion,the
groom often receivesgifts, too.
What are threeAmericanengagement

custnms?
IIre Big Day

6 Most wedding customsobservedin the U.S.today began in other countriesand past
centuries. Some are based on old superstitions about ways to bring the couple good
Iuck and many children. Others symbolize the marital promise of lifelong devotion.
7 The traditional American bride wearsa long white gown ard a veil. {ln earlier times,
people thought the veilwould protect the bride from evil spirits. The white gown and
veil also symbolize innocence.)Tladitionat brides also obey the well-known verseand
wear "something old, something new something borrowed, and something blue-" The
groom usuallywearsa tuxedo (a formal suit with a bowtie), which is commonlyrented
just for his wedding day.Tradition saysthat the groom should not seethe bride'sgown
before the wedding. AIso, on their wedding day, the bride and groom are not supposed
to see each other until the cenemony.
The wedding c€remonymay be held in a church, synagogue,home, hotel, or nice out-
door area. Guestsare seatedon either side of the center aisle, and the ceremonystarts
with a procession down the aisle. Ttaditional pieces of music played during the proces-
sion are the wedding march from Wagners opera Lohenginand orchestral music from
Mendelssohn'sA MidsurrmerNighfsDream,but today many couples select other music.
The bridal party (the people participating in the ceremony) includes the bride and
groom and theirclosest relativesand friends. Thereare usually bridesmaidsand a maid
of honor (all wearing matching dresses)and the grooms ushers and "best man" (usu-
ally his brother or best friend). Walking in front of the bride is a young "flower girl," who
throws flower petals from a straw basket.The bride walks down the aisle with her father
or both parents, who 'give her away''to the groom. The bride and groom then face the
cleric or iudge conducting the service,and a traditional service is recited. The content
of the servicedepends,to some extent, on the couple's religion.
During a typical ceremony,the bride and groom exchangeldendcal wedding rings.
The ring, a circle with no beginningand no end, symbolizesunendinglove and loyalty.
UNIT 1 e Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles
-
*
&
s
t It is worn on the fourth finger'ofthe left hand becauseof a veryold {and incorrect)idea
that a vein or nerveruns from this finger directlyto the heart.
t0 At the end of the weddingceremony,the groom and bride are pronouncedhusband
and wife and are invited to kiss each other. Then,the entire wedding processionwalks
backup the aisle.After a churchwedding,guestsmay throw rose petals,confetti (small
piecesof colored paper),or rice at the newlywedsas they leavethe church.Rice,a com-
mon fertilitysymbol,is supposedto help the couplehavechildren.Sometimes, the cou-
: ple's car is decoratedwith tin cans, paper streamers,or old shoes,along with a "fust
Married"sign. The tin cans and shoes reflect an old idea that noisemakersscareaway
evil spirits and bring good luck.
1l After the ceremony,there is a ranption-a party with food, drinks,and dancing.Dur-
ing the reception,the weddingcake,which is usuallytall with white frosting,is dis-
played.Most weddingcakeshavea miniaturebride and groom or miniaturewedding
bells on top. After the meal, the bride and groom cut the cakeand it is servedto the
guests.Some gueststake home a slice of cakein a little box. Some people believethat
if a singlewoman sleepswith this pieceof cakeunderher pillow she will dreamof the
man she is going to marry.
: 't2 Iust before the bride leavesthe reception, she throws a bouquet of flowers backward
over her head to a group of single women standing behind her. Supposedly,the one
who catchesthe bouquet will be the next to marry.At some weddings,the groom throws
his bride's garter to the single men. Catching the garter also means an approaching
/
I
maniage.
l:
13 Thereare, of course,endlessvariations on American weddings.Sonreweddingscom-
bine American customs with those of the couple's native countries. Many weddings
.t
+
t
blend customs from different cultures becausethe bride and groom are from different
, ethnic or religious backgrounds.Other couples discard tradition and "do their own
I
thing." Some couples want their wedding to reflect their interests or display their tal-
ents. They may, for example,write their own wedding vows.They may get manied on a
mountaintop or a beach and wear blue jeans.Many couples havegotten manied in front
of the Statue of Liberty. One couple even held their wedding ceremony in an amuse-
ment park on a roller coaster!
;
!
i
14 Who pays for the wedding? In the past, the bride's parents were expectedto pay for
I almost everything. But today the averageAmerican wedding costs about $lg,OOO, and
t' some large, lavish ones run as high as $80,000.Therefore,expensesare often shared by
F
the parents on bth sides. Of course;tsiimecouples (especiallyolder ones) pay for their
I
weddings themselves.To avoid the expense and trouble of planning a large wedding,
some couples elope. Others go to City Hall, where a iudge can "tie the knot." (These
t
types of weddings may also be chosen when parents disapprove of the match.) People
marryingfor the second (or third, fourth, or fifth!) time may do so quietly wilh only a few
guestspresent.
't5 To be legally wed, a couple need only fulfill the requirementsset by the state in which
the ceremony is performed. State laws determine who may get a marriage license. In
most states,teenagers18or older can marrywithout parentalconsent,but 16-and 17-
I year-oldsmust have parental permission. In most states, those under age l6 are not al-
a
i
lowed to marry. Marriagesbetween first cousins or people more closely related are for-
*l
2 o Marriage:AmericanStyle
CHAPTER
bidden in many states.Most statesrequiremedicalexaminationsand certificatesbe-
fore issuinga marriagelicense,and some refuselicensesto peoplewith certainphysi-
cal or mentalillnesses.
16 After the wedding,the newlywedsusuallytake a vacationcalleda honeymoon.This
word means"month of honey"in French.lt refersto a formercustom-for newlywedsto
sharea drink madewith honeyeveryday duringthe first month of their marriage.
List ftveAmericanweddingcust!ffis.
The Contemporary American Marriage

17 Among marriedcouplesin the U.S.,one finds a wide rangeof livingpatterns.Some
older couplesstill havetraditional marriages,with the man as breadwinner(money-
eamer)and the woman as homemaker.But most youngerwomen today are not content
to be full-time homemakers.The women's liberation movement, which swept the
country in the 1960s,changedattitudes and behaviorforever.Today'syoung American
woman wants maniage,but she also wants to keep her own identity.She wants what
men have alwayshad-a marriagethat is important but still allowstime to pursue in-
dividual goals.The maiority of Americanwives,even those with children,work outside
the home. As a result, the older idea that housework, cooking, and child care are
"women'swork" is being discarded. In the contemporary American
marriage,the hus-
band and wife shareboth financialand domesticresponsibilities.In most families,the
working wife probat ly still handles the larger shareof the housework,cooking,and child
care, but she gets some help from her husband.
l8 Sharing money-making and housekeepingresponsibilities provides a better life for
both parents. The typical American wife enioys being out in the working world. Her hus-
band discoversthat cooking and child care can be fun and can bring him closer to his
family. He mayalso find that it's nice to have his wife's help in supporting the family. Of
course,problems can develop in the two-income family if the husbandexpectshis work-
ing wife to be the perfect homemakerthat his stay-at-homemother was.Also, there may
! ,i be arguments if the wife expects h"erhusband tohelp with household chores,but he is
l ,i unwilling todo"so.
19 The contemporary American
maniage is also characterizedby
a relationship of equality and
shared decision making. Most
American women today will not
tolerate a husband who consid-
ers himself the boss. The Ameri-
can girl is given freedom and ed-
ucation equal to a bot's. After
completing her education, she is
able to get a iob and support her-
UNIT i r Attitudes. Values.and Lifestvles
-
fr self.Shedoes not needto marryfor financialsecurity.She is self-sufficient
and will not
accepta submissiverole in marriage.Whenhusbandand wifeareableto sharedecision
makingand respecteach other'sviewpoints,their marriageis probablycloserthan
thoseof past generationsWhenthey battlefor dominance,they'relikelyto end up in
divorcecourt.
i Z**ro*
,Comlmh3mlofi Howhaswomen's
liberationaffected
theAmericanmarriage?
t
i
Divorce and Alternative Lifestyles
20 Americansbelievethat they are entitled to happiness,and they expectmarriageto
contributeto their enjoymentof life. But in one study in l999, only 38"/"of the Ameri-
cansquestionedidentifiedthemselves as "veryhappy."(ln 1970,the figurewas53%.)For
every100marriagesthat take place today,there are about 50 divorces.The U.S.divorce
rate is twice that of Europeand three times higherthan fapan's.
21 What goeswrong?The fact that divorceis so common in the U.S.does not meanthat
Americansconsider marriagea casual,unimportant relationship.fust the opposite is
true. Americansexpecta great deal from marriage.They seekphysical,emotional,and
intellectual compatibility. They want to be deeply loved and understood. lt is because
I
Americans expect so much from mariage that so many get divorced. They prefer no
maniage at all to a marriage without love and understanding. With typical American
optimism, they end one mariage hoping that the next will be happier.No-fault divorce
laws in many states make it eacierthan ever to get a divorce.
22 When a couple gets divorced,the court may require the man to pay his former wife a
,
monthly sum of money called alimony. The amount of alimony dependson the hus-
band'sincome,the wifes needs,and the length of the maniage.lf the woman is work
ing and earnsa good salary she may receiveno alimony at all. Occasionally,the court
decidesthat a woman should pay her husbandalimony. lf the woman has supported her
husbandduring the mariage, the court may decidethat she must continue to suppon
him after the divorce.
23 lf a divorcing couple has children,the court must determine which parent the chil-
dren will live with and who will provide for their support. In most cases,the children live
with the mother and the father pays child support and has visitation rights. However,it
is not uncommon for a father to get full custody or ioint custody when this arangement
is in the childrens best interest.
24 The high risk of divorce doesn't seem to make Americans afraid to marry again- Re-
maniage and the creation of new, blended families is extremely common in the U.S.
One American ioke tells of a wife calling to her secondhusband, "Ouick,lohn! Come
hereand help me! Your childrenand my childrenare beating up our children!"
2s Although the maiority of Americanadults marry,the number of people living alter-
native lifestyles is increasing,and their behavior is increasinglyacceptedby the general
population.The number of unmarriedcouples living together rose from about half a
million in 1970to more than 4 million today.Many older people are upset by the grow-
2 o Marriage:AmericanStyle
CHAPTER
---E
$l
!,t
I
ing number of unmarried.gouplesliving together.However,this is not iust an American
trend. lt's quite common in Europe,too. The lifestyleof the gay population,which in-
cludes approximately3.5"Aof Americanmen and 2% of Americanwomen, is also con-
I sideredalternative.Many gay people live with same-sexpartnersin relationshipsthat
last for many years,with the same loyalty,emotionalattachment,and financialcom-
mitmentsas traditionalmarriages.
.il ;
aaaimWhudosomanyAmencans
Ztomfinbifritbn getdivorced?
Happy Anniversary!
26 Maintaininga good marriagehas alwaysbeen work as well as fun, so it's no wonder
that Americanscetebratethe completionof each successfulyear.Marriedcouplescele-
brate most of their weddinganniversariesratherquietly,perhapsby going out for a ro-
mantic dinner for two or by sharingthe occasionwith family membersor closefriends.
But certain anniversaries---especiallythe twenty-fifth and fiftieth-are consideredmore
important and are commontycelebratedwith big parties.A particulartype of gift is tra-
ditional for each anniversary(clocksfor the first, crystal or glass for the third, silverware
for the fifth, and so on). This custom is often ignored except for the twenty-fifth an-
niversary,when silver is given, and the fiftieth, when a gift of gold is traditional. It is a
joyous occasion when a couple celebratesa golden wedding anniversarywith their chil-
dren, grandchildqen,and great-grandchildrenaround them. Reachingthis moment is a
goal of most young couples when they walk down the aisle as bride and groom'
AFTERYOU RTAO
A. Discussor writeanswersto ftese guestionson a separatepieceof paper.Wrttecomplete
sentences.
1. What are three good things thatpara$raph 1 saysabout matna$e?
2. Whatare twobad things thatparaggaph 1 saysaboUt maria$e?
3. CompareAmerican wedding customsto wedding sustons in other countries'
Which are the sameor similar? Which are different?
4. What two alternative lifestyles are discussedin this chapter?
UNIT1 . Attitudes,Values,and Lifestyles

il
dlr.-
B. ChronologicalI order means"in.o
"inorderof fime"or "in theorderthateyentshappened."
put
the followingevents
eyentsin chronological
chronolol orderby numberingthem7-6, startingwtththe
earliest.
k wedding day ? hotteymoon

.CI silver anniversary L errgugement
fr
5 shower for the bride-to-be at marriage proposal

A. Iheseare the 15 key vocabulary
wordsfor this chapter.Theyare boldfacedin the
reading.Pronouncefhesewordsafteryour teacher,anddiscusstheirmeanings.
I
alimony engagement optimism
* anniversary groom superstition
? bride honeymoon symbolize
iF @remony identical veil
* elope license
-i wedding
t B. Completethesesentenceswtthsomeof the keyvocabulary words.Makenounsplura!if
necessary,and puteachverb intothe correcttenseand form.
1. In order to get married" the engagedcouple must get amarraage
2. Thetraclitional P"i"es wa[<s down the aisle wearing a rong white

gown and a(n) \J4 " over her face.
3. During the ceremony,thebride and $ \r"p.r exchange
i &**k t q-*Q\""dding rings.
4. This exchangeof rings t)tf.rrVrt'*{.,'-Hrdless love.
" -----U- n\ -*{)
). Many contemporary wedding customscome from 616 n*l4tr,$r,t[;5]" about
- :. the bridal couple from
protecting bad luck.'-'
6. Somecouples &*nl . Theygetmarried secretly,with no familyor
*+ I friends at the @remony.

tr 7. Newlyweds usually take a vacation called a(n) F.rn+.rwlpqu&trqr*
#,1
\
t
8. The typical married American \Momanwears two ringfs:a(n) &fW4fwf-*u.r,${-
t \N A il,
ring and a(n) l ulA[fn+4- ring.
N
9. When a married couple ge divorced, the manusuallypays QjU+.t.re.ru{ to
$
help support his ex-wifa o
t (continucd on tht nat page)
I
J
_T
2 . Marriage:AmericanStyle
CHAPTER
L
10. A wedding r Slp*.L-'.*'tfl*arks thebeginning
of a man"iagr
11. With tJapicalAmerican divorced people usually rernann
|2.A$o1denwedding@lebrates50yealsl;l.l:::lt.:.i;'l.1.l:
C. In academicwritin$, scientistsand social scientists often pi'",ii111',' ,r,'ii.

including the mndian and the mean (average). took these words up in a
dictionary. Note that paragraph 2 gives the median age of A:r:e;-ir..::-i-.i
i.r'riji':r r',r
grooms. Since the median of a series of numbers is the middie nr,rnber; il :::.::;
that half of American brides today are older than 25, and half are r,'4":ringer.
Now answerthe followingquestions:
1. What is the median in this series of numbers : 3, 4, 5, 17, 72? ?-,

2. Whatis the mean of this same series?-
D. Homongms are words that sound alikebut have different meani:rg-,s

ar;il ".-.r''r.,
Pronounceand discuss the followingtwo groupsof homonyms.fh*n ili;,:.r;,:,i;rr
il;g i.,
",:.-:,,
words to completethe sentencesbelow. Use a dicticnaryrf you nccc r,1,.
'
I'11/aisle/isle altat / alter
1. The bride walked down the (aisle/ isle)to the (aUql / alter':
2. If the bride wants to (alnr / altr) her dress,(isle/ I'll) helr ii,,r'.
E. Very few English words have aqnnt marks. But somewords tftrat'rr,':;ir,,L.,ir,
English from other languageskeep the accenttnarksthe-rj:"qC
lr.i r-l;r',
i,:ir,,:r:.1
language.
Lookup thewordsfiancf andfiancdein a dictionary.Whatrs the Ujfr"rediu,s j
rfurftuirili.itu
A. Scanning for Specific Information Scanningis a use&rlrc;id:;:f ;ldJ vlle,.
you scan,you moveyour eyesquickly over a passage, i::r
lo*,kir:g fi;r ;: tirt'.rii:ri!;l-.{ri.:;':;
facm)thatyouvrant.
Scanparagraph8 to lookfor the peoplewhoarepart of the we*dingperiv irsf si.s.
# d-( t-riur"^,.d[..
l. 3. -vfug
2. 4. L:,îlr 6. 9-,a{
* l*-lr
1*.
B. ContelG Clues The word;r'zsr is used in three different,.vavs iii fl-ric1l-,':';i',;,
The three meanings are (1) only, (2) exactly, and (3) a \rer.y sh*rf tirnr: bi:{i:;r"r,r.
UNIT 1 . Attitudes, Values,and [ifestyles

E t
I
,_---z
1. Findjust in eachparagraphlistedbelow.Then,on the blanklines,writethe numberthat
matchesthemeaningof just as it is usedin eachparagraph.
a . paragraph 5 | c. paragraph10 3 e. paragraphzl L
b. paragraph7 -&-l d.. paragraph72 3 f purug."ph 25 &-l
2. Nowuse context clues to determinethe meaningsof the ttalicizedwords in the

paragraphsindicated.On each blank line, write the correct definition.
Inpara{raph 5, showermeans 4
a. apargr for abride-to-be
b. a rainstorm
c. away for a person to wash
InparagraphlT, d.omzstirmeans I .
a. not fore4fn
b. a servant
c. household
lV. Understandingldioms and Expressions

Choosethecorrectexpression
to answereachquestionandwriteit on theline.Thenumbers
in parentheses
g:Netheparagraphsin whichtheexpressions
are used.
(2a) 6aid. of honor (8)
-beatup
. bestman (8) - no wonder (26)
'-breadwinner (tT) * setup (5)
their ourn tling (13) aae the knot (fa)
-do
(3) - walk dow.n the aisle (26)
- fall inlove
1. What two idioms mean "to {et maried'?
-lJ*,,rz{
J) u ,t["". +$ rrri
2. What do Americans call the person who earns the money for a family?
breasl'zu { 'urt-f,'
3. What e4pressionmeens 'to dq thinglsin their own way?
^
*i ,Lr +f"Y u"-" Jfuui
-
; 4. What expressionmeans "to hurt someoneinafi$tt'2
I
*"d
$
5. Whati
?
means"to becomeromanticallv involved'?
it^ '{'n-<*
-f Who is the person who helps thebride at a weddinf
$
t
t* e"^ C t ir ,}.{ r'.r
{
_I (continued.on the wxtpage)
2 . Marriage:AmericanStyle
CHAPTER
-fil
_L,
tiI
7. Who is the person whp helps the groom at a weddingf;
t".i/^ lar Ar--
8. What expression means "to arrange things for a particular activity"?

M "tr
9. What expressionmeansthat something is not surprisingf;
tû tVt''' &L{
V. TakingWordsApart
Practice with Parts of Speech
A. Lookin a dictionaryandfindwhatpart(s)of speecheachof thesewordsare usedas.
Wrttethe part(s)of speechon the linesafter thewords.
Example
married: marital 64^

matnafe:. 'flfit"t'
"*1't t(
maniage,
B. Writein theconectword-marry or marital-tocomplete
married, each
statement.
_l
1. Joe and Sarahhavebeen happily \r'r'al ti (a* for 35 years.

Z. T1',6u r,r",ra
$raXLf has lasted a long time.
3. Did you know tnat t".^ t"t eA people live longer than sin$e people?
a. t,rraq-t+dil difficulties can lead to divorca
5. I would like to get next year.
6. Why didJanet A"râ* that strangeman?
paragraphs
A. Reread 7, 70,and1I. Notelte usesof theexpressrbnbesupposedto. 7he
is similarto shouldor beexpected
meaning to. Answertfiesequestions
usingsupposed
to.
to do?
1. What is somethingthatyoun$childrenarenot supposed
2. Whatis something thatyou are supposedto do often?
UNIT1 o Attitudes,Values,
and Lifestyles
r
-#
*
:il
in paragraph72. Discussits meaning.

B. Notethe useof thewordsuppgsedly
E
f
I?
c. Discussthe differentmeaningsofthesefwo sentences:
1. I supposeit will rain tonight.
2. Supposeit rains tonight.
Vll. Sharingldeas
* f .t
,t
t
t A. lssues
I
Debatetfieseissuesin smal!groups.Thenchooseone andwrite aboutit.
I
i 1. Comparesingle life with married lifa Which is better?
t
2. Is there any point in having a big wedding, or is it just a waste of money?

3. Is it necessaryfor a man to be the bossin amarria{e for him to be happy?
B. On a Perconal Note
Writeaboutone of ftese toprbs
1. Consider marital relationships in other countries. How are they similar to and
how are they different ftom American marriages?
2. Prctend,that you wele a guestat an American wedding. Urrite a letter to a friend
describing the ceremonyand the reception-
3. In your opinion, should a person marry only aftir falling in love?
t
&
-'!
I
,.
/ r-
--E
CHAPTER2 r Marriage:AmericanStyle
American Famil
A birthdaycelebration
BrronrYouRseo
Discuss
1. The tetm rutclearfamilg refers to parents and their childreq the utendzd
f&milg includes other relatives.Name as many of theserelatives as you can,
including those related by "blootl" (genetically)and by marriage.
2. What major trends in American family life do you predict will be discussedin
this chapter?
3. What is the agerarigefor each of the following: teenagq ad;ult,rni"ddl.e
age,
seni.orcitizm?
-------E
Guess
Thenlookfor the answers
in thereading.
1. What percnntageof American motherswith children under age18 are
employed?Check (/) one
3 7 o /o SITo 71o/o
2. What's the most popular American pet?Check t/) one:
dog _c;lt _bird
3. What is the approximate median family income in the U.S. today?Clrcck(/)
one:
_ $22,000 _ $42,000 _ $62,OOO
t
!
F Atnerican Farnilg Life
*tt
Whob at Home?
The family--one of the oldest human :nstitutions---has existed for about 300,000
years,continually changing with the times. In the U.S.A, as in all other nations, family
life is the basis of individual securityand cultural continuity. 'We can chooseour friends,
but we can't choose our relatives," Americanssometimes complain. Yet there is also an
American saying:"Blood is thickerthan water."Our relatives maydrive us crazy,but they
are also the first people we call to report good news or to ask for help. Americanslove,
arguewith, and live with their families.Of the l0l million householdsin the U.S.,70mil-
lion are families. Most other households consist of one person living alone. Less than
10"/"of households are made up of people not related to each other.
But today's typical American household is quite different from those of other times
and places.The title of this section of the reading asks"Who'sat home?"The answerre-
veals various aspects of the new lifestyles. Nowadays, 62"/"of American households
have no children under age 18.About 7l % of women with children under age 18are em-
ployed. Why? Some work becausethe family needs the money,others becausethey find
it more interesting than being full-time homemakers.Most women work for both of
these reasons.The life of the working mother is stimulating but also very h.gqffqand o o-1.'rr
stressful. Working mothers who also try to handle all the homemaking tasks find that
they are often tired and initable. To avoid these problems, some women hire household
help (but few hav.e live-in servants).Others simply do less work around the house.A few
nights a week, dinner comes from a carry'out restaurant (sometimes called a take'out
restaurant) instead of the oven. Dust lies patiently on the furniture until the weekend.
CHAPTER3 o AmericanFamilyLilg
It!|I
H
Il
al
xl
l i:
WhenMotheris employed,the livesof herspouseand herchildrenareaffectedWhen

Mother has lesstime for child careand housekeeping. her husbandand olderchildren
usuallybecomemore involvedin thesetasks.In addition,older childrenntustbe more
Today'sAmericanmothermay spendonly a few hoursa daywith her chil-
self-sufficient.
dren.Some peoplesaythis is okayif the time spent togetheris "qualitytime."Others
feel that babiesand youngchildrenneed stay-at-homemothersand that this changein
Iifestyleweakensthe family.In addition, the working mother has createdanothergreat
social need-affordable, high-qualityday-carefacilities for preschoolchildren.
Thereis also concernabout the decliningrole of fathersin the livesof Americanchil-
dren. About 40"/oofAmericanchildren (24 million) do not live with their fathers.(Al-
though about 75"/o of Americanfamiliesare headed by two parents,many childrenlive
with a mother and stepfather.)TWofactors-the high divorcerate and the largenumber
of children born to unmarriedmothers (about 32%of Americaninfants)--deprivemil-
lions of Americanchildrenof daily contactwith their father.Someseetheir fatherson a
weeklybasis,but, if the parentslive in different parts of the country Dad may become
an infrequentcompanion.
On the other hand,about 2 million dadsof childrenunder l5 areprimarycaregivers.
":i
(That:s, thesedads are doing the mothering!)ln some of these households,there is no
mother. In others,the father is unemployedor a full-time student. But the occupation
of houshusbardis usually a temporary career, not a permanent one. In homes where
parents share childrearing responsibilities,children may spend about the sameamount
of time with each parent.
How else has family life changedforAmerican children? In recent decades,the typi-
cal American family has been getting smaller.The statistical averageis now 3.2 people.
Becauseit is expensiveto raise children and mothers need to work, most couples have
only one or two children. Therefore,children don't have the kind of companionshipthey
'
[,,1 .* n rrJ once did from a large group of siblings. Millions of preteens with two working parents
J'-" come home from school to an empty house. To improve the situation, many schools
and communities offer after-schoolprogramsthat provide a place for childrento go and
interesting activities for them to get involved in.
lf parents and children aren't home much in the American family, at least the pets
are. Nearly60 million Americanslive with one or more animals.Dogsare most popular
UNIT I o Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

r
- ...i...,,.-{
"
iT;:. :i"
t_
130millionof them!),and 2T.millioncatscomenext.Birds,fish,smallrodentssuchas
guineapigs and gerbils,and evensnakesadd companionshipand fun to the American
family
B Most Americanchildrenlive with their parentsat leastuntil they finish high school
at age | 7 or 18.Then,manygo awayto college,leavingsomeparentssad and lonelyin
their "empty nest" and others happy to have fewer parental responsibilities.However,
many young,singleadults live with their parentsduring their collegeyearsor return
home after collegegraduation.The high cost of housing keepsmany young adults in
their parents'home until they get maried. Moreover,after a divorce,adults may return
to the parental home temporarilyor even on a long-term basis,especiallyif they are
lonely,short of money,or in need of babysittinggrandparents.
g Althoughadult childrensometimescome home to Mom and Dad,middle-agedand
elderlypeopletry to avoidmovingin with their grownchildren.Olderpeopletakepride
in their independence, enloy their freedom,and do not want to be a burdento their
children.Thetelephone,the car,the airplane,and e-mail keepfamiliesin closecontact
evenwhen they live in differentparts of the country. { r
10 tt#{{
tn the U.S., it's common for a famiiy to slan- four generadons-from great- (r.{-.{-l,ri
grandparertsto infants.For babies born today, boys have a life expectancyof Z3 and
girls' life expectancyis 79.iome 35 million seniorcitizens(age65 or older) makeup al-
most 137"of the nations population,and the nation s over-85population is increasing
rapidly. Senior citizens are often thought of as two different groups-the "young-old"
(ages65 to 80) and the "old-old" {over 80). Youngerseniorstend to be quite active-
working part time, traveling,enjoying leisure activities with friends,and crossingthe
country to visit their children and grandchildren.Americansproudly watched771eav
old former senator and astronaut lohn Glenn riding through spaceand 75-year-oldtor-
mer president GeorgeBush skydiving.They know that folks in their 70s are not stuck in
rocking chairs.
11 But what about the "old-old"?Sometimes,newcomersto the U.S-mistakenlycon-
clude that Americanssimply leavetheir elderly parents in nursing homes and forget
about them. Actually,only about 5"6of todafs seniorcitizenslive in nursinghomes.Mil-
lions of middle-agedAmericans-members of the "sandwichgeneration"-take care of
both their elderly parents and their children. However,for elderly people who are very
ill or disabled,a nursinghome may be the only alternativeif their childrenare working
and no one is home during the dayto take care of them. Family members usually select
a nursing home nearby so that they can visit often. Also, in many communities, retire-
ment residenceshave been developed to provide living facilities for older people who
don't need nursing carebut who can no longer handle the burden of shopping and cook-
ing for themselves.Americansare constantly seeking new ways of caring for increasing
numbers of older people with physical limitations.
HowhasAmericanfamilUlifecftanged asa result

of Americanmothersulorfting
outsidethe home?
3 . American FamilyLife
CHAPTER
-IT
5
Where Is Home?
12 The majorityof Americanslive in or near largecities,but small-townliving is still
widespread.A suburb(a smallercommunityneara big city) combinesthe advantages
of safel more intimatesmall-townlife with the recreationaland culturalfacilitiesand
job opportunitiesof the big city nearby.
i3 About two-thirdsof Americanslive in homesor apaftmentsthat they own,but many
peoplerent their residences. Apartmentbuildingsrangefrom walk-upswith two to six
apartmentsto high-riseelevatorbuildingswith morethan a hundredunits.Someapart-
mentsare veryexpensiveand elegant;othersare built for moderate-or low-incomefam-
ilies. Many apartmentbuildingsare condominiums(condos),which meansthat each
familyownsthe unit it livesin. Someare co-ops,which meansresidentsown sharesof
the wholebuilding.
14 More than 7 million Americanhouseholdslive in mobile homes-living quarters
built on wheels.Mobile homescan be movedbut aregenerallybroughtto a permanent
site. After the wheels are removed,the home is attachedto the ground. Becausethey
cost less than conventionalhomes,mobile homesare especiallypopularwith young
couplesand retiredcoupleslivingon a limited income.
If For the typical Americanfamily, home may be in a Cifferentplace everyfive or six
years.(Everyyear,about 16"/"of Americanschangeresidences.)Allthis movingdeprives
the nuclearfamily of havingmany relativesand longtime friends living nearby.The nu-
clear family must now supply the companionshipand help once provided in part by
aunts,uncles,cousins,and closefriendsliving in the neighborhood.Adult siblingsmay
find iobs in different parts of the country. Retired grandparents may move to the Sun
Belt (one of the southern or southwesternstates), where the climate is warm. But fam-
ily memberShop into a car or onto a planeto come togetherfor maior turning points in
one anothers lives. Such events includp birthdays, graduations,weddings,anniver-
saries,and funerals.Familypartiesmay be all the more ioyouswhen they bring together
relativeswho haven'tseeneachother for a while.
HowiloesthemobilitgofAmericans
affectfamilies?
Who Pays theBills?

t6 The median family income in the U.S.is in the $42,000range,but it may be signifi-
cantly higher when both parents work full time. In 1940,only 15"/"of married women
worked; today, about 54"/"do. Although men still tend to have more responsibility and
earn higher wagesin the Americanworkplace,it is not uncommon for women to eam as
much as or more than their husbands.
't7 Mom's salaryhelpsto buy the things the familywants--a computer,a secondor third
family car,and so on. The desire for nice and useful possessionsmakesthe two-income
family almost a necessity.However,a lot of money is needed not only for things but also
for experienc€s:surrffi€r camp for the children, a vacation for the family, lessons in
musicor sports,religiousinstruction,and-most expensiveof all----acollegeeducation.
18 While middle-classand wealthyfamiliesprovidemuch to enrichtheirchildren'slives,
about 19"/"of Americanchildren(13.5million) grow up in poverty.Familieswith two
- ]- UNIT 'l . Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

r
L. J
wage-eamersare much less.likelyto be poor than those with only one. When there is
only one wage-earner, and especiallywhen it's the mother,the family'sincome may
barelypay for the necessitiesof life
19 What about children'searnings?In the past, children were a financialasset. They
workedon the farm or elsewhereand contributed to the family's income.Today,state
and federal laws limit the knds of work children can do, how many hours a weekthey
can work, and at what age they can begin to do certain types of work. Exceptfor part-
time jobs such as babysitting,shovelingsnow,mowing lawns,or deliveringnewspapers,
nrostAmericanchildrendo not work until they are l5 or l6 yearsold. Then,manywork
part time to savemoneyfor collegeor to havespendingmoneyfor their personalneeds.
Theyaren't expectedto contributetheir earningsto the family.
Z touqt*t
,_{qrygnslutWhopaysforall the possessions
of theAmericanfamily?
Who's in Gharge?
20 No longer do Americanfamiliessay,"Fathers wo.d is law.' Today':family tries to be
democratic,to give all family memberssome voice in decisionsthat affectthe house-
hold. Of qf,urse,this approach is not alwayspossible, but when parents must makethe
decisions, they are usually made by both parents.
21 The democratic approach to family life does not prevent all family quarrels. Ameri-
cans have familiar phrases to describe various types of family arguments. First, there's
the battleof thesdes,when husband and wife fight for control of the family. Then theres
sibling rivalrlt-<ompetition and iealousybetweenbrothers and sisters.Americansalso
speak of the gmerationgap, the difficulty parents have understanding the attitudes and
behavior of their children and vice versa. Maried people often have in-law problems,
especiallywhen parents try to interfere in the lives of their manied children.
22 The whole question of whos in chargebecomesmuch more complicated when there
is divorce and remariage. Sometimes divorced parents don't agree on what's best for
their children. Many American children have to adiust to a stepparentliving in the
home, supervising and disciplining them. When children are tossed back and forth be-
tween different authority figures,they sometimes wonder whos in charge.
23 Problems between parent and chitd usually increase when children become
teenagersand want greater freedom to make decisions for themselves.Teenagersare
ambfualent about parental control and help. as Anthony Wolf's guidebook for parents
of teenagers shows. Its title quotes a typical teenagers words: Getout of mg life,but fitst
auW goudrivemeand CfteryIto t[v mall?Parentswant to maintain a friendly relationship
i
with their teenagersand also want to guide them toward proper behavior.However,par-
-_-|
ents and children often disagree about what is important and right. Arguments may
t
I
I concem such trivial matters as clothing or hair styles. More important quanels may
J
arise about schoolwork,after-schooljobs, money,careerdecisions, use of the family car,
t dating, and sexual behavior.
fI
t
24 Some parents have serious problems with teenagerswho quit school, abusealcohol,
I run away from home, get involved with gangs,have illegitimate children, or use illegal
--tI
I,
drugs.(ln a recentstudy, l0% of l2- to l7-year-oldsreported havingused illegaldrugs
CHAPTER
E
t
{
I'
:I
within the precedingmonth.)Manyof theseproblemsare causedby influencesoutside
the family.But the maiority of teenagersare "good kids" and grow up into responsible
adults.
25 A small percentageof troubled parents (especiallythose who were mistreatedby
their own parents)physicallyabusetheir children.Child abuse has been much publi-
cizedin recentyears,and the publicity createsan incorrectpicture of the Americanfam-
ily. In general,Americansare very loving,kind, generous,and permissiveparents.
JZI,,,,.,r,,.,.,'-r'',*.,,.
l.li0HTof-
'ffipr$mNon Whatareslmeexnmples
of battlesforcontrolwithinan Americanfamily?
Parenthood: A Choice
Havingor not havingchildren is mostly a matter of choice thesedays.Coupleswho
don't want children haveaccessto a wide rangeof birth control methodsand, as a last
resort,the option of abordon, which has been legalthroughout the U.S.since 1973.For
people who want children but have medical problems that interfere,modem scienceof-
fers many new techniquesto help them. lf none of thesework, there is alwaysthe pos-
sibility of adopdon. Some Americansadopt babies or young children from other coun-
tries, especially those countries where wars and other tragedies have created a Iarge
population of orphans.
Howeverparenting begins, it continues to be what it has always been--a wonderful
(and difficult!) experienceof giving, caring,and sharing.American children may spend
lesstime with their family than childrendid in the past. Nevertheless,familiesstlii sivr:
children their most important experiencesand values as well as their most er:"..,j,
and significant relationships.
ArrenYou ReRo
to ftese questbnsona separate
or writeanswers
Dltscuss pieceof paper.Writecomplete
Reread
sentences. theparagraphs if you needhetp.
indicated
1. What aretwo reasonsthat sornanyAmericanchildrenlive with only one
I parent? (4)
2. Fbr mothers, what are two advantagfes
of workingp What are two disadvantag*s'"
. (2)
3. What changeshave occurred in the Anerican family now that so maryy'
American wives and mothers work? (3)
4. Why rd&t someAmerican children feel sadand lonely? (a, 6, tS)
5. What are two types of living facilities for seniorswho can no longlerlive al*nr':i
(rt1
UNIT 1 e Attitudes, Values.and Lifestyles
-
6. What are some commonreasons that parents argue with their teenage children?
(23,24)

A. Iheseare the 15 keyvocabulary
reading.Pronouncethesewordsafteryour teacherand discusstheir meanings.
abortion hectic rivalry '
adoption orphan sibling
ambivalent quality stressful-
s'dSS€t temporary
--quarrelf
generation relative' widespread
B. Complete thesesentenceswith someof thekey vocabulary words. , i

i*'
/.''ra4"
1. If your weekdays areveryhectigthey are probably
".o
2. The oppos.iteof a liability (an expense,debt, or disadvantage)is a(n)
rJuu'tiJ"V tl'-4*.g
3. The word competitionhas a meaninglsimilar to the word n'f rtl r
r'^*'
4. The oppositeof permawnt is {t.t"" f
5. An a4lument is the sameas a(n) UE ft.
6. Somerrothers want to vlolk, butthey also wantto stayhome with their

rtf"
!r \
children. They have conflicting, e1 orrr * ! /^ trt-\ , feelingsabout workin$
away from home.
,,I
7. Thewonl nazq refers to how good orbad somethingis. But this
? ?
word is atsosofoetim". tit"d to mean that something is good-
8. With five young children in the family, their parents have a(n)
Lrc'ffe-. fifa
C. Choosetherightwordto completetfresestatements members.
aboutfamily
c'l*a*r* family.Aunts,
1. Parentsand their childrenareconsideredthe \qu t,t
t
I nncles, and cousins arepartof the *\r4rucLt d family. tac*nfud/rudcar)
i
2. your aunfs dauglrterand sonareyour --+S"- S . (customers
/ consins)
)
I
3. Yourmother'sbrotheris your f'"t'u"rrt4 . furrcl.e

/ a.u'nt)
4. If your father divorcesyour motherand reurarries,his secondwife is your
(stepmatlur/ second.
mothn)
t. (contitued on thz nact page)

"Quanel can be a noun or a vert.
3 . AmericanFamilyUfe
CHAPTER
E
L
$tI
i;l
rrl
5- If your father and his.new wife have a daughter, she will be your
(skter/ half-skter)
6. Mr. Brown's sister has a son namedJoe and a daughter namedJenniferJoe is
Mr. Brown's , andJennifer is Mr- Brown's
Y
(nephaa/ nkce)
7. Joe andJennifer are brother and sister. In other words, they are
U{1,., .(sibtings/spouses)
t. O" your husband or wife is referred to as your J'?e"*'l,!t -
"" "nnh**n, I
(sibling/spouse)
I rr
9. Your spouse'sfather is your{*"{'tru . @randfather/father-in-law)
10. The membersofyour familyareyour c {-LuLvu'q . (orpharc/ relâtives)
11. Tom became a(n) after his parents were killed. Then, through
Tom found a new family. {a"dnption/ orphan)
12. From grandparentto grandchild there are two /
@enerals
gewrati.ons)
A. Figures of Speech Figurativelaqrurge&ses imagesthat aren't taken literally.
Eramples
"empty nest" (paragraph 8) "sandwich generation" (paragraph 11)
Whatis the motherwhosechildrenhave goneoff to collegebeing
Lookat these expressions.
comparedto? Whois ln the middleof the "sandtich"?Writethe meaningsof these
expressions
!. "emptyrnest':
2. "sandwich gleneration":
B. Find the Meaning

Readeachquotationfromthe readingcarefuW.Then,on eachblankline,write the lefterof
the wordor phrasethat meansfte sameth@. Theparagraphnumberis in parenfteses.
l. u... dinner comesfrom a carry-out restaurant instead of the oven." (2)
The dinneris eaten
,Q. at home
b. at the lastaurant
2. ". .. dinner comesfrom a carr5r-outrestaurant instead of the oven." (2)
The phrase iratea"dof me,ans
a. and
/rcf
{g rrot
UNIT I . Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles
it&
3. "There is also concern about the declining role of fathers . . " (4)
This statement means that -.
a. people don't care about the situation
,O people are worried about the situation
4. "There is also concern about the declining role of fathers . .

Fathers are becomin$ _.
@ 1".. important
b. more important
5. "- . . anursing home maStbethe onJy alternative . . ." (11)

A nursing home is probably
a. the only choice
where older people want to live
$
6. "In the past, children \ 7erea financiaTasset." (19)
In the past, children -.
a. cost a lot of moneY
'$ earned money for the family
7. "No longierdo American familiessay,'Father'sword is law.'" (20)
Nol.ongermeans -.
@ not anJrmore
b. notverylon$
8. "However parentingbegins . . ." (27)
This phrasemeans
a. although parentingbe$ins
b. no matterhow parentin$begins

_:
t: A. On eachline,write the letterof thecorrect defrnition.The numbersin parenthesesgive
the paragraphs
in whichthe expressrbns are used.lf necessary,usea dicf,onary help.
for
i
t
E l: Qtnlity tirne (3) means
-$
I
4, enougs time
lQj time spent together in a meaningfrrl way
6) is -.
2. Ah.ou.sefusbann
fi. a manwho doesmost of the family's homemakin$ tasks
b. amanvrho owns ahouse
3. The SanBelt (15) refersto -.
6. the warmer statesin the South and Southwest
b. the diameter of the sun
4. A tuming point (15) in a person'slife refers to a
$ m4jor changle
b. move to anottrer citv (continwd on the nzxt page)
CHAPTER
E
t-
$
fi.
I
I
I
,f'
5. The gencrati.ongap (21) refers to _-.
a. the number of years between parent and child
@ the difEculty that parents and children have understanding each other
6. The person who is in charge {22) _.
p makes the decisions
b. uses the credit cards
B Whichof the followingsfatemenfscan be completedwth vice versa7Write in vice versa
whenit is correct.
Erample
Day follows night and vice versa
1. Parentslove their children and ,ri u \rr/)'i
2. Cats eat mice and
3. Children like to watch TV and
4. Children enjoy playing with dogsand V*u
Practice with Plurals
Reviewsomerulesabout wrrtingpluralsin English.Thenwritethe pluralsof the following
words.Usea dictionaryfor helpif necessary.Be careful!Sone of thesewords haveirregular
pluralforms.Oneis an uncountablenounthat hasno plural.Wntenoneafter that word.
Erample
activity: activitiee
CAi Xd"'{-\t- '
f A
e r66y4
^-
basis: child:
til'e: Jr\rt4 fish' &?{r* ,
OOveftV: .^ t C'r"fi sister-in-1aw, g'+4&fr
v/oman: V\{. \ti\fl4
Question Word Order
The uzualword orderfor questionsin En$ish is h€hing verb, subject, main verb.
helping main
verb subject verb
Why did the American family change?
helping maln
verb subject verb
When do you pay the rent?
When the question word is the subject of the sentencg statement word order is used.
With the simple present and simple past tenses, the helping verb is not used tf the
question word is the subject of the sentence.
marn
subject verb
Who pays the rent for this office?
main
subject verb
What happened to your car?
Nowwriteguestionsthat thefollowingparagraphs
answer.
1. (paragraph2) Why
2. {paragraph 7) How many
3. (paragraph11) Where
4. (paragraph2}) Who
Vll. Sharingldeas
A. lssues
Dehattetheseissuesin smal!groups.Ihenchooseone andwrite aboutit.
1. Social scientist Erich Fromm believedthat mothers and fathers love their
childlen in different ways. A mother's love is unconditional, he believed.She
lovesher child justbecause the child is hers, while a father's love has to be
earned. Do you think this is true? How doesa child "earn" love?
2. Somewomen decide to becomepregnant by artificial insemination. Is this a $ood
idea?If the father is an unidentified donor, the child will never know who he
was. Is this fair to the child?
3. Somestatesand communities have parental-responsibilitylaws. If children
commit c:rimes,their parents canbe sued,fined, or evenjailed. Is this a good
idea?What if the parents contribute to the crime (for examplg by carelessly
leaving guns unlocked)?
Writeaboutoneof thesetoPics.
1. Write about somethin$ you once had ambivalent feeling about doing' Tell
whether you did it and whether you were gflador sorry about your decision.
2. C,omparcthe problems of American families with the problems of families in
other countries. Are tlere any similarities?
3. What is your idea of the perfect family?
3 . AmericanFamilyLife
CHAPTER
H
L
i;
I'{
It
:
I
r
American Eti uette !

I
:
-l
i
t-
:tt
t
I1
i*
'Wedidn't baseime topicL up a bottleofvsine, but th*

. arubat we would baztetf*t""
BrroRrYou Rrao
Discuss
1. How do American manners comFareto polite behavior in ofher countries?
2. Onwhat occasionsis it traditional to give giffs? Do you think this is the same
ever5nvhere?
3. Many workers who perform servicesfor others expect to receivetips (extra
money). Name the t;pes of workers that you would tip.
------E
Guess
Tryto answerthe questions.Thenlookfor the answersin thereading.
1. What is the expectedresponseto the formal greeting, "How do you do?"
Check (/) one
- "f'm fine." "I'm a student." "How do you do?"
2. What is the polite responsewhen someone sneezes?Check (/) one:
"Mv condolences." "Bless you." _ "Please cover your nose."
Arnerican Etiqaette
American Attitudes and Good Manners
1 How do peopleknowwhat is consideredgood manners in a particularculture?In the
seventeenth-centurycourt of King l-,ouisXIV it was easy.Visitors were givenuneetiquette
(a ticket) Iisting rules of acceptablebehavior. And that was the origin of today'sEnglish
word etiquefte, which refersto the proper way to behave in social situations.
"Etiquette?"some people laugh. 'With Americans,anything goes."It's true that Amer-
icans are rather casual.Still, there are many social bhadersthat will offend them. Most
American attitudes about good manners relate to showing respect and consideration
tutu
for others.
Americans believe that all people are entitled to equal opportunity and respect.No
one is privileged,and no one is worthless.A person who acts very humble and timid will
make his or herAmerican friends uncomfortable. On the other hand, a domineeringper-
son will have trouble keepingAmerican friends. A polite but assertive manner is so-
cially acceptable.No matter what your status is in relation to another person, feel free
to look directly into his eyesand speakyour true feelings.Occasionally,it is a social ne-
cessityto tell a 'white lie'and compliment someoneon something you don't really like.
But, most of the time, you can expressyourtrue opinions. Americanswon't mind if you
disagreewith them as long as you show respect for them and their ideas.
Herearesomesuggestions that mayhelpyou makefriends,not enemies,in the U.S.:
Don'tbe"nos1;'Americans, like peopleeverywhere, enioy talkingabout themselves.
Riendlyinterestis considered goodmannersas longasonedoesn'taskfor extremely
personalinformationsuchas age.weight,income,or the cost of valuableposses-
,
I
sions(home,caciewelry,etc.).Askng thesekindsof questionssounds"nosy,"which
i is an lnsult. It's fine to aska person'sline of work.Thequestion"Whatdo you do?"
I means"\Mhat's youroccupation?"
t
I Don'tsmoke witlnutpermission. Nonsmokers don't wantthe smellor the healthrisksof
t secondhand smoke.In the U.S.,manyoffices,restaurants, andotherpublicplacesare
I
,
I smoke-freeenvironments.lf you don't seeashtrays,thats probablythe case.Also,
*l
I
I
4 . AmericanEtiquette
CHAPTER
-
L
ljl
tl
!i
'I
) nonsmokersusuallydon't like their homespollutedwith cigarettesmoke.Smokers
who must have a cigaretteor cigar should excusethemselvesand go outside to
smoke.
c Don'tget tol close.
When conversingwith casual acquaintances, Americanstend to
stand closer than Asians do and farther apart than people from the Middle East,
southern Europe,and Latin America.What differencedoes distancemake?Standing
too close may give the impressionof forced intimacy or an attempt to dominate.
Standingtoo far awayseemsiormal,aloof, and cold.When in the U.S.,noticethe dis- d;S
tances betweenpeople in public sitGtiilns. Keepyour distancefrom otherssimilar
to what you observe. r.n ,l
',".'."
. Don'ttouch.Exceptfor a brief, firm handshakeas part of an introductionor a fary-ryelt,
Americansdon't usuallytouch peoplethey don't know well, so handsoffl
o Don'tmakeethnicslun.The U.S.is a multi-ethnic,multi-racialculture,and thereis con-
siderable social interaction among different groups. Don't say anything negative
about any ethnic group.Your new friend'sspouseor brother-in-lawmay be a mem-
ber of that group. :
I
I
'a-
I
I
I
.a
I
f-*
Introductions and Titles

t
Makingintrodudions (presentingtwo strangersto eachother) is one of the most I
-f
commonsocialduties.Thereare traditionalrulesfor doing this properly.Whenintro- ,

I
ducingpeopleof differentsexes,it's polite to saythe womansnamefirst; for example,

"Mrs.Fox,this is my assistant,Mr. Wolf."But if the man is older or famous,then his
nameor title should come first: 'Mr. President,I'd like you to meet my sister,Luisa
Rivera."Whentwo peopleof the samesexare introduced,the older personis named
first:':Grandfather,this is myfriendNarishPatel.Narish,this is mygrandfathelMr.Kim."
Appropriate responses to an introductionindude "Hov do you do?"or "lts niceto
meetyou" or simply "Hello-"Whenintroducedto a stranger,Americansusuallyshake
:j
I hands(eachusing the right hand).Handshaking is not reservedjust for men.Women
also shake hands-vrith men and with otherwomen. Accordingto tradition,thewoman,
the older person,or the moreimportant person is expectedto extenda handfirst.Today,
however,this formal rule of etiquette is not alwaysfollowed.The customof handshak
ing is not limited to introductions.In businessor socialsituations,acquaintances and
friendsmayalsoshakehands when they meetand whentheyconcludea conversation.
At the end of a conversation with a newacquaintance, itb polite to say,"Good-bye.
It
was nice meetingyou."One might also add someappropriateremarkthat wishesthe
persona goodtime or goodluck,suchas "Enioyyourvisit to our ci!f' or "Goodluckwith
yournewiob."
Properformsof addressare often a puule to foreigners.In the U.S.,peoplein the
samegeneralage group tend to get on a first-namebasisquickly.Coworkers, class-
UN|T 1 o Attitudes.Values.and Lifestyles
T
mates,and neighborsoften.calleachother by first names.But adultsare likelyto con-
tinue to call doctors,lawyers,teachers,religious leaders,and bossesby their titles and
last names.Mr. is a title of respectfor a man. lt is pronouncedmister. Missis usedfor a
singlewoman. Mn. (pronouncednissus)is the correctform of addressfor a womanwho
is married,divorced,or widowed.Howevel some women preferto be addressedas Ms.
(pronouncedmiz),a title which does not indicatemarital status.Ms.is also usefulwhen
writing or speakingto a woman whose marital status is not known. In addressinga
stranger,its customaryto use sir for a man and nissor ma'amfor a woman.lt's rude to
cafl a man nisterwithout the last name or a woman lady.The title doctnr {Dr ) is usednot
only for medical doctors but also for dentists and people with academicdoctoralde-
grees(a Ph.D-).Veryfew titles are used as forms of addresswithout the last name(fam-
ify name).Thosethat can be usedalone include Doctnr,Professor, Ot'ficer,Captain,and some
titles for religiousleaders(suchas Father or Rabbi).ltisnotcorrectto call a teacherTeacher.
In elementaryand high schools,studentsaddresstheirteachersas Mr, Ms.,Miss,or Mn.
plus the last name. In Americancollegesand universities,some instructorsand profes-
sors are quite informal and encouragestudentsto call them by their first names.
twopeople,
WftenAouintroduce whataresme rulesaboutwhose
namegoesfirst?
Congratulations, Condolences, and Apologies

9 In general,it s polite to say"Congratuladons!" (with a lot of enthusiasm)when a per-
son has accomplished something. Examplesof these kinds of occasionsinclude gradu-
ation, iob promotion, the birth of a child, and the purchaseof a home. When congratu-
lations are in ordet it is sometimes also appropriate to give a gift, especially when
invited to a birthday, graduation, wedding, or anniversaryparty.
10 An invitation may say RSVPon the bottom, an abbreviation that refersto a Frenchex-
pression meaning "respond, please" (write or phone to tell the host whether you can
come). If the invitation says,"RSVPregrets only," it means "respond only if you cannot
come."
11 Equal attention must be given to good manners on sad occasions.If a coworkel
classmate,or neighbor experiencesa death in the family, it is appropriate to o(press
sympathy (condolences). In doing so, the words dieor dutft should be avoided.It is best
to simply say, "l was so sorry to hear about your loss" (or ". . . about your father").Its
also customary to send a sympathy card, but if you don't know the moume/s religion,
be sure to select a card without religious symbols. Most customs regardingmouming
relate to the familfs religion and vary from one group to another, so don't send flowers
or food unless you know it's appropriate.
12 The simple words "l'm sor4/' display good manners in a great many difficult social sit-
uations. "l'm sorry" has two main uses: ( l) to express sympathy to someone who has
had a bad experienceand (2) to expressregretfor bothering someoneor causinga prob-
lem. Other expressionsof apology are "Excuseme" and "Pardon me." Use one of these
4 o AmericanEtiquette
CHAPTER
-
L-
.,1 {'
lilr
rii
$
.f
I
. Il fr-
expressionswhen you are trying to get out of a crowdedelevatoror stoppinga stranger ,i
1
; :1
to askdirections.
i_-
r
:j
Z rn..*rn*
Gompmhsnslon whenit'sappropriateto say "Congratulations!"
Nameseveraloccasions 1
:
I I
+
II Dining Etiquette
r
I
I
{
i
13 When invited to an Americanfriend'shome for dinner,try to arriveon time, but not .I
:
early.It'sokayto be l0 or l5 minuteslate but not 45 minuteslate.Dinnermightbe over'
cookedand ruined by then. lf you are going to be late, it is a good idea to call the host .
!
*
to tell him. Whenyou go to someone'shome for a meal,it's customaryto bringa small I
gift, suchas flowersor candy. I

j
14 What do you do if you'reservedfood you don't like or can't eat for religiousor med-
ical reasons?In situations like these, eat whateveryou can and hope that no one no-
tices what is left. lf questioned,admit that you don't eat meat (or whatever),but saythat
you'veenjoyedthe other foods and havehad "more than enough"to eat.
15 How long should you stay?Don't leaveimmediatelyafter dinnet but don't overstay
your welcome, either. When your host yawns or runs out of conversation.thats a good
time to leave.The next day, phone or write to expressyour thanks again.
16 Dining out? It's a good idea to phone the restaurantand make a reservationto avoid
waiting for a table.When you invite someoneout to dinnel be preparedto pay the bill
and reach for it when it anives. However,if your companion insists on sharing the bill,
don't get into an argument about it. In most American restaurants,a tip for the server
{waiter or waitress) is not added to the bill. The word tip is an acronym for "to insure
promptness." If the servicewas good, leave a tip equal to about l5"A of the bill. In ex-
pensive restaurants,leave a little more.
17 American table manners are easy to learn by observation. A few characteristicsto
i
note: The napkin should not be tucked into the collar or vest but should be placed
I
across the lap; the siherware placement is quite different from the European style. In
:lf general,Americans use the pieces of silverwarefarthest from the plate first and work in
toward the plate.
I
Whatare twotftingsgousftoulilno!dowftengouarea ilinnerguestat anAmeriun
Mannet's between Men and Women

18 ln the 1960sand 1970s,the U.S.went through a social revolution commonly refened
to as the women's liberation movement. The movement has benefited women in many
ways,especiallyin terms of iob opportunities and advancement.But it has also created
UNIT1 . Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles
-
great confusion regardingmanners.Formerly,men were consideredthe strongerand
dominant sex,so etiquette requiredthem to adopt a protectiveattitude toward the so-
calledweakersex.Thatmeanthelpingwomenon and off with theircoats,openingdoors
for them, allowing them to exit from elevatorsfirst, and so on. Today,Americanwomen,
who outlive (and often outearn)men, do not considerthemselvesweakand in needof
maleprotection.Theirself-sufficient attitudehasled men to wonderwhethertraditional
etiquette is still appropriate.Most men continue to perform many of the traditional
courtesies,but both sexesare more casualabout them. lf a man does not help his date
into and out of her chair in a restaurant,no one will think he'srude.
19 Traditionally,when a man invites a woman out on a date, he picks her up at home,
paysthe expensesfor the evening,and takesher home at the end ofthe evening.Prior
to women'sliberation, the woman was expectedto sit at home by the phone and wait
for the man to call. Today,it is common for a woman to invite a man just about any-
where.lf she does the inviting,she paysfor the evening'sexpenses. When a man and
womanwho are just friendsgo out togetherit is usuallyDutchtreat,which meansthey
shareexpenses.
Today,many men workingin the U.S.havea femaleboss.Men who come from coun-
tries in which the woman'splace is still in the home may find it difficult to take orders
trUma woman. But in the U.S.,many women are iudges,doctors,businessexecutives,
collegepresidents,and entrepreneurs.Men must show respectfor a personwho holds
a position of responsibilityand authority,whether that person is male or female.
21 On the iob, it is important to treat others as coworkers,not as prospectiveromantic
partners.Many sexualharassment lawsuitshave been won in the U.S.,so many com-
paniesmention this matter as part of their training for new employees.
liberationaffected
Howhaswomen's thesexes?
mannersbetween
Classroom Etiquette
22 Therelationshipbetweenstudent and teacheris lessformal in the U.S.than in many
other countries, especiallyat the college level.American college students do not stand
up when their teacher enters the room. Students are generallyencouragedto ask ques-
tions during class,stop by the professot'soffice, phone, or e-mail if they want to discuss
something. Most teachers let students enter class late or leave early when necessry.
23 Despite the lack of formality, students are still expectedto be polite and considerate
of their teacherand classmates.When students want to ask questions,they usually raise
a hand and wait to be called on.'But if a professor is giving a lecture, that is the wrong
time to interrupt with a question. When the teacherora student is speakingto the class,
its rude to begin whispering to another classmate.When a test is being given, talking
to a classmate is not only rude but also risky.Most American teachersassumethat stu-
dents who are talking to each other during a test are cheating.The result may be a test
grade of zero.
CHAPTER
-
L
r. l
i lr
11 ' t
;i 't
,{
t
El ,*r* roun
can do and shouldn'tdo in an Americanclassroom.
Com$ehsnslonNamesomethinqs students
Language Etiquette
t-
24 Americansare usually tolerant of nonnativespeakerswho havetrouble understand- j
ing English. But they become a little annoyedwhen a person does somethingincor- ':
:
rectlybecauseof misunderstandingwhat wassaid. No one wantssoapwhen he askedfor 'r
soup.So if you don't understandwhat is said to you, politely askthe personto repeator 1
explain.
25 Forthe confusednonnativeEnglishspeaker,there are severalwaysto askfor help,for
example,"Couldyou pleaserepeatthat?"or "Wouldyou pleasespeakmore slowly?"lf a
I
!
definition is needed,ask "What does the word - mean?"To find out how to ex-
pressa particularidea in English,ask "How do you say- in English?"
26 Here are a few more polite English expressions that must be part of your Englishvo- I
cabulary.The polite responseto a compliment is "Thank you." (A smile and a nod are
not enough ) The responseto "Thank you" is, of course, "You're welcome." If someone
"Fine,
asks "How are you?" don't start tt,lking about your medical problems. lust say,
thanks.How are you?"What do Americanssaywhen someonesneezes? Believeit or not,
they say "God blessyou" or simply "Bless you."
One final point: When in a group,it is quite rude to conversein a languagethat some a
of the people cannot understand.Thosewho don't speakthe languagewill feel left out.
lf it becomes necessaryto switch to a languagethat not everyonepresent understands,
then it's polite to translateor summarizewhat was said. .+i-
28 This short reviewof good mannersin the U.S.A.will help you be polite in English. .:!
And that will encourageAmerican friends to be polite to you.
Arrrn You ReRo

A. Discussor write answersto theseguestionson a separatepieceof paper.Writecomplete
sentences.Rereadthe paragraphsindicatedif you needhelp.
1. What are three questions that a casualacquaintanceshould notask an
American? (a)
2. When should you send a s5rmpathycard to a friend? (11)
3. What are two thin$s you should notdo in an American classroom?(S, 23)
4. What three thinglsshould you do when invited to an American friend's home for
dinner? (13, 15)
UNIT 1 o Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

tr
5. Has women's liberation madelife better or worse for women? What doesthe
readingimply? (18-21)
B. Whatare the pohteresponses Check(/) thecorrectanswer.
in the followingsltuations?
1. Your friend says, "I missed classbecausemy grandfather died-" What do you
say?
,'6 "I'm so sorrlr."
b. "How did he die?"
2. Your friend says, "I bought a new car a few weeks a$o-" What do you say?
a. "How much did it cost?"
@ - "What kind of car?"
3. Your friend asks, "How are you?" What do you say?

a. - "I have a headache,but I just took an aspirin, so I'm hopin$ to feel
better soon."
@ - "Fing thanks. How are You?"
4. T;i11eelevator is crowded, and you're standing in the back when it arrives at your
floor- What do you say?
a. -"Move over. I have to $et out."
l@' - "Excuse mg please. This is my floor."
5. Your friend tells you your sweateris very attractive. What do you say?
\a.l "Thank you."
s: "Do you really like this old thinf'
6. Your friend introduces you to his sister.What do you say?
,@ - "It's nice meetin6fYou."
L - "It was nice meetin$You."

in ffie
wordsfor thischapter.Theyare boldfaced
A. Iheseare the15 keyvocabulary
read6. Pronouncethesewords your
after teacherand discuss theirmeanings.
acquaintance compliment* insult*
address* condolencest manners*
appropriate congratulationst polite
assertive etiquette rude
behavior harassment silverware
"These words can be used as nouns or verbs.

tCongrautations and cond'olztuces are always plural'
*Manners is plural when it refers to social behavior or etiquette.
CHAPTER
-
wordson page43.
with someof the keyvocabulary
B. Completethesesentence.s
1. Titles suchas Mr.,Dr,or Mrs.are polite forms of add-*tV$
u&'a to the family.
2. Whensomeonedies,you should expressyour 0tcqcL.Ffu
* v
3. When a couplegetsengaged,it is polite to say Ut'Ahfbd
4. Americansbelievepeopleshouldnot be afraid to ask for the things they want. In
other words, peopleshouldbe a{&tF"tk-'
5. Four uncountablenouns in this vocabularylist are C.A^-d'
e-nloqdrJ' , 4fig, . ,ana &'?e^tr'"-
q
6. Theoppositeof politei, f n*{ The opposite of an insttlt is a(n)
7. Knives, fbrks, and spoonsare piecesof hrfwr"n|

8. A classmate or neighbor that you don't know well is a(n) o.q'.-''#O*u'*
___-_T_-
Pronouns Pronouns generaTlyrefer to a noun that appearedeariier in the sentence
or in the precedingsentence.Rememberthat glerundsand infinitives are alsonouns,
so pronouns canreferback to ttrem.
Examples
This cake is delicious. I love it. (Itreferc to the no:uncake.)
We enjoy swimming, and we're food at it. (Itrefers to the gerund swimming.)
Writethe nounthat eachof thefollowingpronounsrefersto. lt maybe an infinrfive

or a
gerund.
^ -'" ;l
1. In paragraph3, the last sentence,what does them rcfet to? 64"'r'lv' u
2. lnparagfraph5, sentenceZ,whatdoes thisrefer to? ih,Attrd*;{""**
3. In paragraph18, sentence ,what doesthem refer to? \
^la^
4. Tnparagraph 19 sentence1, what doesh'er
refer to? W'I"'*6'*
-
lV. Understandingldioinsand Expressions
Matcheach expressionin column1 with the phrasein column2 that meansthe samething
by writingthe correct numberson the lines.Thenumbersin parentheses
give theparagraphs
in whichthe expressrbns are used.
l. go Dutch treat (19) - What's your occupation?
.
2. go thro'rgfirsomething (18) ,)(- -.o*."o- Consider this possibiligffsry
3. Hands otr! ( ) ---.-'-- .-.,"'.
}:-".'*.
4. keepyourdistance (4y =++ie a harmless untmth
5. overstayyour welcode (tS) ' don't get too close
,,,y'. . "\j
\ Don't touch. \
6. run out of something\ffS).*i i I
-4" -\ i
7. a white lie (3) -*- - :1- share expenses I
ji
8. What do you do?(a) r i, 'ut' use sometJringall up

e. W hatif...?(14). experience
"'.*.s+- v^Per teuw something (often
DvusururE, \uI L(,II
'' .something difficult)
A. Verb or Noun
Writein theconectword formstg gompletefte sentences.Whenthe wordis a verb,usethe
conecttense,..,-, .
1. That child doesn'tknowhow to His
terrible. (belu.ve/ beluvi.or)
2. Didyou him on his mariage? (conqratulate/ congratulations)
.,;l
3. Theboss me on the goocljob I drd. (complimnnt/

.:il
:1:1t:,.
ntnplimmtary)
*iq.'
'FF
4. Ifs difficult for me to in Engflish.But yesterdayI had a long
24"..
with an American friend who speaksrny language.(converse

/
conversatinn)
B. The Prefix mis-

Theprefixmis-meanswrong(ly)
or bad(ly).
)ltlritethemeanings
of fiese words:
1. tnisunderstand:
ruJEfu
r r ,*, ,n+-rt
{"
2. tnisspell:
CHAPTER
4. American Etiquette
-
dl
, ' t'
I
I Vl. Practicing SentencePatterns
:
Becausethis chapter gives advice to the reader, many
j
i tmperative Sentences
sentences are written in the imperative. The subject (you) is not in the sentence; it is
understood. Here are two examples of imperative statements:
Imperative. affirmative: Arrive on time-
Imperative. negative: Don't arrive late.
Nowwrtte imperativesentencesgiving advice to someonegoing to visityour country'

1. Affirmative:
2. Negative:
Vll. Sharing ldeas

A. lssues
Debatetheseissuesin smallgroups.Ihenchooseoneand writeaboutit.
1. You have a new job in a nice office. However, an assistantat a nearby desk eatsa
sandwich with a lot of onion in it every day. The smellbothers you all
afternoon. What is the best thing to do about this problem? Consider these
possibilities: (a) complain to the bossand ask for a different desk; (b) ask the
assistantto stop eating at his desk; (c) tell the otheqworkers in the office and
'hope'thatyour complaint will getback to the assistang(d) buy an air-freshener
spray anduse it every day after lunch; (e) suffer in silence.
2. Whatdifferences have you noticed between American rnanners and European
or Asian manners?
Wr'rteaboutoneof ftese toPics.
1. Tell about a time when you were enbarrassedbecauseyotre'aliznd that you had
done something socially improper-
2. Reada chapter in an Americanbook on etiquette and zummarize it. (Some
famous authors in this field are Enily Pos! Amy Vanderbilg and futitia
Baldrige.)
3. What do yoo like about American marmers?what do you dislike?

r_-
t
What Americans
Consume
i :. ,r t}l ., ji- ..j - !.j L . r :- -
Somefast food favorites:pi2za,.hot dogs,and subs
BrronrYou
Discuss
1. \ilhat do you consider tJ"ical American food? Do you like it?
. . : i; li: ; : i,
2. Do you think the typical American diet is healthy? Why or why not?
: -,: . ,:1
i; i . . : : ; : lr ' . S; : . . .
.
- : ir . ' 3. What do people around the world eat for their first meal of the day?What do
:
Americans eat for breakfast?

i:.,
i '.
,i
.".,.'.'it ,
d
--t
a
a
E'--
Guess
Ihen lookfor the answers
in thereading.
1. What percnntageof the American food budget is spent on food eaten awav from
home?Check (/) one
- 18o/o - 40o/o - 52o/o
2. What is pie i !a mode?Ctreck (/) one:
- hot pie - pie with cheese - pie with ice ctearn
What Americans Consulne

American Meals and Snacks
t Threesquaremealsa day-that's a commondescriptionof Americaneatinghabits.
But,in reality,most Americansadd between-meal snacksand haveeithera "bite"or a
mealabout five times a day.Themealthat breaksthe ovemightfast is, of course,break-
| ^ . f"tt. It s a mealthat manyadultsskip,eitherbecausethey'rein a hu1ryor on a diet.Oth-
q2A tÂro'ers haveiust orangeiuice o_rtoast alongwith the traditional wake.uplerc:Ege-coffee.
But.so{ne.!99Ple,gdd loa or cold ce-realor eggs.ojher RoR, ular breaHastitemsarepan-
' cakes;waffles;and French toast (bread soaked in a mixtuieof eggsandmilk and fried),
et
n*'14fl. oftenservedwith,{ggle_syrup.--; _:::: .=,:.:... '.'-:i :."'': 'r4"; "
t2
Peoplewho skip breaKastoften'snacka few hoursafter they get up. In the mid-
moming,manyoffice and factoryworkersare givena l0- to l5-minute'toffee breaK
fromthe iob to relaxand chatwith cbworkers. Not surprisingly,manyhavea cupof cof-
feeandmaybea@gh4!+toqg1rkinto it. r'i{ y-rr5.r.'-,q, -.
-;ndrer -, :' l'
,! / 3 Most Americanseat lunch betweentioon and two olclock lt's rare for workersto go
^
for lunch,and manyCchoolchildiineat atb'chool.Somepeoplebrown-bagil-that
i ';r*r,t.!*li!r'*'t*-home
i ' is, theybring food from home,often in a brournpaperbag.rorthis'br;ffi;rfhe sand-
wich is ideal.The sandwichchef needsonly two piecesof bread,something.molstto
r^*14* smearonthe bread(suchas butter,mayonnaise, mustard,or ketchup),and something
to put in the middle.Somepopularcold sandwiches are ham and cheese,peanutbut-
ter and ielly,slicedchicken,and tuna salad.
.'r 4 In restaurants,peopleoften orderhot sandwiches. The most popularare hamburg-
cri \,\'!"1.ers and hot dogs. Hamburgersare pgtti.esof choppedbeel usuallysewedin round
., ,1t'i -, bgllg.Hot dogs(alsocalledred hots,franKurters,or wieners)are 5- to 7-inchsausages
t servedin long, thin buns.Theterm frotdogdatesbackto 1900and was inspiredby an
Americanvendorwhocomparedthe frankfurtertothe long-bodiedGermandog.Hishot
dachshundsausages eventuallygot shortenedto hotdogs. To accompanythe sandwich,
a hungrydiner mightadd a bowlof soup,a salad,french-friedpotatoesor potatochips,
and a sweetdessertor fruit.
UNIT | . Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles
-
5 In the U.S.'peoplein d hurrycan eat lunch quickly,but those who want a leisurely
meal can find that. too. In a coffeeshop,the diner rvhomust "eatand run"can usually
find an empty stool at a counterwithin 5 minutes.Fast-foodrestaurants(wherecus,
tomersstand in line,orderfood,and get it in about 2 minutes)alsodo a lot of business
at.lunshtirne.Another timesaveris the cafeteria, where customerswalk by displaysof
'j.*.,'"j11,*'{-
food,placewhat they want on their trays,and then pay a cashierat the end of the line.
Largeinstitutions such as factories,hospitals,and schoolsoften havecafeterias.Some
institutionsalso havefood-dispensing machinesfrom which customerscan purchase
soup, sandwiches,drinks, fruit, and sweets.Microwaveovens for heatingthe food are
set up nearthesemachines.on the otherhand,at traditionalrestaurants, dinerssome-
times combinebusinessand pleasureat a businessluncheon,whereworkis discussed o,to"r o ,,{o
overcocktailsand a nicelyserved,leisurelymeal.
6 In the mid-afternoon,snacktime comesagain.Officeand factoryworkersmaytakea
secondcoffeebreak.Childrencoming home from school usually head for the refrigera-
tor. ln warm weather,ice cream is a popular snack.lt's consumed in cones,bars,and
sundaes(with a sweetsauceon top). lt is also used in two populardrinks,milk shakes
and ice cream sodas.
7 For Americans,the biggest meal of the day is dinnel usually servedat about six
o'clock on weekdays.Dinner may include severalcourses:an appetizer(suchas fresh
fruit, fruit iuice,or a small portion of fish);Soup;salad;an entr6e (main course)of meat,
poultry, or fish; and side dishes such as cooked vegetables,rice, or noodles.
Coffeeor
. tea and dessert finish off the meal. Most Americans prefer a sweet dessertsuch as cake,
^\'r't* !1',,o pie, or ice cream.Apple pie, servedhot with a -s_ggqp of ice cream (h la mode) or with a
slice of cheese,is a national favorite, hencettre expiession '?s American as apple pie.,'
Most Americans don't eat all these ccurses for dinner every evening. tn fact, many
restaurantsoffer the option of ordering these courses separately,or D la carte, for peo-
ple who want to eat a little less.
8 with lunch and dinner, Americansdrink water, fruit iuice, coffee,tea, or a carbonated
drink called sodaor pop.(The term used depends on the region of the country.)Though
childrenare urged to drink milk with everymeal, many prefer soda or
iuice instead.
9 Since dinner is usually servedearly in the evening,an evening snackis customary.
Children may have milk and cookies.Adults may nibble on fruit, sweets,or leftovers.
10 on weekendsand holidays,the meal schedulemayvary.On Saturdayevenings, many
people eat dinner at seven or even eight o'clock, especially when dining out. On Sun-
days,many families have brunch,a meal that combines breakfastand lunch. It is usu-
ally served between I l:00 e.r'l.and 2:00 p.u. and includes typical breaKast foods plus
cheese.cake,and perhaps casseroledishes and cold fish. Families who go to church on
Sunday moming may have breakfastbefore servicesand then eat their biggest meal of
the day at about two o'clock. The main meal of the day is always called dinner,no mat-
ter what time it is served. When dinner is eaten in mid-aftemoon, a smaller evening
meal called supperis servedaround sevenorclock.
1'l On Sundaysand holidays when the weather is warm, Americans like to eat outdoors.
They enioy picnics in parksor backyard'barbecues featuring charcoal-broiledsteaks,hot
dogs, or hamburgers.Another popular outdoor meal is the clambake,a picnic at the
seashore,at which clams and other shetlfishare bakedon hot stones under seaweed.
5 . What AmericansConsume
CHAPTER
E
ffi
ll'l mealtimecan be an importantsocialevent.ln manyhomes,
Iil 12 ln the U.S.as elsewhere,
dinner may be the only time when everyonein the familygets togetherand sharesthe
$il
lt.l
day'sexperiences. Diningout is also an importantpart of Americansociallife Forsin-
;:l gle men and women. datesoften begin with dinner at a nice restaurant.Marriedcou-
ti
ir t
I
ples often get togetherwith friendsto eat out, especiallyon weekends.ln their desireto
trt t use time efficiently,Americansmay rush through breakfastand lunch,but dinner (es-
peciallyon weekends)is usuallya more leisurelymealat whichenioymentof food is en-
hancedby pleasantconversation.
!*{l
i*'i Z ,*o ro*
3;r Compnehsnsion
NameftveAmerican andtellat whattimeof day they'reeaten.
meals,
';i i
Easy Does It!

13 Being an Americanhomemakeris easiernow than ever before.Today'sfamilyshop-
per can go to iust one store-the nearbysupermarket----and find nearlyeverythingthe
household needs. ln addition to food and beverages, supermarkets sell paper goods,
cleaningsupplies,cookingutensils, cosmetics,over-the-counter medications,tobacco
products,pet products,books and magazines, plants, and so on. Many are open until
10:00p.u.or later. Some are even open 24 hours a day!
.t4 Not only is shoppingquickerand easierthan everbefore;cookingis, too. Manyfoods
can be bought partly or wholly prepared.A great variety of soups and saucescome in
cans or in small packages.The cook iust adds water, heats, and serves.Other timesavers
include mixes for making mashed potatoes, pancakes,cookies,and cakes.To these, the
cook adds lust two or three ingredients-usually butter, milk, and eggs.Thereare also
instant beverages---coffee, cocoa, lemonade, and many others-that can be made iust
by adding water. Many frozenfoods are precooked and need only to be heated.A food
processorinstantlyturns a bunch of apples into apple iuice. A microwaveolen can cook
a turkey in a few hours. Cleanup is speedy,too, for those with an automatic dishwasher
and a garbagedisposal.
t5 The ultimate in easy eating is, of coursq.eating out. Americans eat out quite a bit.
, , About one-third of the food Americans consume is eaten away from home. Eating out
. ,. is on the rise. In 1986,Americansspent about one-third of their food budget on eating
. out; today, the figure is 40%,and its expectedto go even higher. Nutritionists say that
so much eating out has had a bad effect upon the American diet. Peopletend to eat
more and to choose less healthy food when dining in a restaurant-
16 Americanrestaurantsrangefrom inexpensivefast-food placesto expensive,formal
onesthat serveattractivelypreparedfood in an elegantsetting.Most fast-foodrestau*
rants are franchises-individuallyownedbusinessesfollowingstrict guidelinesfrom
the company'scentralmanagement. Fast-foodfranchiseshavebeenverysuccessiulin
the U.S.part of the appealis the predictability.
At ttremaiorhamburger i;i,rr-
ol '-hir.l.'-,rr
chises,peopleknowwhatthe food is goingto tastelike, they
wherever buy it.
17 Carry-outmealsare handyfor workingadultswith no time to shopancllnoir lllli:r:
UNIT1 . Attitudes. Values,and Lifestyles

il
restaurantsprepareonly carry-outfood: many others servediners in the restaurantbut
also pack up mealsfor carry-outcustomersand those who phone or fax in an order for
delivery.Fast-foodplacesand ethnic restaurantsboth do a big carry-outbusiness.
18 Sometimesthe Americandiner also carrieshome food after eating in a restaurant.ln
most restaurants,portions are generous.lf a customercan't eat all that's served,espe-
cially in an informal restaurant,it's quite appropriateto ask the serverto pack up the
leftovers.Sometimesthe serverwill offerto do this without evenbeingasked.yearsago,
a take-homepackagelike this was put into a "doggiebag."Today,everyoneopenly ad-
mits that the food is for human consumption-probably for the next day'slunch.
Z ,i;* *no
iCom[rGhGnslon
Whg is it easyfor an Americanfamily to preparedinner?
Variety-?he Spice of Life

19 For Americansseekinga dining adventureand for immigrants seekingtheir native
cuisine, ethnic dining is tlre answer.The most videspread of the ethnic cuisinesare
probablyChinese,Italian,and Mexican.But that is iust the tip of the iceberg.In New
York,Chicago,and many other maior Americancities, the rangeof ethnic dining goes,
if not from Ato Z, at least from A to Y--Arabian, Armenian, Cuban, Ethiopian, Greek,
Indian,fapanese,Korean,Persian,Peruvian,Russian,Thai,Ttrrkish,Vietnamese,and yu-
goslavian,among many other cooking styles.
20 Ethnic influences add variety to home-cooked meals, too. tngredients for the more
popular ethnic dishes are readily available in most supermarkets.Less well-known in-
gredientscan be obtainedat food stores in ethnic communities.The U.S.is commonly
x&\.*'t-
frr"^"{' called a rng!!!g lgt of people from everywhere.Therefore,it is not surprisingthat Amer-
ican cooking pots contain ingredients from all over the world.
21 Regional American food specialties add further variety to the American diet. From
New Englandcome wonderful seafoodchowders (usually clams or lobsters stewedwith
vegetablesand milk), baked beans, brown breads, and Boston cream pie. Southemers
have created fried chicken, smoked ham, grits {a side dish made with com meal and
milk), and fritters (small fried cakesoften containing fruit). New Orleans is famous for
spicy Creole cooking, which mmbines French,Spanish, African-American,and Native
American cuisine.
22 Becauseof the nation's varied climate and geography,a great variety of fruits and
vegetablesare grown in the U.S.and many more are imported. High-quality fruits and
vegetables are available throughout the year, thanks to modem transportation and
freezingtechniques.
Whataretworeasons
wftyAmericanmealsaresovarieil?
CHAPTER5 . What AmericansConsume

EI
t-
iHi
l:1 ,
I il
,; Death by Consumption t
23 plenty of tasty, nutritious food is available in the U.S.\'et many Americanseat (or ".
'i-
'I
drink) themselvesinto an earlygrave.Nutritionistssay that Americanseat too much
1i ;:
ii unhealthy fat, salt, and sugar.In recent years,Americanshave become awareof the T
I' fact that a person'sdiet affects appearance,performance,mental state, health, and i

'i
il longevity.As a result, many Americanstry to eat more fruits, vegetables,and healthier i
ii, source: of protein (suchas fish, grains,and poultry). Many havecut down on products ;
tl high in fat. Still, 337"ofAmericansare somewhatoverweightand another 22"Aareobese :
t:
i)
(extremelyoverweight).In the U.S.,cans,iars, and paper packagescontain information
ftr :
regardinga food'singredientsas well asthe caloriecountand amountsof sodium(salt),
espe-
, fat, and importantvitaminsin each serving.This informationhelpsconsumers,
ciallythoseon specialdietsor thosewho need to lose weight.
24 "Everythingenloyablein life is either illegal,immoral,or fattening,"complainthose
who are ovenveight.The American food industry has respondedto this complaint.A
wide assortmentof Americanfoodsare madewith artificial sweetenersinsteadof sugar.
Thereare also low-fat and fat-freefoods and some made with healthiertypesof fat or
fat substitutes.
25 Health and social problemsare also createdby consumptionof alcoholicbeverages,
cigarettes,and illegaldrugs.About 5.4%of Americansare heavydrinkers.Thosewho en-
gage in heavy drinking damage their own health, cause pain to their families, and are
dangerousbehind the wheel of an automobile.In recentyears,manycitizens'organiza-
tions have campaignedto keepthe roads safer by increasingpenalties for drunk driving.
26 Another way that Americans consume themselvesto death is by smoking cigarettes.
About 29"6of Americanadults smoke.The medical e;penses and human tragedycaused
by this habit are immeasurableand well known. Unfortunately,the tobacco industry has
a lot of political power. Therefore,although the govemment urges smokersto quit, it
also pays farmers to grow tobacco. In recent years, the American tobacco industry has
been sued for billions of dollars becauseof the illnesses its products cause.
One of the greatest concernstoday is the large amount of illegal drugs consumedin
the U.S.,especiallyby teenagersand young adults. Mariiuana usage,for example,is
I
lr I
I$" highest among the l&-25 age group, with about 12%of people in this group smoking
I
j :
I .weed." The use of illegal drugs damages the body and also leads to an increase in
ti g
i'
crime. Many people who get hooked on laddicted to) cocaine or heroin are then forced
f,
g:
I
to commit crimes in order to get enough money to buy these illegal (and thereforeex-
pensive) substances.
In dealing with these health problems--obesity, alcoholism, cigarette smoking,and
drug addicdon-Americans often tum to support groups of fellow sufferers.Groups
such as Weight Watchers, Alcoholics Anonymous. and Narcotics Anonymous have
hetped people overcome destructive behavior. With the assistance of professional
counselors and the support of a group, Americanswork hard to rid themselvesof dan-
geroushabits.
29 At the other end of the health spectrum are people with great self-control.Theyavoid
high-fat and high-salt foods. In addition, they worry about chemicals added to food.
Thereare three common sourcesof thesechemicals:(1) pesticidessprayedon plantsto
keep insects away,(2) additives used in some packagedfoods to improve appearance

r
$-_
and lengthenshelf life,and (3.),drugs
fed to beefcattie to improvethe quantityand taste
of meat.Are thesechemicalsharmfulto human beings?Thosewho believethey are read
labels carefully,buy organic food, and shop in health food stores.Defendersof these
chemicalssaythat the quantitiesusedare too small to be harmfuland that discontin-
uing their use would meansmallerharvests,lessprime beef,fasterfood spoilage,and
higher food prices. In the 1960s,people who were afraid of the typical Americandiet
were called health food "nuts."Today,Americansrealizethat these people have had a
good influence.As a resultof the health food movement,manyAmericansconsiderthe
greatvarietyof good things to eat and makewiser selections.
Arrrn You Rrao

A. Answertheseguestionsw'ttha fewwords.Youdon't needto write complete
sentences.
Rereadtheparagraphs
indicatedin parentheses
if you needhelp.
(a.l{i* qi e-
1. What are two common breakfastbeverages?(t) t u'"r-^"'
l{
lJ't I f**'
2. Whatdo Americans eat forlunch? (3-4) Jw t'&-4 {r"q -
3. What are two placeswhere you can eat lunch quicHy? (5)
pûl .hr.tJ
4. Which meal is bigger-dinner or supper?(10) ,l.n'*rq**r'^

5. What are two timesaversthat Americans can use when preparing mealp?(1a) \
f*-+d f ?l."r , Fti rr)'+Varx* *,r-*^-- , *-,.t , p,e rp* ,l
"'r+"qB
6. Would you go,to an ethnic restaurant for a hot dog or har:fturger? (19) -'
[J *. I 1{e,+-
7. What two common food ingredienb are unhealthy if eaten in large quantities?
1zs1 {at{-. , *i'r,-g:
""r-'", J &
B. Discussthe difference a factandanopinion.Then,after considering
between the
in thischapter,
informafron fact(Flor opinion
markeachstatement (AL
A
N l. American food isn'thealthy.
I Z. Manyharmful chemicalsare addedto American foods.
{' g. The use of illegal drugs causesan increasein crime.
A E. Addictive drugs shouldbe legahredin the U.S.
5. Americans eat too many snacks.
isbadfor aperson's
6. Smokingcigarettes health., ..
(continwd on the next page)
5 . What AmericansConsume
CHAPTER
E
{
7. Restaurant food is not as healthv as home-cooked food.
*
"1' 8. When Americans eat out, they tend to eat too much and choose less i
healthy food than they ordinarily have at home.
:t
.J
t
ll. BuildingYour Vocabulary ,r
&
wordsfor this chapter.Theyare botdfaced
in the q
=
reading.Pronouncethesewordsafteryour teacher,anddrscusstheirmeanings.
u.addiction
,$' artificial
Pconsume nutritious
r*obese
't
:
B cuisine
P avoid franchise* picnic
beverage a ingredient gslice*
f cafeteia leftovers snack*
B. Complete thesesentenceswith someof the keyvocabularywords.Makethe nounsplural ,

and puteachverb intothecorrecttenseandform. *.
tf necessary,
,"-{i, , ,/ ,,'
.-1o,.v1'
1. A person who is overweight should a'tov-Q with a lot of
I
i ""{rrg[oa
'\-'l
i
3
sugarand fat.
I
l;
2. Forbrealdast somepeoplehave two J{ ir r of toasl For lunch. some
I
have a piece (or I l.r r_\ ) of pie. (Use the same word for both
answers.)
3. is a liquid ttrat a person can drink.
4. In a(n) customersdon't tipbecause they servethemselves.
5. Ethnic tiFt"^-- refers to the cooking style of a particutar culture or
group ofpeople.
6. If shopperswant to know what's in a particular food, they can read the list of
r lr ,' !!I
' \{ 4 ft Fr '-{-tu on the box, packaggjar, or can.
7. *::l,,{*l'; people are more than a little overweig[rr They are exhemely
overweigftt
8. Consumrrsale people who buy and use products. \Mhen people eat food, they
[rfv\]1l.l."*L iL
9. Peoplecan developa(n) o nid;d ir ^ to cigarettes, @ff@, alcohol, or

@carne.
10. sweetenersdon't have any calories,but sugardoes.
*Th€se words can be used as nouns or verbs.
UNIT 1 o Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles
-
C. Homonyms are wordsthat soundalikebut havedifferentmeanings and spetlings.
Underline
thewordsto completethe sentences below.Llsea dictionaryif you needhelp.
Erample
I want (ta / too) have (some/ sum) coffee.
1. Americansliketoeat (theg're/tlu1J)lunchesquicHybecause
(tbsUre/their)
often in a hurry.
2. r-et's (bu/buil
some(meat/ meef andthen (mzat / Wd Qg /bug) the cashier.
3. Every (Sun"dag
/ sundne),I eat a chocolate(Sundag/ srulaê)for dessert.
4. cooking styles (rru_/ rt il a greatdeal in the u.s., so eating American food is
(varg / vg) interesting.
5. It's (to / tgp).latefor breakfast and (to / tgo)early for lunch, but the (too/ tw-o)of
us could go (!o-/ too) a restaurant and havebrunch.
A. Topic Sentences Most paragraphscontain atopit senteruethatstatesthe main
idea. Ttre topic sentenceis the most important sentencein the paragraph.It tells
what the rest of the paragraphis about. The other senten@sgive details that support
the main idea.
Rereadtheparagraphsliste4 and lookfor the topic sentence.Thenwrite the first twowords
of the topicse;ltenceon the lineafter theparagraphnumber.
Example
(5) t4 the
(ro) (rs)
B. General and Specific
Theunderlinedwordsare generalcategories.
Threeof thefourwordsin thelinesthatfoltow
referto spectficitemsof thatcategory.
Drawa tinethroughthewordtlratdoesn'tbelong
in
that category.
Erample
Poultrv chicken duck turkey €€h
l. BeveraAes juice water milk shake €pels*
-'? 2. Dairy products cheese milk "fr+rit butter
i
J 3. Desserts €Sgs" cake pie ice cream
4. Meals dinner .diner-* brunch supper
5. Entr6es chicken -cereats* salmon steak
6. Produce apples lettuce -bs@ad carrots
7. Bakery Hoods bread -eaady cake cookies
5 r WhatAmerkansConsume
CHAPTER
E
A. Djscussthe meanings of the foltowing Thenumbersin paierihes*s i::ivethe
expressions.
paragraphsin whichtheseexpressions are used'
into an eatlY grave(23)

meltin$ pot (20)
the tip of the iceberg(19)
three squaremeals a daY (1)
Varietyls the spice of life. (heading aboveparagraph i9J
ir' l';:rtriiheses
listed.Thenumheis:
with oneof the expressions
B. Completeeachsentence
in whichtheseexpressions
give the paragraphs are used'
l'13)
\ abite (1) coffeebreak (2) 3 ovel-iiir 'tt:'li:i';"
) t-*":rug i, (s) ( gethooked(27) "t shelftife (29)

(29)
)r"" try-out (17) F nut t
t. A-fterthe movie,let,sstopin this coffeeshopfor --g-gk:-** :ii i::i;.
tlrr*-*
CeflV ' fi",,.,jj.--
fcrorl'or g{!.}ilt to
Z. Forlunch, do you tim+ru,-4n'? i( , order
eaf.?
it
Jna: medication.I can buy it without ta; ''-t : ' '.
3. This is a(n) EXr-S_
4. I can keep this medicine for 2 years.It has alonl- Fr f!
rr*-\ tttv Y t dt
5. If you start smokinli cigarettes,you might
6. He calls me a heatrthfood
r'^"qX becauseI eat *;ei-;'r:rrgr,;;:ii'r:
'!-'::ri
V. Taking Words APart

A. Accent Marks in English
language
wordsfrom another becomepartof theEnglish accentmark
language,
Sometrmes
F;en
themafteryourteacher"
Pronounce '"r"'';'r':fi
cJ;.li:$5r
,ii iu. ii* ire lvee examples.
theirmeanings.
1. enfrde:
2. alaeartr;.
3. ilamode:
"_:,
t,
.t
I
l
.l
l
.l
t"
J
UNIT1 o Attitudes, Values,and tifestyle!
t
I
tI
tl
B. Adjectives to Nouns
1. Writethenounformfor eachadjectivelisted.Usea dictionaryif you needhelp.Then
pronouncethewordpairsafteryour teacher.
Erample
pleasant ?leaeure
1' crowded c'{-auufi- t.
2. healthy -{"i'AJ}tt 6. spicy hq't't-
3. imoortant )r,*'1",*',:[rn"'^*' '(- ,."UtO@
4. nutritio,r, t*;h'ift rx- 8. varied r/'dl'n'q$q

d-
2. Nowchooseoneof theseadjectives
and,itsnoun,andwritea sentence
witheach.
a. adjective, o;-aw&rt L f h'dt +{," ,{{d{:i.* w*0. * *lt r*t.zu.'{'ad
b.noun: cil'rr-4 ' / * rc"Lrr/C
ln
"' i :
\&ifi {,!-( *.tf ,aa, C 1/
t"*.,*i{'t''r ti'r-*"'
ul
Commas in a Series The last tqzosentencesin paragraph 3 and the last sentence
in paragraph4 illustrate the correct placement of commasin punctuating a series.
I When there are three or more items in the series,each item should be separatedwith
a entnrna.The word and. shouldbe placedbefore the last item in the series.
1. Addcommasplusthe word andwheretheyare neededtn thrsCfntence;
I put melted cheeseon mybaked potato,my french fib3host cookedvegetables.
2. Nowwritea sentencelisttngthreefoodsyou had for dinnerlast night.Usecommaswhere
needed.
Vll. Sharingldeas
A. lssues
Debatefrese issuesin smallgroups.Ihen chooseoneand write aboutiL
1. Somepeople a4lue that health-consciousAmericans have taken all the fun out of
eating. Has Americans' concenl about calories and cholesterolturned food into
an enemy to be fearedand avoided?Does this attitude decrease&e quality of
their lives? Or are theybetter offbecause healthy eating probably increasestheir
life span?
CHAPTER5 o What AmericansConsume

EI
*"L
' 'i}is
2. A common American-expressionis "You can never be too rici.ror ilo il;i;,
sentiment speaks especiaily to American women. Those who want to look
glamorous must count calories carefully and often deny themseh'esthc fnrid they
l,','i,i.:.i:iiI
be
want. Do you a$reewith the saying "tle thinner, the better"l i',irl;'i .l
thin to be beautiful?
3. Should cigarettes be made illegal? Or should people have the frcr',tt",,; i., i.rir-r''rnd
use this product if theY want to?
Write aboutone of these topics.
1. Do you have a healthy diet? Discuss whlr or why not'

2. C,Ompare mealsin OthercOuntrieswith American meal:. i'r ::ri'i' ::r";r;''-rlrl 1
people eat, what they eat, and how much they eat at varii"' ' '' ' ' i''
Which eating habits do you ptefer? Why?
3. C,omparetwo similar packagedfood products (for exampie.i'rrlrlr' :i;;,:i!1iti:'.i.:i l
or two brands of vegetablesoup). Check the ingredie:--:1i. ',i r:.r.-:-..',
ri;':'rlr;i,:'r.-:r
and the sodium (salt) and fat content. Which is hea.lthier? Whii:}i trr: i.'::Ete:
better? which one will you buy the next time you 51rir;i';ririrrry
UN{T1 o Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

A Nation of
rants
Mother and soo immigrantsfrom Guatemala
i : .a " ;, o n '.-r;.,;:." '"

BrroneYou Rrno
Discuss
1. What is an immigrant? What is a refugee?Are all immigrants refugeesor vice
versa?
2. Whatis an alien in the U.S-?What is an alien in a sciencefiction story? What
is the difference between a legal alien and an illegal alien?
3. In your opinion, what are the main reasonswhy people immigrate?
g
Guess
Thentookfor the answersin thereading.
1. Approximately what perc/Jntageof the u.S. population is foreign-born?
Check (/) one:
5o/o - loo/o -2oo/o
-
(/) cne:
2. About how many illegal aliens currently live in the U.S'? Check
l million 3million -6million
from any
3. More Americans say that ttreir ancestorscamefrom this country than
other. Check ({) one:
Engfand -ItalY - Germany
A Nation of ltnrnigrants
the
t Betweenl82l and 1997,about64 million lmmigpantscameto the U'S'A'It was
A Nation
largestmigrationthe humanracehad everknown.Whatcausedit? In his book
(laterthe nation's thirty-fifthpresident) 'Three
explained:
oflinmrgrais,lohn E Kennedy
hardship-
strong-forces-religiouspersecution,political oppresslon,and economic
i
Kennedy'sgreat-
proviJedthe chief motlvesfor the massmigrationsto our shores."
po-
grandfatherhad beenoneof thoseimmigrants,a farmerwholeft lrelandduringthe
tato faminein the 1840s.
Immigration before IndePendenoe

probablythe Native
Theearliestimmigrantsto the areanowknownas the U.S'were
from Asia
Americans(or AmericanIndians).Theycameto the WesternHemisphere
By the fifteenthcentury, there were 15
about 15,000yearsago or perhapsevenearlier.
as many as 700'0@
million to 20 million NativeAmericansin the Americas.Perhaps
reachedthe
werelivingwithinthe presentlimits of the U.S.whenChristopherColumbus
WestemHemisPhere in 1492.
visited the
Duringthe 1500s,French,Spanish,Portuguese,and Englishexplorers
in the area that is now
NewWorld.Thespanishfoundedthe first Europeansettlements
U'S'tegitory was estab-
the U.S.Thefirst permanentBritishcolonywithin present-day
';x;
lishedin famestown, Virginia.in 1607,by loa Britishcolonists.In 1620'a secondBritish
colony,consistingof 102people,wasfoundedin Plymouth,Massachusetts.
morethan 3
tn iZg0,the whitepopulationof the 13originalcoloniestotaledslightly
the rest
milfion.About 75%ofthesefirst Americanswereof mostly Britishancestry;
UNIT2 . The SaladBowl:Cultural

j
:
I
.t
man, Dutch,French,Swiss,and Spanish.The Britishgavethe new nation its language,
Iaws,and philosophyof government.
Z **ro*
Gonprdanslon why is English,
ratherthanFrenchor spanish,themaiorlanguage
of theu.s.?
Immigration from 1790to 1920

5 Americanindependence did not immediatelystimulateimmigration.Between1790
and 1840,fewer than I million foreignersenteredthe country.But between lg4l and
1860,more than 4 million arrived.Potatocrop failuresin trelandstimulatedlrishimmi-
gration.Germanscameto escapeeconomicand politicaldifficulties.Duringthe lasthalf
of the nineteenthcentury,many Scandinavianscame,attractedby good farmland.The
IndustrialRevolutionand the westwardmovementgavenew immigrantsan important
role in the nation's economic development. Employers needed factory workers.
Landownerswanted tenants for western lands. They sent agents to Europe to ,.sell,,
America.Agentsof steamshiplines and railroadcompaniesattractedthousandsof im,
migrantswith storiesabout a fabulous"land of opportunity."
6 Immigration took another great leap after 1B80.Betweenl8BI and 1920,abrlut 23.5
million aliens were admitted. Nearly 90"/oof these newcomerswere from Europe-After
1882,the govemmentkept Asian immigration to a minimum becauseAmericanwork-
ers feared that new Asian immigrants would take their iobs or lower their wages.
7 In the I1890s,
In fha QOAo
the
rho
sources
-^".^^- of European
^f
E"-^^^^- :-
im- .;.
migration began to shift. Between l88l and

1890,approximately80%of Americanimmi-
.
grants came from northem and westem Eu-
rope. By l9l l, about 77"/"werecoming from
southern, central, and eastern Europe-
from ltaly, Russia, Austria-Hungary Roma-
nia, Bulgaria, Greece, and areas that later
became Poland and Czechoslovakia.Many
of those from Russia,Romania,and Poland
were fews fleelng religious persecudon.
8 Most immigrants aniving between 1886
and 1924came into New York Harbor, past
the inspirational Statue of Liberty, which is
l5l feet tall. She invited them to go through
the "golden door." But first they were taken
to nearby Ellis lsland to be checkedin. From
l90l to l9l7, this facility processed2,000ro
5,000immigrants everyday. Now, it is a mu-
seum.
The Statue of Liberty in New York Harbor
_E
6 . A Nation of lmmigrants
CHAPTER
L
in tfte lJ.S.stimulatedimmigration?
E| **t*n developments
What ftistorical
GsnFeianslon What problemsin Europestimulatedemigration?
Immigration since 1920

9 DuringWorld War l, immigration declineddue to travelingdifficulties.After the wal
Europeansonce again begancrowdingaboardships to the U-S.But Americanindustry
no longerneededthem. Duringthe 1920s,Congresspassedthe first quota law,limiting
the total number of immigrantsallowedand the number allowed from each country.
.lo From l93Oto 1945,legallimits and World War lt kept immigrationto a minimum.
When the war ended, immigration rose sharplybecauseentrancewas allowed to mil-
lions of people left homelessby the war.Speciallegislationadmitted large numbersof
displacedpersons,refugees, orphans,and war brides'
.11 Duringthe last half of the twentieth century,the United Stateslifted immigrationre-
strictionsfrom time to time to take in refugeesand easesufferingin other parts of the
world. ln the late 1950s,thousandsof Hungarianswere admitted. In the early 1960s,be'
causeof the Cuban revolution,more than 150,000Cubansenteredthe U.S.To relieve
crowdedconditions in Hong Kong,severalthousandnonquota Chinesewere also per-
mitted entry. In 1979,the U.S. admitted more than 20,000Vietnameserefugeesper
month. In the late 1970sand 1980s,hundredsof thousandsof Russians(mostly fews)
were also allowed to enter.
12 At the present time, immigration is permitted according to various categories.Im-
mediate relatives of U.S.citizens may come in without numerical limit. The number of
immigrarrtswho are sponsored by family members living in the U.S.is limited to about
Z25,WOper yeat and there are limits on how many visas can be issued per country.A
significant number of people are allowed to immigrate becausethey have occupational
skills needed in the U.S.The immigration laws are very complex. Someone wanting to
immigrate should talk to an immigration lawyer or with the local office of the lmmigra-
tion and Naturalization Service(lNS)-
13 Immigration resHctions may seem cruelto those who are living in difficult circum-
stances elsewhere,$ui'they became necessry because,in the twentieth century the
U.S.population ereb€da very rapid rate. By 1920,the population had reached 100mil-
lion.-Fiity years later, it had doubled. A higher birthrate, lower infant mortality' and
longer life o<pectancyall combined to cause this population explosion. 'lioday,many
grow'
Americansare having smaller families. However,the population is continuing to
so limits on immigration are likelyto continue-
14 tooking back over some 200yearsof immigration, which nations have sent the most
people?fhe ten largest ancestrygroups of todays Americans are (in decreasingorder
of size) German, lrish, English, African, Italian, Mexican, French,Polish, Native Ameri-
can, and Dutch.
UNIT2 . The SaladBowl: Cultural Diversityin the U'5'

EI--
Whr4doestfte U.S. needimmigratianrestrictions?
Today's Foreign-Born Population

15 Here'sa statisticalsnapshotof the foreign-born population in the u.s. today:
o About lO"/"of the U.S.population is foreign-born.
o Most foreign-bornresidentsare Hispanicsor Asian/pacificlslanders.
o About 7 million (28"/")of today'sforeign-bornresidentscome from Mexico.That'sthe
largestforeign-bornpopulation from a singlecountry in U.S.history.
. The five states with the largestforeign-bornpopulations are California;New york,
Florida,New fersey,and Texas.Californiais home to about one-third of the nation's
foreign-bornresidents,who makeup about 28"/o of the state'spopulation.
. How are immigrants doing in this "land of opportunity"?ln 1996,the poverfyrate
for foreign-bom citizens was t0%. That figure was lcwerthan the poverty rate for
American-borncitizens,which was almost I3"/o.However,foreign-bornnoncitizens
had a poverfy rate of almost 277".
Countries of Birth of U.5. Foreign-Born Population (1997)

Mexico: 7,017,000 Vietnam:770,000 EI Salvador:607,000
Philippines: 1,132,000 India:748,0OO United Kingdom: 606,000
China:1,107,000 FiormerSoviet Union: 734.OOOKorea:591,000
Cuba:913,000 Dominican Republic 632,000 Germany:542,000
Source:U.S.CensusBureau
lJ.S.resiilents
Wherehavemostof toilay'sforeign-born cometrom?
The Hispanic Population

16 About 35 million people living in the U.S.(about 2.5%of the population)belongto a
Spanish-speakingethnic group. More than half of them are foreign-bom. Native speak
ers of Spanishare called Hispanks(orl-atinul.Hispanics form the second-largestcultural
minority in the U.S.,after the nation's 36 million non-Hispanic African-Americans.The
+[ Hispanic population is younger than the national average,and its birthrate is higher.
I
It is the most rapidly growing minority group in the country. Hispanics are expected
t to be the countrfs largest ethnic minority by the year 2005. For this large Spanish-
speakingpopulation, the U.S.now has Spanishradio and TV stations as well as Spanish
newspapers,magazines,signs, and directions in many places.
I
17 Almost three-fourths of the nation s Hispanics live in five states: Califomia, Texas,
J
CHAPTER6 . A Nation of lmmigrants
E
$i New York,Florida,and lllinois.The three largestHispanicgroupsin the U.S.are Mexi-
cans,PuertoRicans,and Cubans.Mexicanimmigrantsand Mexican-Americans
born in the U.S.)totalabout l3 million.
{those
tat Mexicanshave an important place in American history. They helped establishLos

Angelesand many other settlementsin the Southwestthat later becamemalorAmeri-
can cities.Also, they taught important methods of farming,mining,and ranchingto
Americanswho settled in the West.When the Mexican-AmericanWar ended in 1848,
the peace treaty gave the U.S. more than 525,000square miles of territory in the
Southwest.Mexicansliving in this areawere granted U.S.citizenship.Becauseof these
Mexican-Americans, California,New Mexico,and Coloradowere permittedto enterthe
union as bilingual states.
19 The islandof PuertoRicois locatedabout 1,000miles southeastof Florida.In 1878,
1r-
ii duringthe briefSpanish-American War,the U.S.won PuertoRico(alongwith Guamand ,t{
ii the Philippinelslands) from Spain. PuertoRicohasremainedpartof the U.S.eversince.
Puerto Ricansare Americancitizens,but, if they live in Puerto Rico,they don't vote in I":t
i I.
;l U.S.elections.Theycan travelto and from the nation's mainland without immigration
f'l
-i
, restrictions.About 3 million PuertoRicanslive on the mainland,the majorityin or near
t. ! ' New YorkCity.
it
PuertoRico has what is calledcommonwealthstatus with the U.S.government.It re-
iI, ceivesprotection and assistancefrom the federalgovernmentbut has some local au-
lii
l,t i
r.i .
thority over its intemal affairs.Among Puerto Ricans,there is disagreementabout po-
litical goals for the island. Some are satisfied with the commonwealthstatus,some
advocate statehood, and others want the island to become independent.
21 Cuban immigrantsand their children make up the third largestgroup of Hispanics.
About I million Cubansnow live in the U.S. Most came as exilesduring or after 1959,
when Fidel Castro took over and the country became communist. Most Cubansin the
U.S.live in southem Florida,Puerto Rico, New York City, and New Jersey.Many of these
immigrants are well-educatedwith backgroundsin professionsor business.As a result,
they havea higherstandardof living in the U.S.than many other Hispanics.
22 The influence of the Hispanic culture is felt and enioyed by the rest of Americanso-
ciety. Hispanic food is eagerly consumed everywhere. Nachos (com chips with hot
cheese on top) are about as popular as hot dogs in American ballpark. In supermar-
kets, salsa (a spiqr sauce)sells almost as well as ketchup. Hispanic singersare verypop-
ular among younger Americans,as are Spanish dances such as the merengue,tango,
samba, and--of course-salsa.
causeiltfteU.S. to acquire
Whatftistoriulevents
population?
a largeSpnnish-speafung Nameat leastthree.
Illegral Aliens
23 lllegal aliens are people living in the U.S.without proper authorization.Many enter
the country by sneakingacrossthe border. Others come on temporary student or visitor
visas and do not leave when their visas expire. Most illegal aliens want to stay in the
UNff 2 . The SaladBowl:CulturalDiversityin the U.5.
.I
U.S.becauseemploymentopportunitiesare so muchgreaterthan in their nativecoun-
tries. Since illegal alienstry hard not to be discoveredby the government,it's impossi-
ble to get an accuratecount of them. CensusBureauestimatesset the numberat about
6 million.
24 In 1986,the U.S.govemmentadopted a new law affectingillegal aliens. lt was de-
signedto accomplishtwo main goals:(l ) to allow illegalalienswho had been livingin
the countrysinceJanuary1982to gain legalstatusif they appliedby May 4, 1988,and
(2) to discourageothers from coming into or stayingin the country illegally by making
it difficult for them to find employment.The law prohibitsAmericanemployersfrom hir-
ing illegalsand providesfor severepenalties-fines and evenimprisonment-if they do
so. Underthe 1996law,morethan I million illegalaliensappliedto becomelegalresi-
dents. But this law has also forcedemployersto checkon all prospectiveemployeesto
be surethat they are allowedto work in the U.S.
E .:......;:.:,,.,,
E $ftefi,{oun
;tn foran illegalalientogeta iob?
moredifftcult
t WhUhasit become
The Many Contributions of Immigrants

The wide varietyof immigrantgroups in the U.S.has given the nation greatdiversity
in its industrial development.Germans,Scandinavians,and Polessharethe credit for
turning milliors of acres of wildemess into farmland. Scandinaviansand Canadians
helped to develop the lumber industry. The Swedesbuilt the first log cabins. The Swiss
brought clock-making and cheese-makingskills. The English were experiencedin the
handling of horses,cattle, and sheep.The Greeks,Italians,Portuguese,and Spanish
grew citrus fruits and grapes.ltalians started the wine industry.Chineseand lrish labor-
ers built the first railroadthat spannedthe nation.
In addition to their skills,immigrantsbrought their political and socialtheories,reli-
gions, academictraditions, holidays, festivals,sports, arts, hobbies, and foods. The
Germansintroduced the Christmastree, kindergarten,and the symphonyorchestra.The
Dutch brought ice-skating, bowling, golf, and the art of growing tulips. The French
taught Americans elegant Europeancooking and dancing. Italians brought their talents
in painting, sculpture, and architecture.The lrish establishedthe Catholic Church as an
English-speakinginstitution, introduced parochial schools, and built many Catholic
colleges.
The American diet has also been delightfully affected by various immigrant groups.
The Dutch taught Americans to make waffles and doughnuts. The Germans brought
hamburgersand sausages.ltalians introduced pizza,spaghetti. minestrone, and ravioli.
Americans also enioy Swisscheesesand fondue, Irish stew,Chinesechow mein, lndian
cunies, Russian caviar, Middle Eastem shish kebab, Danish pastry, French chocolate
mousse,and Tirrkishcoffee.
28 The U.S.has often been called a melting pot becauseimmigrantsfrom allover have
becomepart of this one nation and haveshareda common cultureand a common loy-
alty. But this doesn't mean that immigrants forget their past. On the contrary immi-
--E
6. A Nationof lmmigrants
CHAPTER
*
lll
l{ l}.i
$-
grants from the same country tend to create their own neighborhoodsand establish a
il
.i their nativereligiousand culturalinstitutions.Most immigrantparentstry to teachtheir
childrenthe language, traditions,religiouscustoms,and moraloutlookthat is their her-
itage.Many cities and communitieshaveetlrnicfestivals(featuringethnicfood,songs,
dances,stories,and arts and crafts)to bring togetherpeoplewho sharea commonher-
itage.Some festivalsare sponsoredby one group (for example,people of Greek,lrish,
or polish descent).Others include people from dozens of different cultures.These
events remind Americansthat the nation is not reallya melting pot at all. In fact,peo-
ple now preferto call it a saladbowl.Why?In a salad,manydifferentelementsare com-
bined into a whole, but each ingredientalso retainsits individual identity.That is what
happensto immigrantswhen they becomeAmericancitizens'
29 In spiteof the nation'simmigranttradition,it still isn't easybeinga newcomerto the
U.S.Often, there is family conflict becauseparentshold onto "old-country"wayswhile
their childrenbecomeAmericanized. For manyadult immigrants,learningEnglishis a
verydifficulttask.Findinga good job in this hiehlytechnological nation is anotherchal-
lenge. Nevertheless, most immigrants love their adopted land and live happilyin it. The
U.S.hasgiven many people a sense of hope and safetythat they never had beiore.In re-
turn, immigrants haveenrichedtheir adopte.l land with their skills,talents,ideas,and
hard work.The U.S.A.is a strong and prosperouscountry largelybecauseit is a nation
of immigrants.
Arrrn You Rrno

A. 0n eachblank |ine,write the letter of the phrasethatcorrectly completeseachsentence.
1. Aqcording to paragraph l,John E Kennedy wrote ANation of Imtnigrants
b
a. after he becamepresident
16) before he becamepresident
2. Paragrapbs3 and 4 sug!$esttlrat Americans speakEn$ish because
a. the first Europeansto e4plorefhe areawere Engflish
6] A" majority of the American colonists were En$ish
3. According to para$raph16, the U.S. today has 4
{d) more Hispanics than African-Americans
T. more African-Americans than Hispanics
4. Ac*nrdrngto para$raph20, Puerto Rico is
a. aflAmerican state
t0 aU.S. commonwealth
UNIT2 r The SaladBowl: Cultural Diversityin the U.5.

5. Paragraph 28 compares tlie,U.S. to a salad bowl because
a. immigrants tend to forgiettheir past
,$) immigrants tend to keepmany traditions from their native country
B. Answerthesequestionsin smallgroupsand thenon a separatepieceof paper.Write

completesentences.
1. What did British immigrantsgive to the U.S.?
2. What three main situations have brought immigrants to the U.S.?
3. What are two main points that this chapter makes about American
immigration?

wordsfor thischapter.Theyare boldfacedin the
reading.Pronouncethesewordsafteryourteacheranddiscusstheirmeanings.
.r flee permanent
'alien
ancestry r foreign v persecution
'"*bilingual r immigrant .nrefugee
double *motive restriction
*expfue i oppression * visa
B. Complete withsomeof thekeyvocabulary

thesesentences words.Makethenounsplural
andputeachverbintothecorre;ttenseandform.
if necessary,
cometo the U.S.afterthey
1. Refugees ltl* from their native
counbybecauseof religiousor politicalpersecution.
2. People who leave their native land and come to live in the U.S. are called
i,nv*^qt**.{J or resident rtf\*te-$-
v
passportis issuedby a traveler's native country. A{n) r$d-ia
3. A
-
issuedby the country the traveler wishes to enter.

4. Travelers should leavethe countqrbefore their visa trlur r r {
i ,l\ f
I ). Sl",t''q-"r are peoplewho come to the U.S. for protection and safety.If
,
*I they returned to their native country, their lives might be in dan$er
6. TWo wordspI-that refer to cruel treatment of a gpoupof people are
|
Y
I
trr--fu'rrr and p"rr,,,J-:r'*..t#r'.}'---,.
.
a
nf*.!.t
7. From 192}to 1,970,the population of the U.S. increasedfrom 100 million to20O
, lo r.
-a million. In other words, the population 6t.8-- ua--r'i*
I
(continueil on the nzxt page)
--{
I
j
6 . A Nation of lmmigrants
CHAPTER
-@
l'
8. One common reason or 1.di .t"'r 'i 'l for coming to the U.S. is to earn more
money.
9. At some ethnic festivals, food and handmade items representingmany
countries are sold.
\'-'
10. speak two languagfesis unt l.'{ ', u dq
lll. SharpeningReadingSkilfs
context clues Many words in English havemore than one meaning.To
understand what you read, you need to study the context(generalsitration) in which
a particular word appears.This meansfhat you should study the words and
sentenc€sthat surround a word you don't know.
Readtheparagraphs
that containthefollowingwords.On eachline,write the letterof
meaningas it is usedin each paragraph.
1. The word presenf sometimes me€rnsua glfL,' But what does it mean in paragraph
2? r",
d:?now,at the currenttime
h in the nearfuture
2. In a sciencefiction movig the word alizns means "creaturesfrom anottrer
planel" But what doesit mean in paragraph6? *
*f ioreign-born noncitizens living in the country
b. illegal residents of the U.S.
3. The word declinedsometimesmqans "refi.rsed."But what doesit mean in the
firstsentenceofparagraph 9? s
a. increased
r$ decreased
4. The word admil sometimesmerns "acknowledgeor @nfess." But what does

adryittedmearrin paragraph11? ,-,n
I
gl allowed in
b. refused admission to

usetfrefollowingedpress,bns
to complete thesentencesonpage69. Thenumbers
in
parentheses givetheparagraphsin whichffreexpressions
are used.
from time to time (11) *old country (29)
n"greatleap(6) * population explosion (13)
r land of opportuniry (5) *.salad bowl (28)
s meltintrfpot (2S) standardof living (21)
-
UNIT2 . The SaladBowl: Cultural Diversityin the U.S.

1. An immigrant's homelarrd is sometimes referred to as the
{-lA .r."''h '.',l
2. Becausethe U.S. is a nation made up of people from many different countries, it
has been called a(n) *"t.rt'J,\ or a(n)
(-r ..r*{,*"-
-c.rJerc{
3. The number of people living in *re u.S. increaseda greatdeal in a short time.
This was calleda(1) f"uprrld-l*"",. -Exk-& Fr'***
4. To attract Errropeansto the U.S., the country was advertisedas a(n)
Ir*:t I & .t"r f.i*"'i,.,un i'T , whereworkerscouldfind goodjobs.
,.I
5. Many immigrants come to the U.S.,t? go higher-payrngjobs so that they and

their families can have a higher {"Fat^d"s" d' * L- 'i=iv'."".&.
*il''rrq
6. s-nr*. ^4* \='t'"*'-r . meanssomething happensSccasionallyand
repeatedly.
7. When conditions were bad in someEuropean countries, many people movedto
the U.S. American immigration took a(n)
A. Names of Languages
In English,
most namesof languages end with€se, -an,ish, or ch. ln mostcases,fhesame
wordis usedto refer to the peopleor productsof that counw. Next to eachcountry,write
the nameof the languageor languagesspokenthere.Workin smallgroups.Usea dictionary,
almanac,or encyclopedia if necessary.
Examples
France French
the Philippines ?ili?ino,Enalieh,Taqaloa
1. Canada 7. llaly
2. China 8. Korea
3. Germaay 9. Poland
4. Greece 10. Puerto Rico
5. Holland 11. Russia
6. India 12. Vietnam
_E
CHAPTER6 . A Nation of tmmigrants
B. Word Parts
of theseword partsand writethemon the blanklines.
ln a dictionary,find the meanings
Example
refuge in the word refugee: ?rotect'ion
l. migrate in the word migration:
2. bi- and.lingua-in the wordbilingual:
3. ex- in the words exile andexplosion:
zf-\
('
\- VliPracticinq
// SentencePatterns
manydifferentwordsand expressions
ln English, canbe usedto contrastideas.Someof
in spite ot, andon the contrary.Rereadparagraphs 13, t"
themare but, however,nevertheless,
28, and29 andfind examples of thesewordsin sentences.Wrtha partner,discussthe ideas
fi**l t,rr-rr''"{: thatare beingcontrastedin the sentences.Ihen writeyour own sentenceswith contrasting
thoughts- . , , F )* n , ,ig * % , f u -. . r, * rr r $ . . _ . i. A.
' .' d * * -{ * .- *f- - - T
2. rnspiteofther"a*"*trr"r,i**ttv g[{ n*d Jat L'''nr *il *t'a
-l**'
*
'. tr"a "{- d.,r
d^-i,( a;r*Ulr *.{-r* F. i", r,,i i
3. I like ura{#-''a'
Ilowever, ur*.t{( e,o,l$fu"l$ J u t,tr
4. lour friend isn't

On the eon:frar!1 [q t,qrd& -l*a fd.d'i\
5. Being flr immi is difficutt.
u|\L? ql
I {*, 1.rt
1QT
I
Vll. Sharingldeas
A. lssues
Debatethesercsuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneand write aboutit.
1. Should immigrants live in neigftborhoodswith people from their native county?
Or is itbetter to 'smainstr€am'a1dmingle more with Americansand
immigrants from other countries?
2. Should statesprovide free services-such as education and health car€-to
illegd aliens and their children?
3. .Should statesthat have a small immigrant population contribute money to states
with large numbers of immigrants to help provide funds for their needs?
UNIT2 . The SaladBowl: Cultural

l. Peopleusedto talk about immigrants'hssimilating" (becomingsimilar to the
people in their new country). Now, Americans talk about cultural diversity and
about accepting and apprecratingthe customsof immigrants. In what areasof
life do you think immigrants should assimilate?In what areasshould they retain
the customsand lifestyle of their native country? Consider noral outlook, attirg
food, marriage customs,childrearing practices,Tanguage, and so on.
2. If you ever decideto move to anothercountqr, which country would you choose
and why?
3. Are you an immigran! student or visitor in the U.S.?If so, write about why you
came.Did vou find what vou wanted?
6 . A Mtion of lmmigrants
CHAPTER
The Africarl-American
An actressplaying the role of

CongresswornanBarbara Jordan
BrroReYou Rrno
Discuss
l. what do you know about the history of African-Americans in the u.s.?
2- whatfamous African-Americans can you name?why are they famous?
3. Name some difficulties that a person ean overcome.Name somethings that a
person canbe overcomeby.
JII
Guess
Ihen lookfor the answersin thereading.
1. what percr,rrtageof the American population is African-American?
Check (/) one:
-4 o A -1 3 o /o -21o/o
2. When did slavery end throughout the U.S.?Check (t) one
_ 1820 _ 1865 _ 1895
The African-Arnerican
We shall overcome, we shall overcome

We shallovercomesome day!
Oh deep in my heart, I do believe
We shallovercomesome day!
Thesewords are a variation of a song written in 1901.Portions of the melody go back

even furlher. Yet, when Americanshear it, they think of the civil rights movement in the
mid-twentieth century. Everyyear,Americans hear this beautiful song over and over on
radio and TV,especially on Martin Luther King lr.'s birtnday (celebratedthe third Mon-
day in January)and during Black History Month (February).
Most of todays blackAmericansare descendantsof Africans brought to the U.S.A.by
force and sold into slavery.After slaverywas abolished, segrcgadon in the South and
discriminadon in the North kept black secbnd-classcitizens for almost another cen-
tury. Conditions have greatly improved for black Americans during the past 50 years.
Amongthis nation's35 million blacksare manysuccessful,important,and famouspeo-
ple. However,as a group, Aftican-Americans remain a disadvantagedminority. Their
struggfe for equal opportunity has been won in the courts of law, but they are still strug-
gling for the respect and prosperity that most other Americans enioy.
Wftatproblems
areffiun-Ameriuns stilltrying to overame?
Slavery-F?om Beginning to End

3 In the fifteenth century Europeansbegan to import slaves from the African conti-
---l nent. The discovery of the Americas increasedthe demand for cheap labor and there-
f i
fore increasedthe slavetrade. During the next 400 years,slavetraders kidnapped about
I
I
*!
.4
7 . The African-American
CHAPTER
@
l5 million Africansand sold them into slavery.Whenthe AmericanCivilWar beganin
1g60.therewereabout 4 5 million blacksin the Unitedstates,most of them slaves.
The vast maiority of slaveslived in the South,wherethey workedin cotton, tobacco,
and sugar-canefields. Most were deprivedof a formal education,although a few were
taughtio re"d and write.TheirAfricanreligiouspracticeswere discouraged, and they
wereforcedto convertto Christianity
The slavessufferedgreatly,both physicallyand emotionally.Theyworkedlong hours
mas-
in the fields.Theylived in crowded,primitive houses.some were abusedby cruel
by selling a slave's husband, wife, or
ters. often, slaveownersseparatedblack families
emphasized all these
chifd. Un"leTom'sCabin,a famous novel about southern slavery,
that AbrahamLincoln
evils.The book arousedso muchantislaveryfeelingin the North
stowe, "so you're the little woman who wrote the
said to its authot Harriet Beecher
book that made this greatwar."
AmericanCivil
The "greatwar" that Lincoln was talking about was, of course,the
was the
War,also called (primarily in the Southl the War betweenthe States'Slavery
slave labor to work
underlying causeof this war The agriculturalsouth dependedon
North had no use for slavelabor,
the fields of its large plantations. The industrialized
a greatevil' and'
and slaverywas againstthe law there. Northernersconsideredslavery
free states' By the
in fact, some white Northernershelped blacksescapeto one of the
and free states'
mid-nineteenth century the nation was divided between slave states
the question of whether it would be
Whenevera new state wanted to enter the Union,
Union and become a
slave or free was raised. Finally, the South decided to leave the
Lincoln would not
separate country-the Confederate States of America' President
into a civil war' (For
allow this. In order to keepthe U.S.united, Lincoln led his nation
see Chapter 23') The war ended in
frnno information about Lincoln and the Civil Wat
abolished'
lg65 with the North victorious,the country reunited,and slavery
freedthe
ln 1863,2 yearsbefore the war ended, Lincoln's Emancipation Proclamation
in 1865' the Thirteenth
slaves in the Confederatestates. Shortly after the war ended
few years later, the Fourteenth and
Amendment to the Constitution freed all slaves.A
giving African-
Fifteenth Amendments gave the former slaves full civil rights, including
American men the right to vote.
in the Southbut notin theNorffr?

Whyweretftereslaves
.. fteedom and lts Difficulties

guaranteedto
8 By lg70, blackAmericans had been declaredcitizenswith all the rights
within a white society'
, everycitizen. But they were members of a conspicuous minority
and unprepared to
Furthermore, most black Americans were uneducated, unskilled,
problems-
provide for their own basic needs. With freedom, they found many new
legal,social,and economic'
North, and this trend
g After the Civil War,blacks began moving to the big cities in the
greaterfreedom,but con-
continud in the twentieth century.In the North, black found
UNIT2 . The SaladBowl: Cultural Diversityin the U5

w--
ditions were still difficult and opportunitieslimited. Discriminationin the sale and
rentalof housingforced blacksinto poot crowded,mostly blackcommunities.
t0 Blackswho remained in the South enduredeven worse conditions.Southernblacks
were forced to obey state laws (called lim Crou,laws)that kept them segregatedfrom
whites. Black and whites went to different schools,drank from different water foun-
tains, used different public bathrooms,ate in different restaurants,and were buried in
differentcemeteries.Blackswere requiredto sit in the back of buses,even when there
were plenty of seats in the front. For southem blacks,there was no justicein the courts
of law.Once accusedof a crime, blackswere almost certain to be found guilty by all-
white iuries.
11 Southernwhites who wished to keepthe powerof the vote from the largeblackpop-
utationof the South used the threat of violenceto discourageblacksfrom registeringto
vote. When a black person did try to register,whites used many unfair ways to stop
them-such as forcing black to pay a tax on the right to vote or to take a vervdifficult
readingtest.
ln wftatwaAswereblacksfteptseparate
fromwhitesin the South?
Tlre Civil Rights Movment

12 The first changein the South'ssegregatedway of life came in 1954when the United
States Supreme Court declared that no state could send students to different public
schools based on race.After this historic decision, many other discriminatory practices
were declared illegal.
13 The Supreme Court's school-desegregationdecision stimulated the hopes of blacks
for a better life in the U.S. During the mid-1950s,blacksthroughout the nation began
demanding equal rights and taking steps to accomplish this goal. Therewere boycotts
(large numbers of people refusing to buy certain servicesor products). There were sit-
ins (groups that included African-Americanssitting peacefully for hours at lunch coun-
ters or in restaurantsthat refused to servethem). There were freedom rides (busloads
of northem liberals coming to the South to force integration of public facilities). And
there were protest marches (largegroups of people walking in the streets carryingsigns
that stated their goals). In many of these activities, African-Americanswere ioined by
white Americans.
14 During the 1960s.the greatestblack leaderwas Dr.Martin Luther King fr. In 1955,King
was a young Baptist minister in Montgomery,Alabama, when he formed an organiza-
tion to boycott his cilfs buses. Becauseof regulations requiring blacksto sit in the back
of the bus and to give their seats to whites if the bus got crowded, nearly all of Mont-
gomerfs 50,000blacks refused to ride the citfs buses for more than a year.Eventually,
the U.S.Supreme Court declared that dividing buses into black and white sections was
unconstitutional, and therefore, illegal.
'15 The Montgomery bus boycott made Dr. King a famous man and the unofficial leader
of the nation's growing civil rights movement. King's philosophy showed the influence
CHAPTER7 o The African-American

tr
of his Christianbeliefsand the exampleof MohandasGandhi,the great tndianleader
whosenonviolentprotestshelpedto freehis countryfrom Britishcontrol.LikeGandhi,
King urged peopleto refuseto obey evil lawsand regulations,but to protestwithout
fighting and without resistingarrest.For more than a decade,King led nonviolent
protestsand traveledaround the countryspeakingto Americanaudiencesboth in per-
sonand on television.His most famousspeechwasdeliveredin 1963in frontof the Lin-
coln Memorialin Washington,D.C.,beforea live audienceof 200,000 and a W audience
that includedalmost the entirenation.His messageincludedthesememorablewords:
"l havea dreamthat one day this nationwill rise up and live out the true meaningof its
creed'We hold these truths to be self-evident;that all men are createdequal."'
l6 ln 1964,dt the age of 35,Dr.King becamethe youngestpersoneverto win the Nobel
PeacePrize.Duringthe next fewyears,his concernsexpandedfrom the problemsof seg-
regationin the Southto discriminationin the Northand, finally,to the sufferingof poor
peopleof all races.Dr. King was organizinga poor people'smarchat the time of his
assassination,on April 4, 1968.He once said that the assassination of Gandhionly
"shothim into the heartsof humanity."Surelythe tragickillingof Dr.MartinLutherKing
fr. led to the same result.Today,a greatmany buildings,streets,and schoolsare named
after him, and his birthday is a nationalholiday.
11
Duringthe 1960s,Americansof Africandescentreiectedthe term Negroandbeganre-
ferringto themselvesas black.(Today,howevetmanypreferto be called.{frica n-Ameiun.)
The popular slogan "Black is beautiful"expressed
their newfound pride. Blacksalso de-
veloped a greater sense of identification with their African heritage.African hair styles
and clothing becamefashionable.Coursesin black history becamecommon in college
curricula as blacks became interestedin studying about their African past and their role
in the development of the United States.
El*.*t*. thatMartinLutfterKng lr. Ied

Wftatweresomeof the activities
rc.orylensot tn helpAfncan-Americans
ftqhtfortheir eivilrights?
African-Americans Today
18 Since the 1960s,African-Americanleadershave worked hard to increasetwo kinds of
black power<conomic and political. Of course, there is a connection between these
two. More political power can lead to increased state and federal spending to meet
African-Americans' greatest needs-for education, financial assistance, job training,
and better housing. Many urban blacks still live in poor neighborhoods,with deterio-
rating and abandoned buildings and empty lots. ln these slum areas,the crime rate is
high, drug dealers and addicts are common, and residents fear violent gangs.
't9 Povertycontinues to be a significant problem for blacks. African-Americansremain
far behind white Americans in employment and income levels.The unemploymentrate
for blacks, about 8%, is about twice that of whites. The median household income for
blacks is about $28,000,comparedto about 544,000for non-Hispanic whites. About 26"/"
of blacksare poor, compared to I l% of whites. This high poverty rate is largely because
many blacks do not have skills that are needed for better-paying iobs.
UNIT2 . The SaladBowl:CulturalDiversityin the U.S.

20 Realizingthat more educationwill help them get better iobs, blacksare stayingin
schoollongernowthaninpastdecades.tn lg60,onlyabout2O"Aofyoungblackadults
finishedhigh school.Today,the figureis about 75o/o.ln1980,about 42/oof blackhigh
schools graduates enrolled in college. Today,about 60"/odo (comparedto 67"/oof
whites).
21 Blacksare also trying to improvetheir financialposition by going into professionsor
starting their own businesses.Thereare now more than 600,000black-ownedcompa,
nies in the U.S.And blacksare more numerousthan everin the professions-as teach-
ers, doctors,lawyers,iudges,and ministers.
22 In politics, African-Americangains have been impressive.Now that more blacksare
voting, more are getting elected.For example, African'Americanshold positions as
mayorsof big cities and as membersof Congress.Howevet blacksare still quite under-
representedin government.Although makingup 13"/o of the population,they hold only
1.5"/"of the nation's elected offices. In the mid-1990s,they held about 8,000of the
500,000electiveiobs in the U.S.
23 ln 1952,RalphEllison,an African-American author,wrote a book about blacksin the
U.S.called Thelnvkihle Man.Sincethe 1960s,blackshave become more visible on TV
and in movies and magazines.Network, filmmakers, and advertisersnow realizethat
black consumerswant to see their race represented.Today,African-Americansin signif-
icant numbers work as newscasters,TV actors and actresses,and movie stars.
24 Despite progress in many areas,discrimination is still part of the African-American
experience.Today,federal laws prohibit racial discrimination in housing and employ-
ment. However,fear and distrust still hamper race relations. Police officers and airport
customs officials are more likely to searchan African-American(or other minority group
member) than a white person.And Africhn-Americancomedians often ioke about being
invisible to tixi drivers.
Whataretftreedifferent
areasin whicftAfriun-Americans
ftavemadegreatprogress?
ContributionslPast and Present

25 An important influence of African-American culture-nationally and intemation-
ally-has been in the field of music. The familiar "Negro spirituals," the unusual
rhythms and harmonies of iazz,the sad blues melodies-all these originated with the
slaves. It is often said that what is best and most original in American popular music
has its roots in black culture. Important black singers,composers,and instrumentalists
are too numerous to list.
26 The contributions of indlvidual African-Americans have extended into every field.
Looking back, one of the most interesting of black American scientists was George
Washington Carver,the famous botanist. Carverbegan his life (probably in 1859)as a
slave. Latel he revolutionized the agriculture of the South. From the ordinary peanut,
Carverdeveloped more than 300 products, including soap and ink. And from the sweet
potato, he developed I l8 products, including flour, shoe polish, and candy.
CHAPTER7 e The African-American

w
In recent years,many blackshave become famous in a wide rangeof fields Eddie
Murphy and Bill Cosbyare two of severalwell-knownblack comedians.OprahWinfrey
is one of the richestand most powerful people in the entertainmentindustry.TWosu-
perstars-singer Michael Jacksonand former basketballplayer Michael fordan-have
becomeinternationalidolsof the young.ln intellectualfieldsas well,blackshavemade
greatcontributions.Amongthe manyoutstandingblackAmericanauthorsof the twen,
tieth centuryare poets GwendolynBrooksand MayaAngelouand novelistslamesBald-
win, Ralph Ellison, RichardWright, Toni Morrison, and Alice Walker.Ben Carson,an
African-Americansurgeon,is well known for developingnew methodsof separatingco-
joined twins. In 1972,Barbaralordan becamethe first black congresswomanto come
from the Deep South. Since 1991,lustice ClarenceThomas has been on the U.S.
SupremeCourt, the highestcourt in the land. The Reverendlessefacksonhas run for
presidenta few times and has been involvedin resolvinginternationalcrisesconcern-
ing hostages.In 2000,GeneralColin Powellwas the first AfricanAmericanchosento be
secretaryof state.
Givenequal opportunities,African-Americans will continue to enrichAmericanlife.
The third verseof "WeShall Overcome"says,'We shall all be freesomeday."Americans
of goodwill hope that somedaysoon African-Americanswill live free of preiudiceand
sharethe prosperityof the countrythat is, after all, their home.
ArrrRYou Reno
A. Rereadthe sectionentitled'Slaverylrom Beginning
to End."Thenmarkeachstatement
true(T)or false(F).
1. The slave trade was begfunby Americans.

1 2.Beforethe Civil War, mostblacksin the U.S.lived in the South.
4 3. Before the Civil War, somestatesallowed slavery and somedid not.
,i
4. Northerners didn't want more slavestatesto enter the Union.
5. None of the slavesbecamefree until after the Civil War ended.
B. Rereadparagraphs
15 and 76. Thencomparefte livesand deathsof Gandhi
and King.
1. What kind of protests did botb men helieve in?
2. Howdidbothmendie?
C. Discussthe differencebetween a civilwar andthe CivilWar.

(Bothare usedin paragraph6.)

ll. BuildingYour Vocab-ulary
reading.Pronounce thesewordsafteryour teacher,anddiscusstheir meanings.
* abolish facility I protest*
r assassination invisible I segregation
f boycott* kidnap t slave
conspicuous overcome struggle*
p discrimination o plantation p underlying
B. Completethesesentenceswith someof thekey vocabulary

words.Makethe nounsplural
and puteachverb intothecorrecttenseandform.
wherenecessary,
r. qd{q$:9[\- meansthe killing of a personfor political reasons.
2. T\te immediatecauseof the Civil War was the secessionof dre South.but the
cause of the war was slavery.
3. Southern tA.r!.'t' F' were la4fe farms on which cotton or tobaccowere
I on -.
grown. The work was done by #{fi'rt r
4. When slavery ended in the South, bee,amethe way of life.
state laws required blacks and whites to livg study, and play in different places.
)- In the 1960s,northern liberals and southern blacks participated in sit-ins and
l l,!
marchesto it it' ' ':-n.' se$re$ation.
i i j
6. When blacks in Montgomery Alabama, tjls3 L.'+t "'t GI the buses,they didnl
ride on them.
7. Becauseog d,l; e,r,*r*jn'ilfu,"ry'.blackssometimesdid not getjobs ttrat they were
well qualified for.
*lf {
8. African-Americans' ffi\r*t for equal opporhrnity is not yet over.
f
C. Matcheachwordor phrasein column7 wih thephrasein column

2 thatmeansthesame
thingby writingthe correctnumbers
on thelines.
L. the North, the U.S.---- cannotbe seen
2. thesouth the Union
3. abolish .T*_ very noticeable;easyto see
4. conspicuous.-*;*,---.-,-.: ;'F the Confederacy
5. invisible ---- "..*no, prohibi! no longer allow
-i
I
I
6. protest ,_-.-=n-- expressdisa$reement;strong[y object
I
I *These words can be used as nouns or verbs.
J
I
II
j
CHAPTER7 . The African-American
i
JT
:
t
D. Ihe fottowingwordshelprea.ders understand the relationshipbetweentwc ;. ' : ''' ' 'ii
eachwordin columnI withrts definition in column2 by writingthecorrectnuinbersol
the lrnes.Thenumbers in parentheses give theparagraphs in whichthe worcisarr i.rsed.
l. however(2, 77,22,24) \-. -.:.v af\era longltime

...-.-----..._- but, nevertheless
2. therefore(3) .,.,.'''"u-=*-
3. furthermore (8)-=-,-,*\:;-*" Z- in addition, also,anci
- -': .- as a result, so
4. eventually Oq '
andpossessiveadiectvesusuallyrefer backto the nearestan*r+frtfi:
.: j;-lI]
Pronouns
the nounthat eachof thefollowingwordsrefersbackto'
Example
The cat chasedirs tail. cat
(The prssessiveadjective irs refers to the cat')
l. They (paragraphS,sentenceZ)t .u{s?'*{t

2. its (paragrap-tr5,1ast sentence): .6-*&.'
l
1
I (.**t,t'
3. its (ptaraSraph6, sentence3):
t'
4. it (paragraph6, sentence7): J'{*fi

$
r t) . t. #r;,un"Ca*k
t:
5. they (paragraph8, sentence2): i'{at4
t!

On eachblankline,wrrtetheletterof the correctphraseto comlietetftesentence.Jhe
numbersin parenthesesgive the paragraphs are used'
in whichthe expressions
l. Civilrqhts (t, Z, t5) refersto, trt

ffl cettaUrights to liberty and equal opportunity giuaranteedhy'!auz
b. dgbts gaineataftet acivil war
c. rigfrts $iven to somectlzens but not to ottrers
2. Overand over(L) means {)
a. upside down
,H many times
'-c"
around and around
means 4
3. Seconl.-class(2)
t# not as $ood as first-class
b. amilitaryrank
c. agradein school
UNff 2 e The SaladBowl: Cultural Diversityin the U5

f,
{
4. Before the Civil War,free-s[ates(6) were those that
a. didn't tax residents
b. gave away land
Q) didn't allow residents to own slaves
5. In the 1960s,a sir-in (t:) was h
a\ agame
6,] u *ry to protest segregation
c. blacks having to sit at the back of the bus
V.TakingWords Apart
A. L-i-v-e spells two different words. One is a verb with a short r sound. The other
is an adjective with a long I sound. The piural noun lilrs also has a long r..There is
also an adjective ali'pe (pronounced with a long i sound).
Completethese sentenceswith one of these words: the noun life or lives, the adjectivelive or
alive, or the verb live tn the correct tense. Thenread the followingsentencesaloud to
practicethe pronunciation
of thesewords.
t\
1. Dr. King's speecheswere heardby "-$\*L. audiences and by radio
and TV audiences.
., f,r"'t t
2. Blackslaves'J"J**'d in primitive homes.Their
weP-very difficult.
3. Martin Luther KingJr. is no longier 't,Ja.+- His rjrl. t
was too shorl 11" ''"'Lr* 1"$' a short time.
B. Pronouncethe followingwordswitha silentu.

1. building 2. gullty
Quotations within Quotations In the last few sentencesin paragraph15, the
authors of this book quoted Martin Luther KingJr., who was quoting from the
Declaration of Independence.Note that the quotation within the quotation uses
single quotation marks.
ln smallgroups,pracficewriilngsentencesin whichsomeoneis tellingwhatanotherperson
sard Usedoublequotationmarksand singlequotationmarks.Remember, you mustclose
bothquotations,singleanddouble..
(continucd on the next page)
7 . TheAfrican-American
CHAPTER
E
E: S
l{i,l
tt
II
li Example
ii Bob's mother said, "I will never for$et the day my $randfather told me' 'You are
ll the most wonderful child in the u'hole world'"'
,li
il
jli
'ti Vll. Sharingldeas
*i, A. lssues
!
$i
i
'{
ltF-
Debatetheseissuesin smal!groups.Thenchooseoneandwriteaboutit' {:
,fi
't l.
1. Affir-mative attionis the name for a policy that was quite widespread in the
latter .:
I'
ti
f,
part of the twentieth century. It $ave members of certain $roups Sreater
ionsideration (for example,for jobs or admission to competitive colleges) to
make up for past discrimination and to achieve gfeatef diversity in the
workplace and on colle$e campuses. Is affirmative action a good idea?
Americans believe that people should have freedom of speech. Howeveq they
also believe that no one shogld say insulting things about another person's lace,
religion, or ethnic group. Sometimes these twc beliefs conflict'rvith each other.
Which is more important to protect-the right to say whatever one thinks or the
:ll right to be protected from verbal abuse?
ili
r ll ;-
it .:
sl! B. On a Personal Note
{i
fr
Wrtteaboutoneof thesetoPics.
;ti.
It :
ri't.
1. Have you ever experienceddiscrimination? What happened?Tell how you were
ii treated, how it made you feel, and how you responded'
f'
Z. Inany country you've lived in, have you noticed thatsome racial, religious, or
,l I
It
group
l.
''
jt
ethnit minorit;rgroup has been segregatedor discriminated a$ainst?What
is it? How are theY tteate&
you
,f:i+l 3. Do you believe that people should marry someoneof their own race,or do
lit think that it doesn't matter?
i.:
,-
!r--
Religion in
,,t,,:,. -t
American Life
{
rL .
,d*h
Norman Rockwell'spainting, "The Golden Rule,,
BrroRrYou Rrao
Discuss
1. What do you think is the meaning of the painting above?
2. Do you think Americans are religious?What evidencesupports your answer?
3. Do you think a total separationof government and religion is gioodor bad for
a country?
Et-
l,
t-
i 1l
rl;
lr '
I
'I
J
Guess
Tryto answerthe questions.Thenlookfor the answersin thereading.
of Americans are Christian? Check (/) one
1. What perc,errt:rge
46Yo -66Vo -86Yo
2. .Ptboutwhat percentage of Americans attend religious services re$ularly?
Check (/) one:
25o/o - 45o/o 65o/o
3. Are American high school studentsallowed to say prayers in school?Check(/)

one:
-Yes -No
Religion in American Life

Maior Anerican ReHgions
Christianity (belief in the teachings of lesus Christ) has always been the dominant
American faith. 'lloday, about 86% of Americans are Christian (approximately 5fA
protestant and 27%Catholic). However,this is a nation with great religrous diversity.
American Christians are divided into many different groups, including Roman Catholic,
the various national denominadons of the Eastem Orthodox churches,and hundreds
of different Protestant denominations and sects.The largest Protestantgroups are the
Southem Baptist Convention, the United Methodist Church, and the National Baptist
Convention.Among the non{hristian religions, fudaism is the largest,with roughly 2"/"
of the population. In addition, the U.S.A.has a great variety of other religions, including
about 5 million Muslims, nearly 2 million Buddhists, and about 800,000Hindus. Arrier-
icans are proud of their nation's religious diversity and of the religious freedom that all
enioy.
perhaps the greatest influence that Protestantism has had on American life comes
from its philosophy regarding a person's relationship to work. This philosophy-
commonly called the Protestant work ethic--stresses the moral value of work. self-
discipline, and personal responsibility.Accordingto this ethic, people prove their worth
*{ Cfitfe to themselves and to God by working hard, being honest and $rifU.and avoiding lux-
ury. excessivepleasure, and waste. The accumulation of wealth is not consideredevil
n-.i.rr"r,-ipunless it leads to a life of !d!g_n,eJqand sin. The Protestantwork ethic has much in com-
mon with capitalism and with the American emphasis on financial suctess,practicality,
efficiency,and self-sufficiencY.
: TWo interesting Protestant groups founded in the U.S. are the Mormons and the
Christian Scientists. The Mormons (officially known as the Church of lesus Christ of
UNIT2 . The SaladBowl:CulturalDiversityin the U.S.

r
Latter-daySaints) were organizedin New York in 1830.Becauseit was customary
for
Mormon men to have more than one wife, Mormons were forcetjout of severalestab-
lishedcommunities.Theytraveledwestwardand settled in the unpopulatedvalleyof
the GreatSalt Lakein Utah,wherethey built a successful community.Thenthe federal
governmentpassedlaws againstpolygamy and refusedto admit Utah as a state
until
1896,after the Mormonsdiscontinuedthis practice Today,there are 4.g million Mor-
mon churchmembersin the U.S.Most of them live in Utahand in easternldaho,where
they are the major religioussect.
a TheChristianScienceChurchwas foundedby Mary BakerEddy in 1879.ChristianSci-
entists believethat healingof sicknessresultsfrom spiritual understandingratherthan
standardmedical treatment.The ChristianSciencemovementnow has about 3,000
congregations in 57 countries.About two-thirdsof theseare in the u.S.
5 AnotherinterestingProtestantgroup is the Amish Originallyfrom Switzerland, this
group (about40,000people)is now centeredin the U.S.and CanadaWithin the
U.S.,
theyhavedevelopedfarmingcommunitiesin 23 states,mostlyin pennsylvania and the
midwesternstatesof Ohio,Indiana,lowa,and lllinois.TheAmishareeasyto spot.Their
clothingis old-fashionedand plain.Themen havebeardsand wearwide-brimmedhats
and the women wear long dressesand bonnets.Jewelryand buttons are not allowed.
TheAmish travel in horse-drawnwagonsbecausetheir religionforbidsthem to usecars.
They have no telephonesor electricityin their homes. Amish children are educated
through eighth gradeonly and are trained to be farmers.
0 Thecombined Protestantgroupsform the largestreligiousbody in the UnitedStates.
But Roman Catholicism is by far the largest unified religious group. Since many
Catholicssend their children to parochial (private religious) schools,Catholic funds
have helped to build thousandsof elementaryand secondaryschools,plus many rine
collegesand universities.Catholicshavealso playeda prominent role in Americanpol-
itics. However,not until 1960,when lohn F Kennedy was elected president,did a
Catholichold the highestoffice in the land.
7 The largestnon-Christianreligion in the United Statesis ludaism.Thereare about 6
million lews in the U.S.Theybelongto three maior groups:orthodox, Conservative, and
Reform.During the Sabbath,observedfrom sundown Fridayuntil sundown Saturday,
Orthodox lews do not work, and they travel only on foot. lewish tradition imposes cer-
tain dietary restricfions, prohibiting pork, certain seafoods, and the serving of milk
products at meals that include meat or poultry.
s The fewish people are relativelyfew in number in the U.S.and worldwide,but their
intellectual and cultural contributions have been very great indeed. Among the great
twentieth-centurymusicians,for example,were many Jewishviolinists, pianists, and
composers.American lews havealso been prominent lawyers,iudges,authors, and doc-
tors. Tlventieth-centurythought was greatly influenced by the original ideas of three
European-bomfews:Karl Man (the founderof communism),Albert Einstein(one of the
foundersof the Atomic Age),and sigmund Freudlthe founderof psychoanalysis).
9 Two other religions of significantsize in the U.S.are Islam and Buddhism.Islam is
the second-largestreligion in the world (afterChristianity).The word Islarnmeansboth
"surender" and "peace."The name refersto the peacethat comes from surrendering
to the will of God. Worldwide, lslam has about I billion followers in manv different
8 . Religionin AmericanLife
CHAPTER
--E
countries.lt is the religionpreachedby the prophetMuhammai-J A1:,
.';i1 :;r Mecca
aboute.o.570. Believersin lslamarecalledMuslims.
Duringii':r ir' .,,r. ,;,ian,the
ninth month in the Muslim lunar yeal Muslims are required l-r-r fasi iriua e.ii er drink)
fro m s u n ri s e to s u n s et.A ttheendofthi speri od,theycel ebr:i r;i l :i i ' .. !;,' ,,i rval, t he
Breaking of the Fast {Bairam).Buddhism is the religion founr.ir.ril l:r' t:1,.:, t ;.,r,:;utama
:ir,-,:i
(who was given the titleBuddha,which means "enlightened ,r;,,, 1 rj:ijirr:ir,".rrir. ' ri.,3great
i n te re s ti n i d e a s fro m E asternrel i gi onssuchasB uddhi smal l i i l i :,i ri r:,i ,ri 1 ::r:,: : iist he
dominant religion in India. Many have found great benefits in r-"eC:iiir ,:: :.,i;:,-:,, rre fas-
cinated by the idea of reincarnation (the transferenceof a sciur,;,-,;i,r ,r:,,,ii, ,::.' ,,,,:ingto
another).
Z ,uo*rn*
Gompnelenslon
ln termsof numbers
of members,
wftatarethethreemainre:tit ?
Religion and Govemment

:
10 Many immigrantscame to the Americancoloniesto escapr rr-rri;,:,:i.r i:,ri,:i-urion.
I Therefore,it was natural that the nation's foundersdemanded legalauani-ult**:r of reli-
!'
gious freedom.The FirstAmendmentto the Constitutionforbir:i,:.i:;:,,:.:t,.i.,j.r :, ,:ilt of
*t'
an official national religionand prohibits governmentalassistanc€ to ,,.,,:'J . !l i : i J I { -. -1 i )S
It also prohibits state or federalinterferencewith religious institutions or tiactice:".
11 separation of church and state has been interpretedto mean ii,,,,'rr,rr:; !i .: r' 1.r j 31
supported by the federal government or a state govemment rflusi i-,t:iiitii l r , ..l , I
fluence of religion. In many communitieswhereChristiansyrr.ii,
picting the birth of Christ)once decoratedpublic buildings, ci! r:/{ri,ri:;,,,.,I r :!'i..: ;..
claiming that the presenceof these symbols on public proiri:n:, ;:i i.i',.', i):::1:' ,' -
There have been many other arguments about exactly what violates separaiioi"l
church and state. Can a state govemment spend public funds tc \us children
parochialschools?Canparentswho sendtheir childrento parochr::l,:,.:fil,:ls, ;r .';'j1./{r"
credits becausethey are not using the public schools?Thesernafferq::e often li*.tli,
bated in legislativebodies,courtrooms,school districts,and ciesr,ti,irr.alrri;,i.;r.,
12 And what about prayer in the public schools?At one fi;ier iL 1:,:::!:;. i./J:,.;f:., :
schoolstobegintheschool daywithaprayer.Butathelsts{f}***irrtriitr.:,iri;rr''!ir..r;.,,,,, ,,,
any God) oblected.sayingthat requiredtime for prayer vir:lateejsef ::ri:r;r.::f , r:j i.i ,
, .
and state. The govemment,they said, must not support any particui.:tifelip-;,,rrfr, i,t:-ii,iii
addition, it must avoid imposing upon people the idea of religi*n itr;;..]i. iiie i;;,rii,, j ;:r.',
a supematuralbeing influenceshuman destiny.In 1963,ih$,tr:r.,:r,:il-ri. i;i1r-liii,;,::,,..',
compulsory prayer in public schools.After that. it was assminer.j ili*i *n.; rvsrr""{;itri:i: r":
public buildings was forbidden. However,in recent years, iir-r*ric;:ti tiigil €r'hij{,:,:,::-
dents have been allowedto organizeprayerclubs just as they are ;:ilt';;erJi..,fbir i,: ,,r
.l;{'
extracurricularspecial-interestgroups. But these prayer sessionl n:i.i:;j vr-iiiir''i..r',,
student-run, and conducted outside of class time.
13 Of course,religiouspeople want their governmentto beh*irerlil '",ii.ir:i iii.,:t';i1r.11 ;1,;,
UNIT2 . The SaladBowl:CulturalDiversitvin the U.5.

gion considersmoral. When.the laws of a religion and the laws of the state contradict
each other, heated argumentsdevelop.The best example is the issue of abortion. tn
1973,the U.S.SupremeCourt said that states could not make abortion illegal.Thus
beganthe continuing strugglebetweenthose who are "pro-choice"(thosewho believe
that a woman should havethe legal right to end a pregnancy)andthose who are "pro-
life" (thosewho considerit murderto abort a human fetus).At present,abortion in the
earlymonths of pregnancyis legalin the U.S.But membersof the "religiousright"(more
conservativereligiouspeople)continueto push for a changein this SupremeCoulLde-
cision and often demonstrateoutside medicalclinicsthat performabortions.
14 Although Americansstronglybelievein separationof churchand state,the vast ma-
iority havealwaysbeen believersin God.Therefore,although it may seeminconsistent,
many official .Americanceremoniesand documentsmakereferenceto God.Sessionsof
Congressand state legislaturesbegin with prayers.The national motto (printedon U.S.
monev)is "ln Godwe Ttust."Ibg*llsjg_9_gl4ll,sglg_r!"g-g_tg_it'e
flqgcaltsrheUniredSraresi-1a
Ar
i *' it , err, .lr.J
tr i { ,l t-.d,' ' ,
"one nation under God." Theseexamplesreflect the generalAmericanattitude-that
there is a God, but that peopleare freeto believein God or not and to worship in what-
everway they choose.
Whatiloesseparation
of churchanil stntemean?Givesomeexamples.
Are Americans Religious?

15 Historytells us that as societiesbecome more industrial and more technological,
they also tend to become more secular (less religious).This has happenedto some ex-
tent in the U.S. but probably less so than in Europe. Roughly two-thirds of American
adults are members of a church or synagogue.However,only about 4f/oto45% saythat
they attend religious serviceson a weekly basis. What about the younger generation?
Responsesto a stud of more than 1,000children (ages6 to 14) revealedthat 957obe-
Iieve in God, almost 50%go to religious servicesweekly.and about 80%pray.According
to another poll, 90% of Americans believe in God, and 80%believe in life after death.
16 Generalizationsabout what religion really means to Americans are quite difficult to
make. Religious participation varies immensely depending on many factors, including
race, age, social class, economic condition, amount of education, and region of the
country. For example, African-Americansattend church in greater numbers than any
other race, with about 53"6 reporting attendance within the prior week.Older people,
manied people with children, and middle.income people are also more regularchurch-
goers than younger people, single people, the poor, and the rich. States such as Okla-
homa, Arkansas,Tennessee,and Alabama report higher weeklychurch attendancethan
other areas of the country.Thesestates are in the area of the country commonly catled
the BibleBelf.Many people in this area are religious fundamentalists-that is, they be-
lieve in the literal truth of the Bible. Also, they take their religion very seriously,so their
religious views influence their attitudes toward many secular matters.
8 o Religionin AmericanLife
CHAPTER
+-!,
,!l
.,
17 Clearly,many peoplewho believein God do not participateilr-r,ir iii i,lr-,;'riri',' i 'eli-
gion. Still, religionis importantin severalways.lt providesr:ii.:r.ir:riii'r,ji r,.il..r,,;,,' ,,;i:ial
contacts,and importantrituals.Socialgroups.close frienoshr;.-. .;,i rr-:.irj'ri.,:rre
often formedwith membersof one'sown religion.(Howevei,iijiti: ilr,iirr ,.:i: ;j. ' ,,ias-
ingly more common.)In the U.S.,religionprovidesthe customsand i:'ere.iil,:rr,'r:,: ihat
marklife'smostimportantevents-thenamingof ababy,ccrr-ri,.:,,rrii, i!.i*'. ri3s,
weddings,and funerals.Perhapsmost important,many religionsi,rr.jii'i:.1(:, rj,r:i;,:t:,.'.,,er
some form of eternal life, which is a great comfort, especialil,il ti:r. i:iii i:i:li:ij;'::i:.i,. ,,.
18 The maior Americanreligionsalso provide the comfort of a personalGod to turn to
in times of trouble. However,Americanshave neverbelievedin sirnplywaitiri f.i:,ibd
to solvetheir problems.In the U.S.,religiousfaith livesside by sit.ii;r,iriiha si:,)ir-:r.,:,ref
in free will and an admirationof self-reliance. Ben Franiii:rr 1ii,r.,'qr;r3j 1,:11-
',r,r:.',.,,,
centurywriter,inventot and statesman)said, "God helps them th,-.iiri,iir :i;i,,::;:,,.. ,,"
DuringWorldWar ll, this sameidea was expressedin the saj,,r',;,, .: . tr . . l
passthe ammunition."Americansdo not believein acceptingrilirr-fl;.:;,i.. i' , , i : :,
"
Theycount on their own actionsto improvethe qualityof life.Someti,,r,, r ,.
giousleadersfor advicein dealingwith family problems ;.,i-,
11"1',1,;,.,;.:';',:
or ni.;i:1,-r;, '-':';
in their lives.But secularadviserssuch as psychiatrists and psychciiigi.,t;r.;avr,- , rr,:,,,r iy
takenover the counselingrole.
19 lf organizedreligioncan fulfill so many human needs,why h;::' -.r irr,.i;" ':.,.r. ," ' --
iectedit? Some feelthat sciencenow answersmany questionsthat lvereri:rr.:trri.:ir-;r r':.,1
only by religion.(But manyscientistsare themselvesreligiousanciar6i,l'.: i ir;,ii1ii,,ri."..,'-,,.
and order of the universeare evidenceof a divine creator.)Somepeririii, ;,::::i ,' :: ,ii
and sufferingin the world and say that if a personal.all-powerfulil*i! ;;'.;111 ,1.i;:;,,;;,,,,';
human life would be less painful. (Believersrespondthat God 416;11;ir'i. .:.:!., i".: , .
i,.-..,,.i:
thatpeopleshowtooneanother.)Somepeoplebelieve in f;k'd*r,iiij;i;!ii.r;.il1i--1;1',rr . ,
of organizedreligion. Many religions require followers to give li-, ...-''.\, : . '
Somepeople see no purposein the willpower required.Finaiiy,ili*ii, ,r.ii1:rii i-,-r,!i;..-:!:.
tion for people'slimited amount of leisuretime, and many peopiepiei'r: r',ii'r;;i.i.:.i.;:ii;:j
to sitting in church.
Those who do make it to religious services regularly now have a i"iijn riii,:,,,!r,'-,r:: ' : ,+
maketotheirabsentfriends.Researchhasrevealedthatpeople';,'hr,a1te,:,',:l.,"i.- i"i',.ii.'-1.,,
icesregularlylivelongerandenioybettdrmentalandphyslcal ire:rilh:i;:ii,1'''.;';']rfri-1;r :
possiblereasonsare these:Churchgoingprovidessocial suppelri. ;,,1;;,i 111;qi,":ir:, i*:1i, r:'-
ducesstress.And lessstressis something'nearlyall AmericansrE:r:hi:ir:i rri:;r"ij
Arrrn You RrRo

indicatedin parentheses.
A. Rereadthe paragraphs frr.r,:i'l.i
Ihen rnarkeachsfulfcrrisr,'i
false(F).
UNIT2 o The SaladBowl: Cultural

&" 1. Protestantsand Chiistians are allCatholic (1)
Y Z. The national religion of the U.S.is protestantism.(10)
'\ 3. In the u.s., all forms of prayerhavebeenbannedfrom public buildings.
(12)
1 +. Abortion is legalin the U.S.,but somereligiouspeopleconsiderit immoral.
(13)
-4- 5. The majority of Americansattend church seryicesat leastoncea week.

(1s)
B. Rereadtheparagraphsindicated
in parentheses
aftereachquestion.
Discussthe
questrbns
in smallgroups.
Thenwriteanswersusingcompletesentences.
1. How doesseparationof church and stateprotect religiousgroups?Name two
ways. (t0)
2. How doesseparation of church and state protect the rights and freedom of
individual crdznns?Name two ways. (ft-tZ)
3. What evidencesupports the idea that most Americans bdlie.rrein God?Name

two points. (14-15)
L_
L_
lf. BuildingYour Vocabulary
L A. Ihesearethe15 keyvocabulary
reading.Pronounce
wordsfor thischapter.
fftesewordsafteryourteacher,
Theyare botdfaced
in the
anddiscusstheirmeanings.
t_ atheist
congregation
denomination
moral
polygamy
sectrlar
sin*
I Fptayer r spiritual
;ceternal prohibit
L exist restriction
lviolate
worship"
L *Tlrese words can be used as nouns or verbs. As a noun,

worship is uncountable.
L
L --E
CHAPTER8 . Religionin AmericanLife
L,
L
t
L
fri sentences-wtthsomeof thekeyvocabularywordson pages:i i'{akethe
B. Completethese
aid put eachverb intothecorrecttenseandform.
nounspluralif necessary,
1. A church is a place of Fl fleSr1L
fi,Tl
2. In mostreligions, t*fuillfi"r *ath refersto a(n) 11rlri"lva{ -life

""
rather than a physicallife. Life after deathrefers to -e.*qt&$,,',-,-,- l,;;, which
continues forever.
3. flstgnd{*f is illegal in the United Statesand is alsogeneraiiyiursidered
. lJu
a(n) "" *r\*
'J r-\.
'
*{
4. Some people believe that God does not
*,t"trr F"\
r
A teacher cannot display a prayer in a public school classruur;,.'r'l,;':i''',;',: ri
against the law bepauseit would Vi C'ftfr. laws about seprri.i:ic!.i':i
church and state.

t-' *i r
6. A religious=9,n*+F&-i^-
(Smaller$ioups are called
(SmallerSioups c sects.)
","''teligion.
-.,"''tCfigion.
,f Z. l(n) #ry.:iffi? &i is a glroupof peoplewho attend thr'::':l-i:rrir,,jj"''rrlual
t'--
---eh'"tiitffir They often saf
synagoguaThey
---afrr&ffi synagogue. say--p!e$-4{""d'r"' - together.
to$ether'
JrrraY
8. $tru-{,4-n activitiesdo not involvereligion.
C. Matcheachwordor wordsin column7 wtththewordor wortlsi! {Giiiiairr :'',r.,r',ii;i:

,'l t,ir.:::l
on
by wriilng thecorrect numbers
opposrte(their antonyms) the ifiles
1. beliefinGod **--.a\\-i.\ allow

* i'
...,,,fi
*-.--*'....
t:
2. forbfi.,prohfrig restrict monogamy
3. moral, ethical *=.... religious, sectarian
:!:iI
. \ =l3
$ .r,
e . ji 4. parochial F=r;r""'-*!l-l-3n ,fUe secclar
, "-P
T.5i -- atheism
5. physical *--*;*'""-*-
-1
r ii -
j :1
n.'
tt
",( t''
il
6. polygamy i;- -3 sPiritud, meni;:l
**-*Ttr'
. ti
7. pro-choice q*=-- sinful, evil
,. ."r''
8. prominent * ^ , r/'1'---''- -.-"-*-r:'*gb'unnoticed, unkrlor"r-r
9. secular ."){**:"ti* mandatory, *:cluirr:'d
10. voluntary --***f -* Pro-life
UNIT2 o The SaladBowl: Cultural

Euphemisms Peoplesometimes:useeuphemrsrzs when they want to talk
about something unpleasant or improper in a nicer way. For examplg a basement
aparfment is sometimescalled agarden apartment.Readersneed to be aware of
euphemismsso that they are not fooled by them.
This chapter mentions two common euphemismsused in the abortion debate:"I'm
pro-chofuc."That soundsbetter than saying, "I support abortions (killing unborn
children)." "I'm pro-life" soundsbetter than saying, "I opposeabortions. I want to
deny women the right to decidefor themselveswhettrer or not to have a baby." It
usually soundsbetter tobe for somethingthan to be againstsomething,so both sides
of the abortion issue claim to be in favor of something good. (Choiceis good;life is
good.)
Hereare someotherwidelyusedeuphemisms. Canyou translatetheminto simple,direct
Workwttha partner.Thenshareyour answerswithyourclassmafes.
English?
1. He's a senior citlze* 5. That child is a slow learner.
2. She passedaway. 6. He's living cir a very limi:ed inccme.
3. She was laid to rest yesterday. 7. She'sexpecting.
4. That's an inner-city neighborhood. 8. He's terminally ill.

Oneachblankline,writetheletterof thecorrectphraseto complete
fte sentence.
Ihe
in parentheses
numbers givetheparagraphs in whichtheexpressions
areused.
1. The Protestantworkethir (2) encnwages
peopleto {
?: gve a lot of moneyto the poor
'fr) work hard andbe successfrrl
2. &parati.on of churchand snte (f f) is good for Americans becauseit
a. limits reli$ous freedom
Si protects religious freedom
3. the BiblêBelt (16)ir ;
a. a ropelike belt worn by a religious person
.fi"1 a section of the U.S. known for ie conservativereligious beliefs
4. FYeewill (18) refers to f? .

ffi Cod'r control over human destiny
b. personal control over human destiny
i)
*1
I
I
(continued on thz next page)
CHAPTER8 . Religionin ArnericanLife

T
5. Willpower(19) means {; .
a. the ability to resist doing something pleasant that you shouldn't do
,6: a legal document telling what will happen to a person's money after his or
her death
fr
.T
6. To maleeit (20) to religious services means to T1
a. attend il
b. perforrn 3
-,i
1.
V. TakingWords Apart {
:.
A. Underline
thecorrectwordto completeeach sentence. I
1. He's an atheist.He doesn'tbeiievein the (exist/ g_ykyg-nqp)

of God.Do you
r
I
t
believe that a supernatural being (q\ists / existence)?
2. Does it {yialme / vi.olati.on)separationof church and state to say "under God" in
the Pledgeof A'llegianceto the flagf;
3. Many religions bave {restrict/ r:s11y911grzs)
about what its membersc,an eat and.
l-
.j
weaL
4. He (praged./pragers)for his little $rl's recovery from her seriousillness. When

she got well, he said, 'God answereday (prag /{qlgg))'
5. PeopleQ:ru:yggu / congregati.on)aTongaparaderoute to watch a parade.peopre
who att?nc[tfilsame church are called a (congregote
/ congiregatinn).
B. Discussthe.meaningsof thesetwo words beginningwrtfrself-.The numbersin

parenthesesgivetheparagraphsin whichthe wordsappear.
self-discipline (2) self-reliance (18 )
C. Studythe meaningsof theseword parts.Thenusethemto completethewords defined

below.
con- : with, together inter- : between polg- : many
dis-, iJ-, u,n- : rrot rnis- : bad
1. jt'.'l ,er fere (try to stop an action between others)
2. {',,1,.',, ' ge(marriagebetween people of different religions
or races)
s. if bgal (not legal)
4. ! forhrne (badluck)
'r!-t.i
5. 'l.r\r gregiation(a group of people goming together for religious worship)
g. ult q Bropulated(nobody lives there)
Z. d.i L' continue (stop doing something)
8. gamy (multiple marriagesat the sametime)
S'\.
:Li
UNff.2 . The SaladBowl:€ultural DiversiWin the U.5.

Vl. Practicing Sentence.Patterns
Paragraphs72 and 15 contain questionsbegfinningwith the words What ahout.. .7
This is an informal question phraseoften used in conversation to ask for more
information or to make a sugfgiestion
about doing something.There is no verb in this
question. What aboutis usually followed by a gerund or ottrer noun (perhapswith an
adjectivebefore it). Here are two more examples:
If you don't like the red sweater,what about l,uyrng the blue one? (a suggestion)
I know thatJoe never goesto church, but what about his wife? (askingfor
information)
of your own usingthe expression
Nowwritea sentence whatabout.
What about
Vll. Sharing ldeas

A. lssues
Debatetheseissuesin smallgroups.Ihen chooseoneand writeaboutit.
1. What if a person's religion requires an act that the gbvernmentconsidersillegal?
Which is more important---obeying the laws of one's county or one's reli$on?
2. Should a government have the right to force a ciiznnto fo to war and kill an
enemy?What if frat person'sreli$on forbids lcillin#
3. Most religions have rules about how a person must and must notbehave. Does
reli$on enrich a person'slife enougftrto make up for this loss of personal
freedom?
4. What's the difference between a crime and a sin? Can an actbe a crime and not
a sin and vice versa?
Write aboutone offtese topics.
1. Do you believe in somesort of life after death?If so, describeit.
2. Over the last sweral millennia, has reli$on increasedhuman misery or human
happiness?
3. Write about a retgious group that you think has someinteresting or unusual
beliefs or customs
a . Religionin AmericanLife
CHAPTER
l
-l
!
t'
L
s*-
s
3
'i
American Education: i
The First 12 Years I
-t
;
-r
RichTennant -t
I-
r
j
'I I
I
t
Ii
II
'1
I
a
I
"Thiea*erflNyl wa* 6W#1e +nlp ut lineand it

fitd. afr.lntwt atufr,TW\Iehrerw64 asTbtre, I
i-
\ndDHIif +lpoldt@ atddltovrt dr fate +n

Ilawanbr L\E$t.o'lt VstLl b mvaattsrt :'
BrroneYou RrRo
Discuss
1. In what ways are American schoolsdifferent from those in other countries?
2. Doyou thinkboys and girls should reenivethe sameeducation andbe in
classestoglether?
3. Should school attendancebe required? Why? Until what age?
--------E
Guess
Thenlookfor theanswersin thereading.
Check (/) one:
1. What percnntageof American adults are high school gfraduates?
-43Yo -63o/o 83o/o
2. Who setsguidelines for American public schools?Check ({) one:

the federal government - the 50 state governments
Armerican Edacation:
The First 72 Years
The Goals and Purpose of PrSIic Education
-\merican elementary and secondaryeducation is a vast and complex enterprise.
From kindergarten through high school, about 72 million students are enrolled in
school. To educatethis huge number of students, more than 3 million teachersare em-
ployed. They are by far the largest professional group in the country.
In the U.S.A.,everyone has both the right and the obligation to become educated.
Even children with physical or mental disabilities are entitled to be educated to what-
ever extent they can be. A lot of money is spent to provide special servicesand equip-
ment for students who need extra help. For example, special assistanceis provided to
children who speak little or no English. In some schools, they attend English as a sec'
ond language (ESL) classes for part of their schoolday and study other subiects in
classeswith English-speakingstudents. In schools where a sizable number of students
speaka languageother than English,a bilingual program may be offered.In transitional
bilingual programs,students study English, but some academic subiects are taught in
the native language.Students stay in these bilingual programs until they are fairly flu-
ent in fngiish (usually I to 3 years).Some bilingual programscontinue to teach stu-
dents at least one subiect in the native languageindefinitely to help them maintain flu'
ency and literacy in their native languageas well as English.
3 In orderto developan educatedpopulation{a necessityin a democracy), all states
havecompulsory school attendancelaws.Theselawsvary from one state to another,
but theygenerallyrequireschoolattendancefromages6 to 16.However, moststudents
attend school at least until high schoolgraduation,
when they are l7 or 18yearsold.
About83%of Americanadultsare high school graduates.
Wftatisthemaiorgoalof Amenun publicxhools?
---------E
9 . American Education:The Fint 12 Years
CHAPTER
i{i
iil
il
Public and Private Schools
a About 860lo of Americanchildren receivetheir elementaryand high school educatron
in public schools.Theseschoolshaveimportant characteristicsin common:
o Theyare supportedby state and local taxesand do not chargetuition.
o Most are neighborhoodschools,open to studentswho live in the district.
o TheYare coeducational,which means that boys and girls attend the same schools
'4 and have nearlyall their classestogether.By providing girls with equal educational
:t
opporiunity,public schoolshavehelped to createself-sufficientAmericanwomen.
ill
' Theyare locallycontrolled.The individualstates,not the federalgovemment,are re,
sponsiblefor education.Publicschoolsare requiredto follow some state guidelines
regarding,for example,curriculum (what studentsstudy) and teacherqualifications.
But most decisionsabout a school district are made by an electedboard of educa-
tion and the administratorsthat board hires.This systemcreatesstrongties between
the district'sschoolsand its localcommunity.
r Americansbelieve in separationof church and state. Therefore,American public
schoolsare free from the influenceof any religion.As a result, children of many dif,
ferent religionsfeel comfortableattendingpublic schools.This secularpublic school
systemhelps a diverscpopulation sharea common cultural heritage.
5 Private schools can be divided into two categories:parochial (supported by a par,
ticular religiousgroup)and independent(not affiliatedwith any religiousgroup).private
schoolschargetuition and are not under direct public control, although many statesset
educational standards for them. To attend a private school, a student must apply and
be accepted. Parochial (mostly Catholic) schools make up the largest group of private
schools.
Summafize
fiveimportantcharacterbtics
ofpublicxhools.
Whataresomeilifferences public
between anil privatcxhools?
.i .
Teaching Methods and Approachs
i; 6 Americaneducationhasbeengreatlyinfluencedby lohn Dewey,a famoustwentieth-
ilr
t. . centuryphilosopher.Deweybelievedthat the only worthwhileknowledgewasinforma-
'| tion that could be used.He consideredit pointlessto makestudentsmemorizeuseless
'II
factsthat they would quickly forget.Rather,he felt, schools should teach thinking
:
i;
processes and skills.Deweyalsoinfluencedteachingtechniques.Childrenleambestby
doing,he said.Applyingthis ideatoday,scienceclassesinvolveexperimentation; the
studyof musicinvolvesmakingmusic;democraticprinciplesare practicedin the stu-
dentcouncil;schoolproiectsencourage creativityandteamwork Childrendon't spend
the dayworkingsilentlyandalone.Theyoftenworkin groups,shareideas,andcomplete
proiectstogether.
1'
,j
7 What do Americanschoolssee as their educationalresponsibilityto students?
!l
Thescopeis verybroadindeed.Schoolsteacha lot of skills and informationonceleft
at
.ir
i
UNIT3 o Levelsof Learning

Et-
for parents to teach at home.
For example, it's common for
the curriculum to include
driver'seducation, cooking and
sewing classes,sex education,
and a campaignagainstsmok-
ing and the use of illegaldrugs.
Also, some schools try to im-
prove children's behavior by
teaching them how to control
anger and settle arguments in
peacefulways (a skill calledcon-
flict resolution).
In some class-
rooms valuesand good charac-
ter are discussed.as well.
I t t
6' 5 q ' '
U lot of homeuorA?"
Whatwerelohn Dewey'sideasaboutwhatandhowstuilents
shouldlearn?
Early Childhood Education

8 Free public education begins with kindergarten,usually half-day classesfor 5,year-
olds. At one time, the purpose of kindergartenwas to teach children to get along with
each other and to get used to classroom life. Howevet today at least half of the chiloren
who enter kindergarten have already had these experiencesin nursery school or day-
care settings. Therefore, kindergarten teachers have taken on the iob of introducing
some academics--for example,teaching letters, numbers, colors, and shapes.Still,
there's a lot of time for play.
9 Most American parents want their children to attend school before the age of 5. They
believe good preschools can be stimulating and valuable for children. Moreovet since
most mothers have iobs, nurseryschool or day care is often a necessity.Nurseryschools
serve3- to 5-year-olds,mostly in half-dayprograms.Many day'carecenterstake younger
children also, and the children can stay for the whole day. Unlike many other countries,
the U.S.has no national day-caresystem. Parentswho place their children in preschool ('
programs usually pay tuition, although some of these facilities are subsidized. Many ". t.rl ' .rr;J . t\a
I *S-
places of business have day-carecenters that serve the children of their employees.
Many colleges and universitiesalso have day-carefacilities available for the children of
their students and facul&.
Wftatthreetypesof preschoul
programs
werediscussdin thepreceding
section?
CHAPTER9 o American Education:The First 12 Years

w
:{
-
Elementary Education .iI
10 Formalacademicwork is divided into l2 levelscalledgrades. one schoolyear(from

late August or early Septemberto mid-June)is required to complete eachgrade.Aca, { fl
rg
demic work-learning to read,write, and do arithmetic-begins when children enter &
5
first grade,at about age 6. Kindergarten,first grade,and secondgrade are commonlv 3
called the primarygradr. .*--

:t
I1 The first academicinstitution that a student attends is calledelementary
xhoolor gram- '!
marschool.In someschoolsystems,elementaryschccl goesthrougheighth grade.In oth- ==
ers, there is a seconddivision called juniorhighxhoolor middbschool.lt usuallyincludes :'6-
:il
grades 6*8, 5-{, or 7-9. :=
12 The typical schooldayis about 6 hours long and ends about 3:00p.r,,r.Classesare in
sessionMondaythrough Friday.Tfaditionalvacationperiodsincludea 2-weekwinterva,
cation,a l -weekspringvacation,and a 2-monthsummervacation.In addition.thereare
severalI -day holidays.
t5 Academic subjects include languagearts (reading,writing, spelling, and penman-
ship), mathematics,science,physicaleducation (athletics and studying principlesof
good health),and socialstudies(mostly historyand geography).Socialstudiesempha-
sizesthe multicultural natureof the U.S.by stressingthe contribuiionsof groupsover-
looked in the past: women, African-Americans,Hispanics, and non-Europeans. Ele-
mentary school programsalso teach music and art if the school budget can coverthese.
Computer studies are also commonly a part of the elementary school curriculum.
14 In elementary school, students are grouped into classesthat stay together for the
schoolyear.In the primarygrades,the classgenerallyhas the sameteacherfor most sub-
iects, although art, music,.an_dphysical education are usually taught by specialists in
these areas. In the upper 6lementaiit giades, students in some school svstems have a
different teacher for each maior academicsubiect.
Howare theupperelementarg
gradesdifferentfromtfielowergrailes?
High Sctrool (Seconda{y Education}

'15 Americanhigh schoolshavea commitmentto offerboth a generalcollegeprepara-
tory programfor thoseinterestedin highereducationand vocationaltrainingfor stu-
Wt'll dents who plan to enter the work forceimmediatelyafter high schoolgraduation.In
#$ii
8l.i{,i.i
gi { : ! i
ri!"! l
Americanhigh schools,college-bound studentsfind the coursesthey needfor college
entranceand,in addition,an opportunityto takeAdvancedPlacement(Ap)courses,for
whichthey can eam collegecredit.But in the samebuilding,other studentsmay find
work/ studyprograms(to eam high schoolcreditfor onthe-iob training).
$l i : i 16 Subiectsare more specializedin high schoolthan in elementaryschoot.Socialsci-
fl ri,ir.i enceis dividedinto Americanhistory Europeanhistory and psychology. Mathcourses
fi iii
Ir :i includealgebra,geometryandtrigonometry.Scienceis dividedinto biology,chemistry,
$r ;iii, earthscience,and physics.Most highschoolstudentsstudya foreignlanguage. usually
ffi lllr Spanish,French,or German.As in elementary school,healthand physicaleducation
$l:,til
ijtll (gym)classesaregenerallyrequired.
itf
'l r ,
'l
I
'..:
UNIT3 r levels of Learning

E-
&t
17 Studentsmove from one classroomto anotherand study each subjectwith a differ-
ent teacherand a differentgroup of classmates.Many high schoolsgroup studentsac-
cordingto academicability and motivation. Some subiectsare offeredat two, three,or
even four different levelsof difficulty.
18 The school day is very busy and very long for many high school students.Manytake
five or six malor academicsubjectsas well as physicaleducation.Duringother periods,
studentsmay be doing homeworkin a study hall, researchingin the school library,or
participating in activities such as the school orchestra,student government,school
newspaper,or math club. Many extracurricular activities-such as team sportsand dra-
matics-involve after-schoolpractice.Studentsactive in extracurricularactivitiesmay
be at school from early morning until dinner time. However,school activitiesare im-
portant. They help students find friends with similar interests,developtheir talents,
gain self-confidence,and sometimesevendiscovertheir careergoals.
Z'fi;a' Whattwotypesof students

musthighschools
serve?
Whatareextracuricular
activities?
School Problems and Possible Solutions

19 The quality of a child'seducationdependslargelyon where he or shegoesto school.
Facilities and resourcesvary a lot from one school district to another. In education (as
in many other areas),money is both part of the problem and part of the solution. Most
of the money to operate American schools comes from local property taxes.As a result,
poorer communities have less money to spend on books, equipment, and teachers'
salaries.All thdse factors affect the quality of education. In areaswhere the community
!s stable, the funding good, and the school environment orderly, a hardworkingstudent
can get an excellent education. But schools in poor neighborhoods in the nation's large
cities are usually less successful.They do not always have the resourcesnecessaryto
support students with special needs. For o<ample, some students may need help in
learningEnglish. In some neighborhoods,the students in one classroommay have a
dozen different native languages! In poor neighborhoods, children move often and
thereforechange schools often, which interfereswith theireducation. In some inner-city
neighborhoods, some students miss school because they are afraid of violent gangs
that make walking to school dangerous.
20 Another problem is a serious shortage of qualified teachers.Teachingis a hard iob,
and the rewards are not what they should be. Starting salaries for teachersare much
lower than for employees in many other occupations requiring a college degree.Teach-
ing is a time-consuming iob; lesson-planning and paper-grading are often done at
home. It is common for teachersto devote 60 hours a week to their iob. Consideringall
these factors, it s not surprising that many young adults choose other occupations.
21 Teachersand schools shouldn't be blamed for all the problems in American educa-
tion. Students themselvesare also responsiblefor how much they leam. Many students
do not study enough. Elementaryschools are encouraging more studying nowadaysby
retaining students (requiring them to repeat a grade) if they cannot pass tests on the
important material studied in that grade. In high school, some students are distracted
9 r American Education:The First 12 Years

CHAPTER
E
;iil
6.-s-tI
- : J lt I
i1 . i.. ;t
' ! iil
._::!
i by part-time iobs,schoolactivities,W and socializing.Otirt r._:;
.li) lot 1,:,' i,rup witfl their
schoolworkbecauseof bmotionalproblems,drinkingor use ol iiicg.,ii,rugs,or lari, of
motivation About I l"/"drop out betweenthe agesof t6 and lg
22 would publicschoolsimproveif they had more compeiilji.iill;:,..,;;-r1, ; r.;i,; l.
some parents,politicians,and educatorssupport the ii!,::,i;)i r,r,.ii, ..,.j
choice in selectingtheir children'sschools.One such irl;ir: ,ji,1.)1,1i! ,.,ii, S
vouchers thatcanbe usedtopaypartofthetuitionata pr;,ri, .,,:,,. : i-
its (deductionsfrom statetaxes)havealso been providi:r.:ill ?ri.jii,ri.r,;i{:.:rr:: .l
school tuition.
23 Parentswhoaredissatisfiedwiththeregularpublics{ii,-r,;i.. rr;iht-:::.,-rrJ:i,.. ,i'iil .
choosecharterschoolsor even homeschooling.Char'i*i;riri:.,1:.1r.,.,,, ,,;;..,:,,:;:
i.,i
mentswith theirstate boardof educationthat freethem irc;il gi.Jn.,::: ,.::i, jr, ,;:,,' ii, li
placed upon regular public schools.Therefore,they are able to e,yperj,r'r,,
teachingmethods.Thereare about 1.700charterscht.:r.::r. t.r l::,.,l,:;:;,,,t.-:--:
numbersaregrowing.Homeschoolingisapopularmovemr-:') :irJ::,.',,,,,.i
.r'rj:,.,i'j
Americanchildren are taught at home.
American educators and policy makers have great coniidi:ircr ii,,.i r,r.,i,,}.;,-.r{i_.ili
cl;,::
provingAmerican education. About 90% of American s, 1,,,,ti,,ir,lrlt,rrrtetrrr.:i"f{_iir.,:.,.
,r,',!riri.,
on average, one computer for every six students. Childrcn i:r:.:! ;,;,,;i ',..i.;111,
,,;, ,
introduced to computers at home or at preschool.
?: 25 lmproving the school system is one of the nations g_i_:j_,,l.il-ii:ril;*i;. i;i lt,,,-;r:,::ri;,r;i
teachersand school administratorsare developing (or !"{;rL {-.li:;irtr.;l:r,:ii ;,,.::,i:r.i,::.;.:.
statementsof exactlywhat childrenare supposedto learn ir da{l j;:,,i1:i{i; ,.i1,-.,; ..1r;,.
,1,1,
improvingassessment-waysoffindingoutifstudentsiiavetilr:rIirir-;t.,:.ir,ro-i::il,r,:.:
a
that evaluate students also evaluateschools.Schools wiil"r ilr..^,i-;;;i;:iii,;ii,:i.:j,..ii:.:i.,.:..
t
to makechangesthat will lead to improvement.While.&;n*:rirari*io;r:.ri :,,: .:i,::ii:!j. , -
elementary and secondaryeducation better,they are eiii:orl'dfiij,J L;;,liil,,,:r'iir::ii.i'r.rr:, ;.
the nation's high school graduateschooseto contin't:,;iiiri::' fr:::r,.rlj:r-iir-;,',ii1i..;ri r::,.r.i
lege or university.
Arrrn You Reeo

L Getting the Message
A. True or False?
Reread
fte sectons indicated.
Thenmark eachstatement
tra€{Ti#,-fais,}it r
'The Goalsand Purposeof Public Education,

1. American children must go to school until th*y gladuair: ii:+ri. i,rigi; i::i:ii*.i
2. School attendance laws are the same in everv- srarc *f tile LJ.;{"
;. - 3. Classesin Eng;lish as a second language are calieri bi.fircguai.i{i,:;{!'r}.{:r,ri!r!
4. In the u.s., parents can decide whether their cFdlcire.r-;-*'iil J:'i.i{:i,i.i,.
;:i;
education or not
UNIT3 . Levelsof Learning

@-
"Elementaryr Education'
- 5. Poorer school districts are less likely to gfivestudents classesin music anci
art.
6. Most American children don't go to school in the summer.
"High School {SecondaryEducation)"

7. Amerie,ansecondaryschool students attend either a collegepreparatory
high school or a vocational higlr school.
8. Most hig[r schoolsoffer coursesin social scien@,arithmetig and languagle
arts.
9. Extracurricular activities alwavs meet after school.
B. Which Comes Next?

Numberthe followingacademiclevelsin chronologicalorder (1-6).
first girade - high school
kindergarten - $rades3-4
junior high (middle school) nursery school
- -
C. Why Preschool?
paragraph
Reread 9. Whataretwo mainreasonsthatparentsenrollyoungchildren
in nursery
schoors
anddaytarecenters?Writea sentence
abouteachreason.

wordsfor thischapter.
A. Thesearethe15 keyvocabulary Theyare boldfaced
in the
Pronounce
reading. thesewordsafteryourteacher
and discusstheirmeanings.
ae,ademic* evaluate shortage
commitment grade* specialist
compulsory kindergarten subsidize
surriculumt motivation teamwork
elementaql parochial vocational
*t\calernbis an adjective. Acafutnits is a noun.

I
I tThe plural of curriadum is irregular. ltrs curirala.
*Gradz c,anbe a noun or verb.
I CHAPTER9 . American Education:The first 12 Years

@
I
B. completethesesentenceswith someof the keyvocabulary
wordson page101. Make
thenounspluralif necessary,
and put eachverb intothecorrecttenseandform.
1. involves cooperating and working together with other people.
2. Some day-care centers are by the government, which means
that the government contributes some of the money needed.
3. Information and skills taught in each grade of school are the
for that Srade.
4. Children must attend school. School is
5. school is sometimes called grammar school.
6. In elementaryschool,a studentusually passesor fails an entire grade,butin
high schoo| a student's work in each course (subject) is and
separately.
7. Somehigh school students study hard becausethey know that good gradeswill
hclp them $et into a good collegeor university. These studentshave a lot of
for trying to get good grades.
8. schoolsare supported by a particular reli$ous group. They
teach its religious beliefs, celebrateits reli$ous holidays, and encourageprayer.
9. Due to a teacher some school districts hire teacherswho have
had little or no training in teaching methods.
10. Before first g[adg children attend
11. A music teacheris a(n) ln muslc
t2. training is training to do a particular job.
C. Aftereachacademic
category,
drawa linethroughthesubjectthatdoesntbelongin that
category.
ll lj: i
: 'rl , l
Example
sciences: biology +ri€er€rr€B chemistrSr physics
1. Mathematics: algebra geometr5r chemisty trigonometry
2. Socialscienccs: history psychologly geography athletics
3. IanAuagearts: sociolog grammar writing spelling
4. Phvsicaleducation (Aym): swimming physics team sports health
UNIT3 o Levelsof Learnino

Id-
lll. SharpeningReading.,
Skills
Analyzing Paragraphs Recognizing how the main idea of a paraglraphis
developed is a useful reading skill. Some paragraphs give reasons; some explain
results; some list examples; some tell about one incident; some describe; some
compare and contrasl
Rereadeach paragraph listed below. Then underlinethe sentencethat best describesthe
paragraph.
1. paragraph 9: a. Tells what children do in nursery schools.

b. Gives reasonswhy parents send children to nursery schools.
2. paragraph18: a . Describesa typical day in the life of a high school studenl
b. Argues that high schoolstudentsare too busy.
3. paraglraph19: a . Tells what's wrong with bad schoolsin the U.S.
b. ContrastsAmerican schoolsin poor communities and in
wealthier ones.
4. paragraph?O: a. Explains why there is a teachershortage.
b. Tdks about harmful effectsof the teacher shortage

=- Matcheachexpress,bn 7 wiffi thephrase
in column- in column2 thatmeansthe samething
{t
by wrttingthecorrectnumbers on theftnes.the numbers in parenthesesgivetheparagraphs

in whichtheexpressionsareused.
1. cover(fg) *'- - - -- _ ''ry,-become accustomed to; becomefamiliar with
2. getalongwith (8)*e-.** "\ be ableto payfor
a\-jt-
3. get used to (8) r( connectionsto
4. ties between (4) t &- not a4fuewith; have a good relationship with
5. take on (8)
of thesewordparts.Ihenusethemto complete
Sfudyttremeanings thewordsdefined
on
page 104.
ts,iJ.n.*':
co- : to$ether, with ,, i\ dis-, un- : flot
extra- : outsidg beyondt..r.r*..r"uJg"i-fzl: firll of, with
hetero- : different ill= : badly
-less: without pr€- : before
(continuedon tlu next paqe)
9 . AmericanEducation:
CHAPTER TheFirst12Years
IE
1. tl P,. like (not similar to; not alike; different from)
2. point ,"fu.{4 (no goodreasonto do it)
3. {S{-\ curricular (activities in addition to academicwork)
a. 1"& t-r . "geneous(not
all the same)
5. i"tl -prepared(not well-prepared)
6. -fst-'-school (before kindergarten)
7. un--{"1---operative (doesn't work well with others)
8. use--!:t!- (having no use)
9. t$f educational(boysand girls in schooltogether)
10. d"r,T- tike (hate or not like)
11. UidL , prepared(not preparedat all)
12. n"r- 'lill (it can hurt someone)
The Infinitive of Purpose The reading contains these two infinitives of purpose.
Para$raph1 states:"To educatethis huge number of students, more than 3
teachersare employed." Paragraph5 states:"To attend a private school,a student
-illio"
must apply and be aerrpfteil" The infinitive phrasein each sentencestatesa goa1,and
the main clausestates away of achieving that goal. Here's another example:-
To eam extra ruotueb,I ptan toget a,part-timejob.
(my goal) (the way I plan to achieve my goal)
Nowcomplefethesesentencesthat beginwith infinitivesof purpose.

1. To improve my Engflish,I
2. To getbettet grades,students
3. To encouragemore peopleto becometeachers,school districts should
UNIT3 o Levelsof Learning

@-
Vll. Sharing ldeas
A. lssues
1. Do bilingual education programsadvanceor slow down the academic
developmentof immigrant students?Would all-day contact with American
students help them more?
2. Should American public schoolseducatechildren who are in the U.S. illegally?
3. Should children who do very well in school be allowed to skip a grade?Should
academicallyslow children be required to repeat a Srade(be retained or failed)?
Or is it better to keep children with their agegroup even if the schoolwork is too
easyor too hard?
4. Should parents who send their children to parochial schoolsreceivefinancial
assistancefrom the governmenl or would that violate the constitutional
requirement of separationof church and state?
B. On a Pensonal Note
Write aboutoneof thesetopics.
._
1. What changeswould you recommendto improve American schools?
2. lf yorhad school-agechildreq would you educatethem at home? Why or why
not?
3. C,ompareAmerican schoolsto schoolsin another country you're familiar with.
Point out similarities and/or differences.In your opinion, which school sJrstem
doesabetter job? Explain why.
9 . American Education:The First 12 Years

CHAPTER
E
L
Higher Educa€€u*:r:,
in the Lf.S.
NONSEQUTTUR w.
l: ,, r '
i,)i:#. 151 CoNCt$4ic:ri:, i:-'i,: . r,.: i
..1.,:::.::' .,' oF AN\ JoB tr?'i.t*tt i.6+" i
i - --'""-- -. ?:
NON SEQUITURG 1g:lt'l!'-itii':!r'r,jrii:i,i

i:; ,-]Y
uNlvERSAL PRESS5yi;iji{-.,:: i f i?":.I
1',; ::-1 ,,;ith
permission.
All rigjhareserveej.
BrronrYou Reao
Discuss
1. Why do people goto collese?
2. Do you think everyoneshouldgo to college?Why or w1,.l::;,,i'
3. In the U.S.,many collegesand universitiesare veqr expenri;,-.
of moneyare availableto hefu students?
Guess
Thenlookfor the answersin thereading.
1. How many institutions of higher learning are ttrere in the U.S.?Check (/) one:
about 1,70O - about 2,700 _ about 3,700
2. Whatpercnntage of Americans over the ageof 25 arecollegegraduates?
Check (/) one:
about15o/o about2So/o - about4SVo
Iligher Edacation in the f/.,S.

Why Collegre?
'The more you learn,the more you eam,"Americansoften say.In the U.S.A.,almost
all iobs that pay well require some education or technical training beyond high school.
In this high-tech society,college graduatesouteam those without a college education,
and people with advancedde4rees are likely to eam even more. Though some college
degreesare worth more than others in the iob market, in general,education pays off.
A college education is not just preparation for a career,however.In addition to tak-
ing courses in their major field of study, students enroll in elective courses.They may
take classesthat help them understand more about people, nature, govemment,or the
arts. Well-rounded people are likely to be better citizens, better parents, and more in-
teresting and interested individuals.
Although two-thirds of American high school graduatesenroll in college,recent high
school graduates no longer dominate the college campuses. Adults of all ages return
to the classroom.either for new vocational skills or for personal growth. In 1996,for ex-
ample, almost 20%of American college students were over age 35. Some 500,000col-
lege students are.over 50.
American faith in thevalue of education is exemplified bythe rising numberof Amer-
icans who have at least a bachelor'sdegree-Almost onequarter of Americansover age
25 arecollege graduates.Collegeattendance is not reservedfor the wealthy and the ac-
ademicallytalented. It is availableto anyone who wants to go. Right now,about l5 mil-
lion students are taking advantageof the opportunity. For those not academicallypre-
pared to handle college-levelwork, about 80%of undergraduateschools offer remedial
(sometimes called datelopmentnll classesin reading,writing, and math.
Why dopeoplego tn allege?

Listreasnsmentioned in thepreceding andanAothersAoucanthinftof.
section
How to Find the Right CoIIege
The U.S.has about 3,700institutionsof higherlearning.About 1,600of theseare 2-
yearschools.Morethan 2,000are 4-yearschools,manyof whichalsohavegraduatepro,
grams.With so many collegesto choose from, how do prospectivestudents find the
rightone for their needs?Informationabout schoolsis easyto obtainfrom schoolguid-
ance counselors,collegeguidebooks,public libraries,the Internet,and the schools
themselves. Studentscanwritefor brochuresand applications.Someschoolsevenmail
out videos.Studentscan also use computer programsthat allow them to specifypar-
ticularinterests(for a certainmaior,fype of school,areaof the country,etc.)and print
out a list of schoolsthat fit their description.Most institutionsof higherlearningalso
have Web sites. Many schools send college representativesto high schoolsand two-
year collegesto recruitstudents.Finally,many studentsvisit colleges,take tours of
campuses,and talk to counselors.
Beforeselectinga school,studentsshouldconsiderthesequestions:
Doesthe school havea maior in your field of interest?Doesthis programhavea good
reputation?
a Are you likely to be acceptedat this school,consideringyour gradesand test scores?
a Do you like that area of the country,the climate,the topography?
a Which environmentdo you prefer-a big city,a small town, or a rural area?
a Is it a big or a small school?Thereare advantagesto each.At a smallerschool,you
ir
may feel less lonely and confused. At a bigger school, you'll have more choices of
courses,programs, and extracurricularactivities. What is most important to you?
Can you afford the tuition and living expensesat this school? Could you get as good
t
I. i
an educationelsewherefo'a lot less monev?
WftataresomestepsUoucantafteto ftndtherigfttAmerican
college?
Undergraduate Education: Types of Sehools

TWomain categoriesof institutions of higher leaming arepublicandprivate. All schools
get money from tuition and from private contributors. However,public schools are also
supported by the state in which they're located. Private schools do not receivestate
funding. As a result. tuition is generally lower at public schools, especiallyfor perma-
nent residents of that state. A third categoryis the proprietary (for-profit) school. These
usually teach a particular workplaceskill. Some of these schools are quite expensive.
Schools can also be grouped by the types of programs and degrees they offer.
The three maior groups are community colleges, 4-year colleges, and universities.
Community colleges(sometimescalled iunior colleges)offer only the first 2 years of
undergraduate studies (the freshman and sophomore years).Theyenroll about 5 mil-
lion students a year. Most community colleges are public schools, supported by local
and / or state funds. They serve two general types of students: those taking the first 2
yearsof college before they ffansfer to a 4-yearschool for their third and fourth (funior

@--
and senior) yearsand those enrolled in l- or 2-yeariob-trainingprograms.Community
collegesoffertraining in many areas,suchas health occupations,office skills,computer
science,police work, and automotive repair.
g What is the differencebetweena collegeand a university?Sizeis only part of the an-
swer.Some collegeshave a student body of iust a few hundred,while some state uni-
versitiesservemore than 100,000studentson severalcampuses. A universityis usually
biggerthan a collegebecausethe scopeof its programsis much greater.A universityof-
fers a wider range of undergraduateprogramsplus graduate srudies.Part of the re-
sponsibilityof a universityis to encourageits faculty and graduatestudentsto do re-
search to advance human knowledge.Colleges,on the other hand, are primarily
undergraduateschools.They have no obligation to conduct research.
10 Many excellentcollegesare liberal arts schools,which meansthat they offer studies
in the humanities,languages,mathematics,social sciences,and sciences.Liberalarts
collegesgenerallydo not offer degreesin engineering,business,journalism,education
(teachertraining),and many other specificvocationsthat a student can preparefor at a
university.
11 Somecollegesspecializein training studentsfor one occupation(asagriculturalcol-
legesand teachers'collegesdo). Many undergraduateinstitutions that are not called
colleges also provide higher education in one specific occupation-for example, con-
servatoriesfor music students,seminariesfor studentsof religion,and fine arts schools
for artists. For those wishing to prepare for military careers,the U.S.government main-
tains four military academies.
t2 At collegesand universities,the academicyear is about 9 months long (usually from
Septemberuntil early Iune or from late August until May).After completing 4 academic
yearswith acceptablegrades in an approved course of study, the student earns a bach-
elo/s degree. Some students complete college in less than 4 years by attending sum-
mer sessions.At most colleges,the academicyear is divided into either two semesters
or three quarters, excluding the summer session.College grades,from highest to low-
est, are usually A, B, C, D, and F (a failing grade).Generally,students must keepa C av-
erageto remain in school.
Whatare threedifferencps a allegeanil a university?

between
Graduate Education
13 American universities offer three kinds of graduate degrees:maste/s degrees,Ph.D.
degrees,and professional degrees (for example, in medicine, law, or engineering).In
most fields, a maste/s degree can be eamed in I or 2 academic yearsof study beyond
the B.S.or BA. Eaming a Ph.D. degree (doctor of philosophy) usually takes at least 3
yearsbeyond the master's.To receivea Ph.D.in most fields, students must passoral and
written examinations and produce a long and comprehensive research paper that
makesan original contribution to their field. In some fields,Ph.D.candidatesmust also
10.
CHAPTER
. .. .:i ..
.. -
.. - .,. :...,vr; ., ,,
:-::'- !6.i$-[g to read one or two foreign languages.Requirementsare diffcri..i:iior profes-

sional degrees.
14 ln recent years, the graduate student population has become much more diverse
than ever before- It now includes more women, foreign studenl! r,::,:;;,lfir,. i i r ri l P * "* -
bers, older students, and part-time students. Also, the variel:i; r:,iij,:,,::i:,rj j i i ri i l :l ms Of-
fered has expanded greatly. Today's graduate students 631 q!-i4:n.i..iil-,.r. :l ',:l :,:l gf' Sde'
grees in at least 1,000fields and Ph.D.sin about 100 fields.
Zrcur-*m
,Gomlmhenslon
mlst ph.D.applicants
Whatarefourrequirements .lr,ust
futfitLi
Life on an Arnerican Campus

15 A collegecommunityis an interestingand livelyplace.Studentsbecoriieinvolvedin
many differentextracurricularactivities.Among theseare athletics,collegenev/spapers,
musicalorganizations, politicalgroups,and religiousgroups..lr{an:,, ,:rii,rrps
1,..1;q,ir,rr,:
havetheir own meetingplaces,whereservicesand socialactivili.,i..:ric:;,::rj lr.ir.r-ci ,.,r1-
legeshave a student union, wherestudentscan get together for ilinch. :,,,-:i.1.. ::assir-,ns.
club meetings,and socializing.
16 On many campuses,social life revolvesaround fratemities r..;cria!.rr,'r i,-,l,-ime
cases,residentialclubs for men) and sororities(similarclubs for women).ij,.,rrrr:, .:i,: ;ia-
tional groups with chaptersat many schools.Their names are Greeklettr,:,-,:. ,,;l.ir:I,
as
Alpha Delra phi.
17 sports are an important part of life on most campuses.Mosi r,i_-.rirrr,-,., , ;,;: ,:,1.j
men'sschoolsbelong to variousathletic leagues.Teamswithin iiic:-,i-1,,,r.:iji::,,. r,,,:i
r:i.:i:,i:,
against one another for the leaguechampionship.Football !s':iii.: ;:r.rii*4,rr:: 1i;11i
r:,i-:{1r..
arousesthe most national interest.Games,completewith student marci.aing !.1;,r;;,.is;igo
cheerleaders,are maior productions.Other sports-particularly basketball.swimmlng,
and track-are also pursuedwith enthusiasm.Someschoolsalso havecompelil,',,.r:i:n-
nis, skiing,sailing,wrestling,soccer,baseball,and golf.
18 Is it fun to be a gollegestudent in the U.S.?For most students,the cr:llege
riij,i:'rare
exciting and rewarding,but they are certainly not easyor carefree.iij:,ri;:i",:,",,i.r:
;,i; ,r- 1,;€.c
students face the pressureof making important careerdecisions airil ;*rx!e{:3:atjf.,r; i.:i:-
aminationsand grades.Manystudentshaveadditional problems_-toli iitilg nir,;u*y,-r-:,.,:
enough sleep,and a feeling of lonelinessbecausethey're far frorn hi:rrc lrlrci: n, .,,,,
too much time at parties and get into trouble academically.still, n-rfiilr,;i,riig1.i4;;1. ir:r..,ir
back on their collegeyearsas the happiesttime of their lives. hdar:vxlscgrnsll i;,,,..,,
r,..:,:,,:1
loyaltyto their former schools.Throughouttheir lives,they cheeri*-:rif ;cir :,.i-ijir,,,:i::ii:,,i-
letic teams, donate money to help the institution grow, and gi:,Ldr,.-ir vlrii il:i ir .,:r,,,-
1r-.,
comingfestivities.Alumni referto the schoolthey attendedas their mfnasl ri,:r.rlr;r
ii-ni!:rr*;
"fosteringmother").This expressionindicateshow much the cr'rlle*.,: jii:riri.-i:
*];rri:r:r !i..i:::ir:li
to former students_
UNIT3 r Levelsof Learning

ru--
Z'; college
Whatmaftes
0Wnohradon Why is it sometimes
fun?
stressful?
Financing Higher Education

19 Collegecosts vary quite a bit, depending upon the type of school.At expensivepri-
vate schools,annual costs (including tuition, room, board, books, travel to and from
home,etc.)may exceed$30,000.Public universitiesare much cheaper.At theseschools,
tuition is significantlyhigherfor out-of-statestudents than for permanentresidentsof
that state.Tuition at communitycollegesaveragesabout St ,lOO,approximatelyhalf the
in-statetuition at public,4-yearschools.
20 During the 1990s,the cost of higher education rose about 7.5o/o o year.Difficulties
making ends meet createseriousproblems for many students.Older studentswith a
familyto support may try to work full time while carryinga full academiccourseload.
Theyforget to leavethemselvestime to eat, sleep,and relax.
21 For those who need financialassistance,help is available.Thereare threemain types
of financialaid: (l)scholarships(grants),which are gifts that studentsdo not repay;
(2) loansto studentsand / or their parents;and (3) studentemployment(work/ study),
a part-time iob that the school givesthe student for the academicyear.Most financial
aid is need-based;that is, only students who need the money receiveit. Financialas-
sistanceto excellentstudentswho do not need the money (commonlycalledmeit-basd
aid)is limited.
22 Funds for all this aid come from three main sources-the federal government,state
governments,and private contributors. EveryAmerican college and universityhas a fi-
nancialaid office to help studentsfind out what kind of aid they might be eligible for
and to assist them in completing the complicatedapplication forms. Aliens who are
permanentresidentsin the U.S.are eligible for govemmentassistance,but foreignstu-
dents are not.
Whataretftreefrindsof financialaid?
Wftichoneilo goutftink stuilents
liftemost?
Standardized Tests and lteir Uss

23 Variousstandardizedtests help students demonstrate their knowledgeto collegead-
missions personnel. Adults who have not finished high school can take the GED (Test
of General Educational Development).The GED involves five exams-writing skills, so-
cial studies, science;literature and the arts, and mathematics.The tests are availablein
English,French,and Spanish.Studentscan study for the GED by takinga reviewcourse
I
or using a review book on their own. Students who pass the test eam a high school
I equivalencycertificate-
I
i
I
_Ji
I
I
Educationin the U.S
ztl High schoolseniorswishingto apply to competitivecollegesand universities take
standardizedtests commonly called ACTsand SATs The tests help studentsdemon-
stratethe ability to do collegelevel work. Most collegesuse thesescoresplus the stu-
dents' high school gradesto evaluateapplicants.Thesetests are given severaltimes a
yearthroughoutthe U.S.and in other countries.
1) Studentswhosenativelanguageis not Englishwill probablybe requiredto takethe
TOEFL@ (Testof Englishas a ForeignLanguage) whenthey applyfor admissionto a uni-
versity.Studentscan study for the TOEFL@ and many other standardizedtests by taking
a reviewcourseor by workingindependentlywith a reviewbook or computerprogram.
26 Whenstudentscometo the U.S.aftercompletingsomecollegeworkin anothercoun-
try,they should bring a transcript of previouscollegework and havethosecrediG eval-
uatedby an authorizedorganization. Thetranscriptwill probablyneedto be translated
into English.Studentswho cannot prove that they have completedceftain college
coursescan take some of the CLEP (CollegeLevel ExaminationProgram)tests to
demonstratetheir knowledge-
Standardizedtests are also requiredto apply for admissionto graduateschools.The
counselingoffice of a student'spresent or prospectiveschool can answerquestions
about requirementsfor acceptancetc graduateprograms.
Whatb thegeneralpurpose
of standarilizeil
tcsts?
Lifelong teaming
28 In the U.S.,the educationof adults is a never-endingprocessgoing on in many dif-
ferentplacesfor manydifferentreasons.At least 76 million adults are enrolledin some
type of classes,mostly as part-time students. The maiority of these classesare taken not
for credit but for knowledgethat the student can use on the iob, to pursue a hobby, or
for personalgrowth.Manyemployeestake classesat their workplace.Somecompanies
pay the tuition when an employeegoes back to school to learn a skill that the company
needs.Noncredit programs,commonly called adultduution or nntinuingeduution,are of-
fered in many high schools,colleges,and museums.Thereare also private leaming cen-
ters that offer inexpensiveclassescovering a wide variety of skills and activities.A typi-
cal catalog might have classes in how to cook a Chinese dinnet invest in the stock
market, improve spelling, make friends, or even give your partner a massage.
Education, like everythingelse, takes advantageoftechnology. Thesedays,students
can be home with the family and go to school at the same time. They can take classes
in their living rooms via W. Many schools also offer distance learning-'attending" class
and interacting with professorsand classmatesvia the Intemet. One 97-year-oldman
eamed his Ph.D.that way!
In the U.S.A.,technologyrapidlymakessome skills obsoleteand newonesessential.
Workers at all levels realize that lifelong learning is necessary.Even professional
people--doctors,accountants,dentists,and engineers--<ontinueto study to keep up

rtr--
with changesin their fields.Education,on the collegecampusor elsewhere, is an im,
portantelenrentin the life of an Americanadult.TheAmericandreamof becomingpro-
fessionally
and financiallysuccessful is most often achievedthroughhighereducation
Arrrn You Reao

A. Different Schools, Different Rules
Workwttha partner.Puta check(/) in thecolumnif the stateme
nt accuratelyde scribe
s that
Upe of school.Eachstatement
maybe true of one,two,all,or noneof theschools.
Statements Z-year college 4-year college University

l. You can earr a B.S.
2. You can getfinancial aid to

attend-
3. You can major in liberal arts.
4.'ftere are both public and

private schoolsof this type.
5. This t5pe of school doesn't
chargetuition.
B. Paragraphs That Make Contrasts

Answerthesequestionsusrngcompletesentences.
1. Rereadparagraph7.Wbat two types of schoolsare contrastedhere?
E4plain &e main difference between them.
2. Rereadparagiraph9. What two types of schoolsare ccntrasted here?
What are trnroimportant differences between them?
Educationin the U.S-
l
R. Iheseare the 15 keyvocabulary
reading.Pronouncethesewordsafteryour teacheranddiscusstheirmeanings.
alumni" elective sophomore
anxiety faculty transcript
campus freshman transfert
credit junior tuition
degree senior undergraduate
thesesentenceswiththekey vocabulary
B. Complete words.Makethe nounspluralit
andput eachverb intothecorrecttenseandform.
necessary,
1. A school'sbuildings and the land around them are calledthe school's
2. The first years of college are called (in order) (first)

(second) rhtud) and (fourrh)
years.
3. A student who has not yet earneda bachelor's degreeis called a(n)
4. Pivate schoolsgenerally chargehigfrer than public schools.

5. Astudentearns for a course only if he or shegets a passtng
gradein it.
6. A student who wants to get a master's mustgioto schoolfor
at least 1 or 2 years after getting a bachelor's degree.
' I-
The peoplewho teach at a school are called its
8. Studentstake coursesin their major, and they also Ake
courses.
9. The graduatesof a particular school are tlre school's
10. A(n) is a written record of a studenfs courses,grades,and
credits.
11. Somestudents attend a community collegefor 2 years and then
to a universit5z.
12. Somestudents have a lot of about tests.
*Alumniis plural. The sing;ular form is alumnus.

lTransfer canbe a noun or a verb.

E--
C. Discussthemeaningsof these.abbreviations.
Thenwritein thewords.
1. B.S.
2. B.A.
3. M.S.
4. M.A.
5. Ph.D.
6. TOEFL@
D. CheckV) the thingsthata personcan earn.

1. monev 4. ababy _ 7. collegecredits _
2. a job promotion _ 5. talent _ 8. praise _--
3. a good grade 6. homework _
A. Topic Sentences
Rereadtheparagraphs in each.(Thetopicsentence
listedandlookfor the topic sentence
states themainideaof theparagraph.)Thenwrttethe first two wordsof the topicsentence
on the line afterthe paragraphnumber.
(s) (27)
(tz) (28)
B. Scanning
Scanfte paragraphsindicatedto find specrl?cfacts.
1. Approximately how many collegesand universities are there in the U.S.? (5)
2. How many years of collegec,ana student completeat a community college?(S)
3. What is the higfrest (best) gradethat a collegestudent can get in a course?(72)
10 . HigherEducationin the U.S.

CHAPTER
-----E
lV. Understanding ldioms and Expressions
Use context cluesto determinethe meaningsof the italicizedexpressionsin the title or
paragraphsindicated.On each blank line, write the letter of the correct definition.
l. In the chapter tttle,higher edu.cationmeans

a. graduate school only
b. undergraduate and graduate studies beyond high school
2. Inparagraph2, well-round.edpeople
refersto peoplewho are
a. knowledgeableabout many different things
b. overweigfrt
3. In parafraph 4, taleingadvanqe of means
a. using a goodopportunity
b. using another personfor your benefit
4. Inparagraph 9, stufunt bodgmeans
a. a deadstudent
b. all the students at a particular school
5. In paragraph18, the Latin phrasealma mater referc to
a. the school that a person'smother attended
b. the school that a person attended
6. In paragraph 20, making endsmzetmeans
a. tying two strings together
b. being able to pay for the things you need
Countable and Uncountable Nouns Countablenounshave a singularand a
plural form. An article or a number word can be used before *rem. tlncountabk
nouns have no plural and cannot be precededby a number or by a / an.
Writethe pluralof the four countablenounslrstedbelow.Writea "u" afterthefour wordsf.hat
are alwaysuncountable. For thosethat haveboth countableand uncountablemeanings, g:"ir;:
check(4 and write theplural. Usean ESLdicfionaryfor help.
1. activity 7. faculty
2. alumnus 8. fraternity
3. anxiety 9. freshman
4. campus 10. homework
5. credit 11. knowledge
6. education 12. tuition

@--
Vl. Practicing Sentence'Patterns
Notice the use of the phrases too littk motuelland too nt.uchtime in paragraph 18.
In these phrases, the word too means more (or less) than is needed or wanted. Before
uncountable nouns such as moneq and timc, use too much or too little. Before plural
nouns, use the phrases too many or toofew.
Completethe followingsentenceswith the correct phrase:too many,too much,too few, or

too little.
1. I can't go to the movies with you tonight. I have homework.

2. Joehasjoined school o4ianizations. He doesn't have enough
time to sleep.
3. John spends money on clothes. Then he has
money for food.
4. Only four studentsenrolledin AdvancedStatistics543. That,s
students for ProfessorEinstein to teach the course.
5. Friends are wonderfirl. A person can never have friends.
6. A frrll-time student who also works firll-time probably has
time to do homework.
Vll. Sharingldeas
A. lssues
Discusstheserssuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneand write aboutit.
1. Many crl,llegestudents take out loans to pay tuition and living expenses.
Studentswho attend expensiveundergraduateand graduateschoolsmay end up
with $100,000-$200,000of debt Is it a good idea to borrow that much money
for one's education?What are the pros and cons?
2. Should people who ale paylng for their own or their child's collegeeducationbe
given tax credits to offset someof the e4pense?
3. Is itbetter to go to collegeright after high school or to work or travel for a while
first?
10 . HigherEducationin the U.5.

CHAPTER
----If,
$l
ill B. On a Personal Note
,,.ii
1. Still undecided about your college major? Consult the Occupational Outloolz
Handbook, a U-S. government publication. (Every American library has a copy.)
Read about two careers that interest you. Then compare them. Which one seems
the best choice in terms ofjob opportunities, wages, and benefits? Which one
best matches your abilities and interests? Which one do you think you will
pursue?
2. What are your academic and / or vocational goals? How do you expect to pursue
them?
3. A sun'ey of 260,000 college freshmen revealed that 30% of them had long, tiring
daily schedules and lived under great stress. What can be done to make &e
c.ol7egeyears less stressful, especially for people who are trying to handle school,
work, and family obligtions? What techniques do you use for handlingistress
and reducing anxielv?
::
ii
tl
::

E-
Yacationln in the Lf.S.
Honolulu, Hawaii
St. Louis,Missouri
l
:fitj.':
l ?"*'""' SanFrancisco,
California
N*i?I:.,
' &, " -'4
&; n.
rtr"r
BrronrYou Reeo
t*l
-
*
Discuss
, ,:rj:l 1. If you could vacation anyplacnin the U.S., where would you go?
-l 1*'
2. Whatis the most interestin$placeyou've evervisited?
i
3. Have you ever been to a theme park? If so, tell what you did there.
I @--
I
t
!,
Guess *
Try to answer the questions.Thenlook for the answersln tl"'eft:;.,r;;:;

1. What's the most popular vacation spot in the wol irll 1:
2. What three American cities have the largestpoprilaticns? List ii,:,':r;iir i,,',rer:
a. b.
3. Why has the island of Hawaii been geningbigger in ic.,.i,.;:!
4. What is the English word for a very tall building!
Vacationing in tfu,e{/.$.
Seeing ttre Sights
1 MostAmerican workersreceivean annual vacation r.:f.:l i*i:st two week with l;,.'v,and
it's traditional to use this time off for travel. Americall; ',*q,i113 .::lr-:i;p,i;
i1;1:,.s; 'ri:"r and
money are freeto go 'ii:
almost anywhere.Getting a pas$poreii .: r,.:,tri: ii r,:::'i ;.r i.,r:iions
of Americans vacation abroad each 1'ear,but it's also pos.cihlcic spencia lifetime of va-
cations in the U.S.A.and neverrun out of variety.This ..iii,i;;iriltl:i iji,,.,.:,.r.;i,;:,
lcrne {.: rhe
most-popular U.S.tourist spots.
Sincevacationsareusuallyfamilyaffairs, i;;;1,:1!i;.
themc:,r it,r-:;':r.,1r,,i. i: r,iii ,i-;:,,*;:_, ;,
..;i.,
ing the summer and during the 2-weekschool bre.a$,: surr*;*l,tdingj.ilr' 1-'i1"ir"rr' i::: t:i:ij
New Yea/s holidays.Theseperiods are also the rnost {i*s,iird ;itt , i. J:i:ttl.::-, ,..irJr
expensivetimes to travel,so people who can, usually 'racaticnaf iri jj.:.ii !i;:i:.rl
The automobild is probably the least expensiveway to travel, especiallyfcr tar-rilies.
It is also fairly fust and convenient. The excellent interstate higliv,,;.1, ;j:ril{:ffi {.-.,.i.ri,:-:ri,is
the nation's maior cities and makes travel easy with its rnany mntels *nqJre:;t,:r-tants.
Tourists in a hurry often fly to their desdnation ancJreni a cai when ! ir,::y- u,,;rij i r:, ,:, :|:
Camerasinhand,Americanssightseewithgreatenthusiit::nl"i'i;i..n rlr,;,11.,:;:.q :',,.;,,,, ii'
.,ti
well equipped to bore their neighborswith snapsh*ts, slides,ancJr r:i ...ii..j,,:r_r:, :,:i:._,.,.,i,
.: ii
offwhere thefve been and what they've done.
Wftendo mwt Ameriun familiesgoawaAon vamtioyi?_
Visiting lbeme Parks

5 One important American contribution to vaca'rie;iriuii i:, ii-ii:rt-l+erirr :,.r,, ..:
parks are a variation on the outdoor entertainment complexes cailed anrnxrsemera'a p:rr!:s,
which were so popular from the 1890sto the 1960s.i,ikclrail"!ijrr;.riri{::r{
ir3iii:i , ,. ,
:h::t'r,,,
UNIT4 . FunandGames
E--
havecarnivalgames,rides,shows,displays,shops that sell souvenirs,and restauranrs
and food stands.But theme parkstend to be much largerand more high-techthan the
older amusementparks. Furthermore,they are not iust assortedoutdoor activitiesin
one location.Theyare developedaround a theme or idea,such as Americanor regional
history,marine life, water sports,or Africansafaris.Many are quite educationalas well
as entertaining.Theme parks have great appeal to people of all agesand are often a
familys primaryvacationdestination.As a result,Americanamusementand theme
parkscombinedtake in about $7 billion a year!
6 Walt Disney,the famous Americancartoonistand filmmaker,started it all in 1955
whenhe openedthe first theme park,Disneyland,near los Angeles,Califomia.lts theme
is children'sstories,specificallythose that were made into Disneyanimatedfilms. Dis-
ney cartooncharacterssuch as MickeyMouseand Donald Duckare also featured.
7 Disneyland's greatsuccessinspiredthe buildingof parkselsewhere in the U.S.and Eu-
rope.Thelargestis Walt DisneyWorld,the most popularvacationspot in the world This
complexcovers43 squaremilesnearOrlando,Florida.It includesfour majorthemeparks
plusseveralminorones.First,there'sthe MagicKingdom,whichis similarto Disneyland.
In addition to the wonderfulrides,visitors love its amazingmechanicalfiguresthat ap-
pear in manyexhibits---everything from dancing,singingbearsto a life-sized,gesturing,
speech-givingAbraham Lincoln. The second park, Epcot Cenier,contains two main sec-
tions: Future World highlights technologiesof the future; World Showcasefeaturesthe
architectune, crafts,food, and entertainmentof I I nations. The third park, Disney-MGM
Studios, has Hollywood movie-making as its theme. The newest park-Animal King-
dom-has about 1,000animals,includingsomerareand endangeredones.TheWalt Dis-
ney World complex includes four lakesand about 100restaurants.lt's impossible to see
and do everythingin Walt DrsneyWorld, even in severaldays.A visitor needstwo impor-
tant things-a pair of comfortable shoes and the patience to stand in long lines.
8 Disneyis not the only Americancompanyin the theme park business.Six Flagshas
l4 theme parksand 3 water park acrossthe U.S.Six FlagsGreatAmerica (near Chicago)
has two themes-regions of the U.S.and comic strip characters.Six Flagsover Texas(in
Arlington, Texas)focuses on the history of Texasand the U.S. Many theme parks are
combinations of amusement parksand zoos. In some (such as GreatAdventure in Jack-
son, New fersey,and BuschGardensin Tampa,Florida),animals roam freely on huge
areasof land and tourists drive or ride trains through the tenitory. Marine animal theme
parks (such as Sea World in Orlando, Florida, and San Diego, Califomia) have live dol-
phin shows.Around the country,there are many smallertheme parks built around water
activities, where swimmers can cool off on water slides and in wave pools.
J
I
What'sa themeparft?
l
Wftatarexme ilifferenttApesof themeparfrs?
.J
't
Sightseeing in the Eastern Cities

It
9 The nation's maior cities are among the most popular tourist attractions.New York
I
City,with a population exceeding7 million, is the largestcity in the U.S.With a magnif-
icent natural harbor and more than 500 miles of waterfront,it is also the largestport in
,l
--Er
CHAPTERI1 . Vacationingin the U-5.
; li
.l
the world. The city has five sections,calledborougfrs. The best-known,and in manyways
most important,boroughis Manhattan,the commercial,cultural.and financialcenter
of the city. Manhattanis an island connectedto the other boroughslBrooklyn,the
Bronx,Oueens,and StatenIsland)by bridges,tunnels,and ferries
10 All year touristscrowdthe streetsand hotelsof Manhattan.Theyvisit the skyscrap-
ers,particularlythe EmpireState Building,one of the tallest skyscrapers in the world.
Its 102floors reacha heightof 1,250feet (381meters).Touristsvisit museumsand art
galleries,shcp in the city'sdepartmentstoresand specialtyshops,and dine in elegant
restaurants.Other attractionsare the United Nations building, the New york StockEx,
change,RockefellerCenter,and the MetropolitanOpera.This world-famousoperacom-
panyperformsat LincolnCenterfor the PerformingArts,a group of buildingsthat also
housesconcerthalls,theaters,and the luilliardSchoolof Music,Drama.and Dance.
11 Live entertainmentis plentifulin New YorkCity.ln addition to its many nightclubs
for musicand comedy,the city is the nation'smost importantareafor theater.playsper-
formed"on Broadway"(in the largermidtownManhattantheatersnearthe streetcalled
Broadway) often involve famous playrurights,producers,and performers,Smaller"off-
Broadway"theaters feature less well known actors and sometimes more experimental
productions.
12 New York City is also the home of a famous symbol-the Statue oi Liberty.This
enormousfigure of a woman has been standingin New York Harborsince 1886.lt was
designed by two Frenchmen-the exterior by Fr6d6ric-AugusteBartholdi and the inte-
rior by Alexandre-GustaveEiffel (creator of the Eiffel Tower in Paris)-and given to the
United Statesbythe Frenchgovemment.The Statueof Liberty is one of the largeststat-
ues in the world. Its height (from the tip of its torch to the baseof the pedestal)is about
305 feet (93 meters),and its weight exceeds200 tons ( lSl,8l8 kg).The statue symbol-
izesAmericanfreedomand opportunity.Yearsago,it welcomednearlyallAmerican im-
migrantsas they arrived in the United Statesby ship. Today,tourists take a l5-minute
ferryboat ride to Liberty Island to get a closer look at the figure. Some even take the
long climb up the stairs inside the statueto reachthe viewingplatform below its crown.
13 Vacationersinterested in American history and government find the eastern part of
the country fascinating.tn Washington,D.C.,the nation's capitat, visitors can watch
Congressin action in the Capitol,attend a sessionof the SupremeCourt, and tour the
White House, the home of the president.The Smithsonian Institution, with its many
museums and art galleries,offers much of historical interest. Its exhibits include gowns
of the First Ladies and the Wright brothers' first airplane. In Washington,there are also
magnificent monumenb to see. Most impressive are the memorials honoring presi-
dents Washington,fefferson,Lincoln,and FranklinDelano Roosevelt.
14 One sad but beautiful monument is the Vietnam VeteransMemorial. lt is a V-shaped
blackgranite wall bearingthe names of 58,000Americanskilled or missing in Vietnam.
It was designed by a young Chinese-Americanarchitecture student named Maya Un.
15 ForAmericanhistorybuffs,the Easthas other interestingcities as well. Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, is the site of the building wherethe U.S.Constitutionwas signedin 1787.
Boston, Massachusetts,has many colonial landmarks.In Virginia, there is colonial
Williamsburg,with its 88 restoredeighteenth-and early-nineteenth-century buildings
UNIT4 . Funand Games

@
and hundredsof costumed"residents"dressedin clothing typical of the Revolutionary
period.
Z'i*U**,;
lComindsr&n Whatareslme structures
of histnrical
interestin the East?
Visiting the Midwest

16 Chicago,long known as the "SecondCity,"becarrrethe nation'sthird-largestcity in
terms of population in 1982,when LosAngelessurpassedit. With a populationof almost
3 million, Chicagoremainsthe largestcity in the Midwest and the most interestingone
as well. Touristscome to Chicagoto visit its many fine theaters,restaurants,museums,
and stores.Thecitys Outer Driveexpressway along lake Michigangivesvisitorsa scenic
view of the beaches,harbors,parks,and skyscrapers.The ci!y's most famous skyscraper
is SearsTower,the tallest building in the U.S.-1,454 feet (443 meters)hieh. Chicagois
also famous for its modem architectureand impressiveworks of outdoor sculpture by
intemationally known artists, including Pablo Picassoand AlexanderCalder.Other major
attractions are the Museum of Scienceand Industry,with its exhibits showing applica-
tions of scienceto industry and BuckinghamFountain, the worlds largestlighted foun-
tain, which is a beautiful multicolored sight on a summer evening.
17 St. Louis, the largestcity in Missouri,is on the west bank of the Mississippi,the na-
tion's longest river. During the 1800s,St. Louis was considered the gatewayto the West.
Today,tourists visiting the city cannot miss the beautiful GateweyArch {the nation's
tallest monument), designedby Eero Saarinen.Rising 630 feet (192 meters),it domi-
nates the ci!y's skyline.Inside the arch, there are small cars that carryvisitors to the top.
t8 On the western edge of the Midwest, in a section of the country often called the Great
Plains,is South Dakota,home of Mount Rushmore.Here,carvedinto the rocksare enor-
mous heads of four great American presidents: Washington, Jefferson,Lincoln, and
Theodore Roosevelt.The headsare so big that they are visible from 62 miles away!
mentioneil
Nametfireeverylargestructures in this*ction.
Visiting tlre South

19 One of the most popularAmerican vacation states is Florida. Its tropical climate and
beautiful sand beaches make it a year'round vacationland. Florida is ideal for water
sports and for sightseeingas well. BesidesWalt Disney World and other theme parks,
tourists come to see the Everglades,one of the largest and most interesting swamp
areasin the world, with its many unusualplants and birds; the fohn F KennedySpace
Center on Cape Canaveral;and St. Augustine, the oldest permanent European settle'
ment in the U.S.A.
--E
CHAPTER| 1 . Vacationingin the U.S.
New Orleans,Louisiana,a port city with exoticappeal,is locatedon the Mississippi
Rivernear the Culf of Mexico.lt containsmanv remindersof Old Europeand the Old
South. The famous FrenchOuarter,the Mardi Cras festival,and the Creoles(French-
speakingdescendants of earlyEuropeansettlers)all givethe citl,an internationalflavor.
New Orleansis the birthplaceof iazzand also celebratesanotherform of uniquely
Americanmusic-"Dixieland."
El cr,..ivn* 'What
Compiblenslon arefourfamoustouristsitesin Florida?
Westward, Ho!
21 The West attracts tourists with vastly different tastes.The Rockylv,lountains of Col-
oradodraw skiersand snowmobiiers. Thecasinosand nightclubsof LasVegas,Nevada,
attract vacationerswho enjoy gambling and big-nameentertainment.And the national
parks in the West are a popular destination for vacationersinterested in beautiful
scenery,natural wonders,and wildlife. The Grand Canyon in Arizonaattractsabout 5
million visitors a year.Its huge,colorful rock formations are 277 miles long, l7 miles
across,and more than a mile deep at the lowest point. The nation's largestnational
i? park-Yellowstone--<oversabout 3,500squaremiles in Wyoming,Montana,and ldaho.
t
Yellowstone contains the world's greatest geyserarea,as well as spectacular waterfalls.
i T\ro other popular nationalparksin the Westare GlacierNational Parkin Montanaand
Yosemitein California.
l
ti
22 Califomia offers a wealth of vacation experiences,especiallyfor families.Because
rl
there is so much to see along Califomias PacificCoast,travelersoften fly there,then
",;
rent a car and drive up or down the mountain highwayalongsidethe ocean,stoppingat
interestingcities and towns along the way, including, of course,Los Angelesand San
Francisco.
23 Most Califomia tourists want to see Los Angeles (L.A.),the nation'ssecond-largest
city. One section of L.A.-Hollywood-is the home of the American movie industry-
People interestedin films can spend a day at the UniversalMovie Studiosand get an
idea of how movies are made. Driving around to see the fabulous homes of movie stars
is another favorite L.A. pastime. So is shopping (or iust looking) in the elegant shops on
Rodeo Drive, where its easyto find a $3,000suit if you happen to need one.
24 San Franciscois one of the hilliest and most cosmopolitanof Americancities.Situ-
ated between the PacificOceanand San FranciscoBay,San Franciscois the leadingsea-
port of the Pacific Coast. Ships come and go beneath its beautiful Golden Gate Bridge.
Cable cars clang loudly as they climb the citys steep hills. San Franciscois famous for
its bridges, cable cars. breathtaking scenery and fine dining-seafood on Fishermans
Wharf and Asian cuisine in Chinatown. And San Franciscovisitors usually take a drive
up to Muir Woods to see the giant sequoia (coastal redwood) trees. This type of tree is
among the Earth'soldest and tallest living things. Some Califomiasequoiasare more
than 2,000yearsold and taller than a 3O-storybuilding!
25 For travelers with the time and money to go even farther west, the country's newest
states-Alaska and Hawaii----offer many wonders. Northwest of the U.S.mainland is

E--
Alaska,an amazingland of contrasts.To startwith, it is the largeststatein landareabut
one of the smallestin population.It is more than twicethe sizeof Texas,but its popu-
lation is only about 600,000.About 54,000of its residentsare of Asiandescent-lnuits
(Eskimos)and Aleuts.Alaska'sclimateand geographyare also quite varied.lts sights
includesmokingvolcanoes,grassyplains,rain forests,about 3 million lakes,100,000
glaciers,and many high mountainsincludingMount McKinley,the highestmountain
in North America.In some areas,the winter temperaturecan go down as low as -80" F
(-{2' C). In the northemmostpart of Alaska,the sun doesn't set for 80 days in the sum-
mer; and for 50 days in the winter,it doesn't rise. Understandably,
tourists tend to visit
Alaskain the summet when they can enjoythe milderweatherand endlessdaylight.
An Alaskan glacier
26 Hawaii lies in the PacificOceanabout 2.000miles west of the U.S.mainland. It is

made up of 20 tropical islands,including8 major ones.The most denselypopulatedis-
land is Oahu,wherethe capital city of Honolulu is located.Oahu'sWaikik Beach,lined
with hotels and apartmenthouses,is an intemational tourist affraction.The scenicis-
land of Hawaii,almost twice the sizeof the others combined,has tall mountain peak,
forests,waterfalls,and the worlds most activevolcano (Kilauea).Since1983,this island
has grown more than 70 acres,thank to the lava flow from Kilauea.The nation's fiftieth
state has a diversepopulation,including many residentsof fapanese,Filipino,and Chi-
nesedescent.
-t anil Hawaii.
theclimatcsin Alasfta
Compare
Planning a Vacation
27 Whenplanning a vacation,what do peoplewant most?A changeof scene.Folkswho
live in small towns or rural areasare eagerto see big cities.On the other hand,for this
_t
l1 . Vacationingin the U.S.

CHAPTER
E
nation'surbanpopulation,the changeof scenedesiredmay be orp::r'::- ,-.-,, ': , i f h n a -
ture,the greatoutdoors.Thereare manywaysto enjoy natul, r Vd5t
(and usuallycrowded)nationalparks.Somefamiliesrent summe-:!:.,iii.:ril, . . '' "i p n -
ming and boating facilities.Some camp out (sleepoutdoc;:; ir Lc,;J: : Ld
houseboatand cruisedown the Mississippi.Duderanchesin tho ril,'i:{:,

r,: ' , . , , ho
l o v e h o rs e s o rw a n tto l e a rnhow tori de.R esortscatertovaci ri ,,.:i r,i ,.,,:r,,,,:,, ., . r F[
and good meals,alongwith accessto tennis,golf,swimmingfeiiiiir.r,,. ..,: , ,.ln
spaces.
28 Howcan one plan the perfectvacation?Guidebooksand traveiifli?{r,:,:,ir,- ,:i ,::,,. :'a S.
Statetourist bureauswill gladlysend information.Ttavelagenii: :;,1,: :,: , , : .:'i t
with adviceand reservations. i, j .: .,
But the besttraveltips of all probau:,..:,..,, I , rf
mouth,from peoplewho havebeenthere.So, if you'replanningan Arie i i..,-jt.: , r,-. r On ,

askAmericansabout their favoritespot.You'llget an earful,slnno rr.;th,',:r-::c, .., l. rf
photos to look at.
ArrenYou Reeo
A. ff you wantedto see thesetouristattractions, wouldlou grJ: :':.,.t:-l,t* itdtfl€af z;
v,there
cttyor state.Forsome,ftere is more thanone answer.Lookbackjs,lit,: ;. . -, ,. ., ' , ,
if necessary.
1. the tallest building in the U.S.:
2. trees among the tallest on Earth:
3. a Slacier:
4. thLeStatue of Libertv:
5. a Mardi Gras carnival:
6. the Gateway Arch:
7. the Kennedy SpaceCenter:
8. the world's most active volcano:
9. a colonial city:
10. a dolphin show:
B. Rereadparagraph25. Findthree Naskancontasts mentjon*!:i

them.
1.
).
3.
UNIT4 o Funand Games

@
C. Accordingto paragraph27, whatis the most importantbenefitthatmost Americans
look
for whentheygo on vacation?
ll. BuildingYourVocabulary
A- Ihese are the 15 key vocabulary
wordsfor this chapter.Theyare boldfaced
in the
reading.Pronounce thesewordsafteryour teacherand discusstheirmeanings.
n.amusement q,.filofltrfir€Ilt 4statue
architecture passport r surrounding
destination 1 sculpture { theme
r gambling l souvenir tourist
t glacier spectacular volcano
B. Completethesesentenceswithsomeof thekey vocabulary

if necessary.
1. The of Liberty is a very large figure of a woman.
2. The Statue of Liberty is on Liberfy Island, so there is water
it.
3. A statueis a(n) of a human being or an animal.
a. A(n) mightbe sculpture or architecture. It is built to
rememberand honor someoneor someevenl
). This plane stops in Philadelphia,but its final is Boston.
6. There are inboth Alaska and Hawaii.
7. Las Vegas,Nwad4 is the place to go ifyou like
8. Beforethe 1950s,the U.S.had parks with rides and games,
but the activities were not tied togetherby a common theme.
9. Disney World's Ma$c Kingdom is a(n) park with children's
storybook and film characterstyin$ to$ether most of the activities.
10. Did you bringihome a lot of from your trip to New York?
C. T\vo more homonJrursare capial and capitaLUse capinlwhen \^niting about the
buikling where statelawmakers meeL Use Capinl for the building in which the
U.S. Congfressmeetsin Washington,D.C. U* capinlfor all other meanings.
Nowwritethecorrectwordin eachsentence.
1. Every state in the U.S. has its own city, which is the seatof
its government.
(continuzd on the nact page)
_M
CHAPTERI I . Vacationingin the U.5.
2. Washington,D.C.,is the of the U.S.
3. Congress
meetsthere in the alarge white building with a
domedtop.
4. Note that the word Capitol begins with a letter.
lll. SharpeningReading Skills

A. Making Inferences
in eachof thesepassages?
Whatis suggested
1. The last sentence inparagraph 7 tells the reader to wear comfortable shoes to
walt Disney world. what is implied (suggested,
hinted at) by that advice?
2. In the last sentencein paragraph23, the authors mention a $3,000suit. what

ate they implying about RodeoDrive?
3. In the last sentenceof paragraph23,whatare the authors implying about the

tJryicalAmerican tourist?
B. Map-Reading Practice
1. Ona map of the U.S., point outCalifornia,Florida,the Atlanficand PacificCoasts,the
Mississrbpi
River,theGreatLakes,the stateof washington, and washington, D.c.
2. Ona map of the wodd, locateAlaskaand Hawaii.Whereis Alaskain relationto Canada?

Usetfiefollowing
expressionsto complete
thesentence
s below.Thenumbers in parentheses
givetheparagraphsin whichfte expressions
are used.Puteachverbintothecorrecttense
andform.
{ as well as (5) *First Lady (13) {, time otr (1)
l big-name (21) a get an earful ( 23) q word of mouth (28)
change of senne{27) r show off (a)
^
l. Everyone enjoys going away on vacation becauseit provides a(n)
2. My friend told me to visit Florida. I got the advice to go there by
UNIT4 r Fun and Games

@
3. In New York Cify, I saw the Statue of Liberty
the Empire State Buiiding.
4. I don't have to work tomorrow morning. My boss gave me some
5. The wife of a U.S. presidentis calledthe

6. A(n) entertainer is someone famous and
verywell-known.
7. John drove to our house to his new car.
8. When I visited Aunt Marv. about her
recent trip.
A. Compound Word Hunt
In this chapter,there are more than 30 compoundwords. A compoundwordismade
up of two completewords.
Erample sidewalk (side + walk) wildlife (wikl + life)
Workingwithtwo ctassrnates,scanthearticle(in 6 minttes)and seehowmanycompound
wordsyou can find. Put eachgroup'slist on the board,and seewhichteamfoundthe most
words.Thenpronounceand dlscussthe meaningsof the words.Comparetlrc meaningof
eachcompoundwordwih the meaningsof the wordsusedseparately.Note,for example,
ftatwildfife (a compoundwordJhasa qiite differentmeaningfrom wild life (tuo words).
B. The Prefixes inter-, intra-, and sgb-

Studytfre meaningsof theseword parts.Ihen discussthe answersto the questionsbelow
witha partner.
inter- : between, among intra- : within
sub- : under, below, stightly
1. Wonld anintercity bus line travel within one city orbetween different cities?
2. Would a ship called a submarinctravel under ttre water or only on top of it?
3. What kind of weather would you expectin a vhtropiral re$ofr
4. What's the difference between an intrastate and an interstatehighway?
--E
t t . Vacationingin the U.S.
CHAPTER
L-
Vl. Practicing SentencePatterns
Superlativestatementstell aboutsomethingthat is the mast,best,l.east,
l.vii/.iJ,j.?llr..ri
and so on of a groupof things,animals,or peoplaMany superlafii.t,rr{itfi:i-i:'.-ii.:,r.,rr,
in this chapter,includingexamplesin paragraphs3,7, 10,lZ, 7G,lT, Ig, Z\. Li,:ai.i,
25. and28.
1. Writedownfiveof thesestafements on a separatepieceof paper.Putthemintotwo
groups:thoseustngthe shortpattern(thetalles0and thoseusrngff,t ;iri:-:r,.,,ir-.,:,
i':r:i:
mostinteresting
or the leastinteresting).
2. Writeyour own superlative onein each pattern.
sentences,
short pattern:
long pattern:
Vll. Sharing ldeas
A. lssues
theseissuesin smallgroups.Thenchoose
Debate oneandwriteabat:iil.
1. What'sthe main purposeof a vacation?Shouldit provid* res! fur. ,:ew
experiences,
or some*ring!
else?
l. Ilnafl,ne this family a4fumenl TheJohnson family is trying to plan a rrdirl;r
vacation. Dadwants to go skiing in Colorado. Mom wants tetJi.,:r.i; ii1r,i:r.::irtr
f,, .,,1
southem Florida The teenagedaughter wants the family t{i tr.:i;::i,4i:,,:ir;,i:
canpracfren her Spanish.The teena$eson wants to stay h<rr,aea;--rd 1.-;;.:
"ci:,,rrid
vacation "hanging out" with his friends. How can this famitrv rrirJ:icir q-i.;i:j;,i,.-;r:
everyone will like?
B. On a Pensonal Note
1. Vacationscanbe divided into two tnain types:seeingor doing. V"rhii,:l:g1.r-'i,r,r
prefer-sigfttseeing or goingsomewhereto e4joy someacfivip;!]f;,r";rr)*iril-i;tii,..1
involve both- Describea vacation you took or plan to take in tenns oi scri;i:":
and/ ot doing.
2. Tell about the best vacation you ever had.
3. Readabout aplacn,you'dlike to visit in the U.S. Look in e**yt1+piCi*r,
guidebooks,and travel magazines.Write about what intcrc$f$ ',:c,uihr: ;i'i*ri
about this place.
UNIT4 . Fun and Games

IU--
Leisrlre-Time
Activities
TEIE S.ATU\DAY
Norman Rockwell'spainting, "Be a Man"
BrronrYou RrRo
Discuss
1. What are your favorite leisure-time activities?
2. C,omparebaseballand tennis. In whatways are they similar? How are they
different?
3. What are somenoncompetitive sports?
L
a
-1il
Guess .5
:i

Thenlook for the answers
in thereading.
.;-
j
1. what's the most popuiar form of exercisein the u.s. today?check (/) one: +
'.:l
- swimming - golf - walking

2. Approximately how long is a standard marathon race?check (/) one: ,.1
f
- 10 miles - 26 miles - 40 miles ':

3. what do all thesehave in common: cars,bicycles,horses,dogs,and pigs? r.-
,!:
Leisare-Time Activitie s
1 At one time, leisure meant resting,relaxing,doing nothing,sitting on the front porch
swing and watching the world go by.Today,however,mostAmericans crowd a lot of ac-
tivities into their so-called leisure time. They may perform these activities to become
physicallyfit, learn something new, do something creative,bring the family closer
to-
gether,or havea great adventure.Having fun, of course,is another goat. But manyAmer-
icans take their leisure pursuits quite seriously; they hope these activities will enrich
their lives in some way.
The Big Tbree of Ame$can Team Sports

2 Team sports appeal to Americans' love of socializingand competing. The most pop-
ular team sports in the U.S.A.-baseball, football, and basketball-are both spectator
sports and participatory sports. Boys and girls begin playing softball (a game similar to
baseball but with a bigger softer ball) when they are about 9 or t0 years old. In high
school and college, football and baseball are played primarily by boys and men, and
basketball is played by both sexes.
3 Baseballis often calledthe nationalpastime.Peoplefrom othercountriessometimes
wonder why Americansenioy this sport so much. "lt's dull," they say...Mostof the time,
the playersare iust standing still, waiting for someoneto hit the ball.'And that's true.
But hitting that ball is quite a challenge.A pitch thrown by a professional pitcher usu-
ally travels more than 90 miles ( | 45 kilometers) an hour. Hitting a ball thrown that fast
is a difficult challengefor any athlete, so when a batter hits the ball out of the ball park
(a home run!), the fans scream and cheer.The professional baseball seasonends with
the World Series, seven games played between the nation's top two teams. As with
championshipfootball, fans sometimespay hundredsof dollars for a ticket to a World
Seriesgame. But those that watch the games at home on W probably see them better.

g
Football involvesknockingdown a playerwho is trying to carry the ball down the
field.Althoughplayersweara'lot of paddingand other protectivegeat iniuriesarefairly
common. Versionsof the game that involve less physical contact-flag football and
touch football-are played by teams enioyingthe sport iust for fun and exercise.
As a spectatorsport, football is extremelypopular especiallyamong men. Women
sometimescall themselves"football widows"because,during the football season,their
boyfriendsor husbandsare either at the stadium or glued to the TV set. Both college
football (playedon Saturdayaftemoons)and professionalfootball lplayeCon Sunday
afternoonsand Monday nights) attract huge audiences.At the end of the collegefoot-
ball season,the best teams compete in Bowl games.The day's festivitiesare colorful
and exciting, involving paradeswith floats and marching bands. Bowl games attract
huge crowds and big W audiences.The professionalfootball season ends with the
SuperBowl,the game betweenthe country'stop two teams.More than 130million peo-
ple worldwide watch it on TV.lt is the most watchedTV show in the world. Becauseof
this huge audience,advertiserspay about 52 million for a 30-secondadvertisement!
Note that the gameAmericanscallfootball is not what Europeanscallfootball.To Amer-
icans,that game is soccer. Soccetthe world's most popular sport, the national sport of
most Europeanand Latin Americancountries,has not been a great successin the U.S.
as a professionalsport. Howevet it is one of the fastest-growingteam sports in U.S.el-
ementaryand high schoolsand is also a popular collegesport.
While baseballand footballare playedoutdoors (or in huge enclosedstadiums),bas-
ketball is the world s most popular indoor sport. Variations of the game are also played
informally outdoors. Nearly everypark in the U.S.has a basketball net and hard-surface
playing area, and many American homes have a basketballnet outdoors. In the U.S.
there are 29 professicnal men'steams. In addition, women's professional basketballhas
been growing in popularity. Basketballis also played competitively by hieh school and
college students.
professional basketball players make almost impossible shots look easy and grace-
ful. MichaelJordan,the formerChicagoBulls player,becamefamousworldwidebecause
of his achievementson the basketballcourt. lordan's l3-yearcareereamings(his salary
for playingplus earningsfor endorsingproductsin ads) exceeded$300million! Is it any
wonder that almost everytall American boy hopes to grow much taller and eventually
play professional basketball?
Whatare the threemostpopularteamsports

in the U.S-?
betweenBowl
Whafsthe dif{erence gamesanil theSuperBowI?
Otltq Popular Sports

9 Americans know that athletics is good for the body and the mind. Thosewho are se-
rious about exercisingcan find all kinds of activities to do, everythingfrom winter sports
to water sports. Some are safe,tame, and not very strenuous. Others require speedand
great endurance.Some even require courage.ManyAmericans spend a lot of money on
CHAPTER12 . Leisure-Time
Activities
IT
equlpment and instructionto participatein sports they enioy.Others talk about exer-
cising more but neverget around to it.
' t0 One sport that can be playedfrom about age l0 to l l0 is golf This popularsport is
played all year except when the ground is coveredwith snow. Doctors highly recom-
mend it for mild exercise,and they often practicewhat they preach."Don't get sickon a
wednesday,"people joke.Thats doctors' traditional day off, and supposedlythey,reall
on the golf course.The achievementsof Americangolfer TigerWoods havebeenan in-
spiration to golferseverywhere.He won the MastersTournamentin 1997,at the age of
2l, and is still ranked the world's best golfer. He's also a one-man representativeof
Americanmulticulturalism.His ethnic backgroundis a blend of African-American, Na-
tive American,Chinese,European,and Thail
t1 Another sport that is not extremelystrenuousand appealsto a wide age range is
bowling.About 43 million people bowl in the u s. Many bowling leagues
lgrou[s of
teams that compete againsteach other) are formed by coworkersor membersof com-
munity organizations.
Tennis,p|ayedbymi|lionsthroughouttheworld,isalsopopu|arintheU.S.|tis
playedall year,indoors or out, and providesa veryvigorousworkout.When two people
.;
are playingagainsteachothet it's called singles; when four play {two teams of two play- *
ers each),rt's callcCdoubles.
As with other maior sports,top professionaltennis players =--
win a lot of money and becomefamous. .:
13 Americans also enioy winter sports on snow or ice. Skiing attracts both indMduals i
and families. (lt's not unusualto see 4-year-oldsstarting their skiing lessons.)In flatter
li-
areasof the country, "mountains"are artificiallycreated and coveredwith artificial snow.
Skiers also go to resorts with real mountains in places such as Aspen, Colorado. Ice- -.
l
skating, indoors and outdoors, is also popular. Hockey (the national sport of Canada)is €-
a popular team sport for boys in the U.S.,too. Cirls, however,are more likely to enioy
:.
figureskating (doing variousdifficult maneuverson ice).
14 The newest categoryof sports is called extremesporfs. These are risky activities involv-
ing speed, high skill, and danger.They include daredeviltricks on snowboards,skate-
boards, and bicycles;parachute jumps off bridges or cliffs; bungee
iumping; barefoot
waterskiing; and skydivlng. Most Americans consider extreme sports enthusiasts ex-
tremely foolish. However,others see them as carrying on the traditional pioneering,ad-
venturous spirit that enabled Americansto conquer a wildemess.
0
Whataresomeimportnntilifferences golfand tennis?
between
Exercise and the Gr:eat Outdoors

15 Some people get their exerciseat health clubs, which have exerciseequipment and
exerciseclasses.Othersequip their homes with treadmills and weightsto work out in
their bedroom or family room.
16 Can people exercisewhile sitting down? Of course! They can use stationary bicycles

i.:i E|
!
or regularbicycles(nearlyeveryAmericanchild hasone).Othersit-downoutdoorsports
are motorcycling,snowmobiling,and ridinga wave-runner(on water).
17 Can one exercisewithout expensiveequipment?Yes,indeed.Walking,running,and
ioggingare also popular waysof keepingfit. In fact,walkingis the most popular form of
exercisein the U.S.Someshoppingmallsopen earlyto allow membersof walkingclubs
to exerciseand window-shopat the sametime. Beforegoing to work,many Americans
go iogging,using park trails or just runningaround the block.Runnerswith greaten-
durancecan enter marathonraces(approximately26 miles, or 42 kilometers,Iong).
t6 Some Americanswant to get away from urban life and get backto nature.Theygo
hiking,camping,boating,or fishing.Theyenioywaterskiingon a quiet lakeor scubadiv-
ing in the ocean.And some,despitethe disapprovalof animal lovers,communewith
natureby huntingsmallanimals(suchas ducksand rabbits)or largeones (suchas deer
and bear).About l6 million Americansget hunting licenseseachyear.Finally,many
Americansenioy the greatoutdoorsat home by takingcareof their lawnsand gardens.
Z* r *
. What are sl:ne activitiesto get exerciseand enioy the outdoorsat the sametime?
Live Entertainment for Every Taste

19 In 1996,while Americansspent $6.4billion to attend sportingevents,they spent an-
other $9.3 bill,on on theater,opera, and classicalmusical performances.Rock music
concertsalso attract millions of people,especiallyduring the summer,when manycon-
certs are held in huge gutdoor areas. Many Americans are ^rot satisfied to be merely
spectators and listeners. Amateur performances, many of excellent quality, can be
found all over the U.S.on any weekend.Theatergroups, orchestras,and bands easilyget
enough volunteersto produce fine music and theater for the local community at very
reasonableprices.
20 Entertainmentinvolvinganimals is popular in many places.Most biggercities have
zoos and aquariums.Circusestravel around the country bringing excitementwhen they
come to town. And then there are rodeos,a form of entertainment popular in the Amer-
ican Southwest, Latin America, and Australia. Among other activities at rodeos, cow-
boys (and cowgirls) demonstrate their skills by climbing atop wild horses and bulls-
for very short rides!
21 Animals also provideentertainmentand an opportunity to lose moneyquicklyat the
racetrack Americans race horses,dogs, pigeons, even pigs! Racesare just one common
form of gambling in a country with a great many other opportunities to do so. Fifty years
ago, racetracksand Nevadacasinoswere almost the only forms of legal gambling in the
U.S.Today,37 states have lottery games, and 22 states have gambling casinos on Na-
tive American reservations.Many states have riverboat gambling casinos.There is also
informal gambling among friends and coworkers,including bets on maior sporting
eventsor Fridayeveningpokergames.Altogether gamblingin the U.S.is a multibillion-
dollar industry.
CHAPTER12 . Leisure-TimeActivities
E
t
A
Z ,*.* roun
Oomlrehenslon
Namesomeplaceswherepeoplecango to seeanimalsin action.
#
{
Picture and Sound
22 By far the most popularleisure-timeactivityis watchingtelevision.Thereis at least
one TV set in 98%of Americanhouseholds,and many have two or three.About g2/oof
Americanhomes havea videocassetterecorder(VCR),which is capableof recordingand
=-
playingbackTV showsor movies.
23 What'son TV?Afternoon programmingconsistsmostly of game shows,talk shows,
and never-endingdramascommonly called soaplperas.For children, daytime 1y offers
I
-
;
cleverprogramsthat educatewhileentertaining. Thereare also a lot of cartoons.At din-
ner time, newsis broadcast.Eveningentertainmentconsistsmostlyof situationcome-
dies (sitcoms),which portraysomeaspectof life (families,singles,seniors,and so on)
in a humorousway. Thereare also movies,adventureshows, dramas.and vanous
weeklyshowswith the samecast of charactersand generaltheme but a differentstory
each week.
24 For those who want more W than the free stations provide, cable1y is availablein
most parts of the country.To receivecable TV,one must pay a monthly subscription fee.
Wires are attached to the W set to enable the subscriber to receivethe cable broad-
casts.Cable channels tend to specializein one type of program. There are stations for
news,sports,movies,music videos,business,health,history and the arts.
25 TV,at its best, is entertaining and educational. However,there are two problems:
Most viewerswatch too much, and the quality {especiallyon the free stations) is often
poor. How much is too much? Studies indicate that the averageAmerican watchesW
about 28 hours a week. (Childrenwatch about 20 hours; older women are up to 42
hours.) According to one study in 1950,American l4-year-olds had a vocabularyof
25,000words, but today's children the same age know only t0,000 words. The reasonfor
the decreasemay be that TVtakes up a lot of leisure time kids once spent reading.Tech-
nology will continue to offer consumers bigger TV screens and clearer pictures at af-
fordable prices. Moreover,W of the future will be more interactive. (Viewerswill have
more control over the action.) Better technical quality may encourageviewersto watch
even more-and, some say,become even less physically fit and more ovenveight.
26 And what about quality? On the commercial networks especially,many shows are
silly, trite, in poor taste, or extremelyviolent. By the age of 18,the typical American has
seen 40,000killings on TV and in movies combined. Does all this fake bloodshed cause
some teens to commit real violent crimes? Some people think theres a connection.
American TV has eamed the insulting nicknames"boob tube" and "idiot box." But for
those who want to avoid either too much W or bad TV,the solution is simple: Click the
"off'button.
27 Moviesare anothercommonsourceof entertainment,viewed in theatersorat home.
TV stations show movies, and there is a store that rents videotapes or DVDs in iust
about everyneighborhood.Americansconsumemovies in great quantities,and movie
UNIT4 . Fun and Games

E--
stars become public idols. Once a year,the movie industry givesout a whole seriesof
honorsto movie-makers. Nearlya billion peopleworldwidewatchthis televisedawards
presentation-the AcademyAwards.
28 Other popular sourcesof entertainmentare recordingsand radio.Salesof recordings
in all forms (compactdiscsand audiocassettes) exceed$ l2 billion annually,with com-
pact discs by far the most popularmedium.Radio,too, has its placein the American
entertainmentscene.It'sa greatcompanionin the cat on the treadmill,or on the jog-
ging trail.
Z c**t*n What are someproblemswith AmericanTY?

ComEmlemlonln qour opinion,what'sgoodaboutit?
Leisure for tearning, Collectin$ and Creating

29 No, radio and W havenot made readingobsolete. Nor is it true that Americansget
all their news from radio or television.Readingis still an important leisure-timeactiv-
ity. The U.S.A.has about 1,800daily newspaperswith a total circulationof about 60 mil-
lion. The country also produces thousands of magazines ar,d iour:als-weeklies,
monthlies,and quarterlies.Someare of generalinterest.Others are directedat people
in a specificgroup based upon age, religion,occupation,or interests.Bookstoresare
thriving, too. The latest trend is toward the large bookstore that is much more than iust
a place to buy book. Customerscome for lectures, workshops, and coffee.They bring
the family, and everyone browses.They meet the author of a new mystery or how-to
book. Libraries are also very busy becausethey offer a great deal to keep userscoming
back. Most libraries have computers equipped with the latest softwareand Intemet ac-
cess.And today's libraries also offer a wide variety of programs for all ages-from sto-
rytelling paiama partiesfor young children to traveloguesfor adults on the go. Ameri-
cans visit libraries about three times as often as they go to movies.
30 Besides reading, there are endless numbers of hobbies that are not strenuous.
Stamp collectors, coin collectors, Internet surfers,photographers, doll house furniture
builders,painters,iewelrymakers,orchid growers,and many othersbecomeskilledin a
particular activity. Many hobbies have magazinesand Internet groups devoted to their
field.
stillreaila
is therethatAmericans
Whateviilence
3't L,eisure-timeactivities probably define a person as much as his or her occupation

does. Americans tend to begin and continue friendships with people who enioy the
same leisure pastimes.After all, mountain climbers don't have much in common with
stamp collectors.
Activities
E
t{
q'i
:,
ArrsnYou Rreo
thephrasethat meansthe sameas theone quotedfrom thereading.The
A. Underline
numbersin parentheses
give theparagraphs
in whichthephrasesare used.
1. "spectatorsportsand parficipatory sports,,(2)
.@ sports to watch and sports to play
b. team sports and individual sports
2. "professionalbaseball"(3)
@ piayedby teamsthatgetpaid to play
b. playedfor enjo;rment
3. "physical contact" (4)
a. runningialot
ft touching eachother
4. "endorsingproducts" (8)
a. buSnngparticular products
fh *y-g in an ad that the particular products are good
5. *Is it any wonder?" (8)
S. ft shouldn't reallybe surprising.
b. Do you ever want to know?
6. 'despite the disapprovalsf a.trinlallovers', (18)
@ althougft peoplewho love animals don't like ttis
@ when animallovers disapprove
7. "Amatew performances,many of excellent quality,' (19)
fm many gfoodamateur performances
b. a lot of amateur performances
8. 'physically frt" (25)
a. ready to go and exercise
,ffi Ugood conditionbecause of regular exercise
9. 'No, radio and TV have not made reading obsolete.,,(2g)
6 Peoplestill read.
b. Readingis no longer a popular activity.
10. "leisure-time activities" (31)
@ t}ings to do with one's free time
b. activities that don't require much effort

@'-
B. Whatactivitywouldyou pertqrmto accomplish
eachgoal?Writeoneactwrtyon eachline.
1. become physically fit fir sn-,
2. learn somethingf new:

lr
3. do somethingl creative: Ei*-q '1 "{"-'
&-t1.s3...1.tr
r* "{,& i Y'{ i"}:'r,"f {
4. have a great adventure:

A. Ihese are the 15 key vocabulary
reading.Pronounce thesewordsafteryour teacheranddiscusstheirmeanings.
+amateur* hobby rstadium
athleticst rindividual * station
r compete leisure* I strenuous
equipment ! network t subscription
fan r spectator Fteam
thesesentenceswithsorneof thekeyvocabulary
B. Complete
and put the verb into the correcttenseand form.
if necessary,
1.
'
aL4-{*ti*"t is another word for Elorts.
't"r^'&i,l
2. Swimning and golf are usually sports. Baseball and football
I
are alwavs sports.

j'^'-
3. Peopleoften go to a(n) J,/^J to watch two teams
in a sporting event.
4. Spectatorscheer for their favorite team. They are of that
team.
5. An athlete who doesn't get paid to play a sport is a(n) athlete.
6. If youwant a lr;ragannedelivered to yourhome regularly, you subscribeto iL
You can also geta(n) to cableTV channelsvou like.
7. Tennis is a(n) sporl Playershave to do a lot of running.
8. Most TV shows are producedby large companiescalled
Then" they are sold to various smaller TV
"Amatcur andlcisurc c,anbe adjectives or nouns.

tAthlatics is sometimes singular and sometimesplural.
CHAPTER12 e Leisure-TimeActivities
@
C. Witha partner, write the gorrect word to make a phrasemeaninglhe oppositeiri r,,,
phraselisted.
Example
a small audience / a huae audience
l. an amateur team / a team
2. real. natural snow / snow
3. mental actir.ity Z '$A'.*;* activity
4. participants in a game/
lnferences
whatis suggestedin eachof theseparagraphs?
Discussyour infereitc*r:
;i;i.i,; i-:;r '; .r::, .
1. para$raph5: "The 'footballwidow'saysher husbanr.iir";'g,rr,,ii1i,,,ir, , ', l::-ll .
this a literal or a figurative statement?Is he really glued?What doesthe wife

mean?
2. paraSraph20: Why do you think the rides are shr.r;.'iir,
v-,,"har
:r:r.ppr-:,r,
ii'r i.,:.li::
riders?
3. paragraph 27:Why do people who eome to the raceb:aclr {oserrnri,., ,
4. para$taph 29: Guess what a "ho\M-to" book is. Givi: ):r.;iu;l:,
._!::-;:;;iiijll:.i
i
words browse and thriving, and try to determine thr.,ir iqr;1riii:i.::rirli,,:ir
Then check your dictionary.

i!
: Oneachblankline,writethe letterof thecorrectphraseto campletefhe .senfen,ir

in parentheses
numbers give theparagraphs in whichthe er:6iie,.:sirriE
#i* ij{i,,if
i
r'l
j:il:'
1. Baseballis catledthe natinnalpastim"e(3) becauseir -_ *1 *.
a. is a very popular sport througflroutthe U.S.
b. was very popular in the past
2. If doctors practire what tlug Weach(tO), they _ 6_
fr, do whatthey advise others to do
b. give a lot of speeches
L
3. Peoplewho workout (75) alot {l
a. havepn outdoorjob
b. exerciseoften

@-
4. Ifyou arewindow-shoppir.tg(tZ),you are il'
a. not spending any moiiey at that time
b. buying new windows for your house
I
5. People who are trying to getback to nature (18)
a. play golf or tennis
b. io titinql" ttt" r rbt?rc.,'rLL'{ t'
"r19{:_
6. A soapopera(23) is a fi
a. radio or TV story that continues day after day
b. long, sadopera
7. The nicknamesboobtuheandi"diotbox(26)
&. ne insulting referencesto TV
b. are complimentary referencesto TV
V. Taking Words Apart

On the line nextto eachverb, writethe wordfor thepersonwho performsthis activity.You
needto add+ ,<rr,or cr andsomefimesalsodoublethe finalconsonant. Reviewthe rulesfor
doublingbeforedoing the exercise, Then read the pairsof wordsaloudanddr'scussthek
meanings.
Examples
pitch: piLcher
shop: eho??er
jog: ioaqer
1. advertis". au{E""ry*fi;tf' 5. run: l ;.f A i
1 '{
2. collect: *,"{.Sr-,q"Trc 6. ski: gk ltf

3. perform: 7. subscribe: i..,.l"ii,
4. play: {r€e'f*f 8. view: '.li-twrf-"
{{
A. Comparative Patterns with Adjectives There are two 6omparative
patterns for adjectives.For short adjectives:Bowling is easier than baseball.For
longer adjectives:SomeTV shows are more interesring than others.
Workwitna partnerand take furns answeringtheseguestbns with completestatements.
1. Which sport is more popular-walking or joggingp
2. Which sport is more strenuous-tennis or golP
3. Which activity do you think children like better-reading a book or going to a
circus?
4- Which is easier-shooting a ball into a basket or hitting a baseball?
Activities
@
B. Beginning Sentences with Gerunds This chapter contains many examples
ofgerunds (verbals ending iii -irg) used as subjects ofsentences, objects ofyerbs. and
objects of prepositions.
Witha partner, scanparagraphs 1-3 looking for gerunds.Thencomplete the following
sentences,usinga gerund in each.
1. is the most popular form of exercise in the U.S.
2. '^-et's
So this afternoon.
3. He is thinking about next summer.
Vll. Sharing ldeas

A. lssues
Debatetheseissuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneandwrite aboutit.
1. Is it beneficialor harmful for children to be involved in competitiveathletics?
2. Is it wrong for peopletu train animalsto perform for human amusement?Or is
it acceptableif the animals are treated well?
3. According to a mqjor study, the averageAmerican child spendsa total of 3g
hours a week using TV, radio, recordings,video games,and computers.Isthis
good or bad?
Writeaboutoneof thesetoprbs.
1. Do researchin an encyclopediaor on the Internet to find information about a
sport that interests you. rook up (a) when and where the gfamewas first played
or (b) how the gameis played now. write about what you learned. Don'tiopy
from your sour@.Paraphrasethe information, that is, use your own words.
2. What do you do with your leisUre t'me? What do theseactivities contribute to
your life?
3. Have you ever gfonehunting or fishing? Would you? Why or why not?
4. Wrllte a descriptive piece about how you feel when playing somesport. Describe
your physical, mental, and emotional reactions.
i;
itj
rl
',:
UNIT4 o Funand Games

@
The Constitution and
the Federal S
The U.S.Capitol,where Congress

meets
(Washington, D.C.)
'i&iir
:n!.:'.
iitr-,
r::i:.t
BeronrYou Reno
t';i...
Discuss
1. Why does a country needlaws? List sweral reasons.
2. The U.S. Constitution is the "supreme law of the land." What do you know
about the U.S. Constitution? What kind of government doesit outline?
3. Do you think the U.S. Constitution is different from the constitutions of other
countries? If so, in what ways?
@_-
Guess
Ihen lookfor the answersin the reading.
1. Including the 10 amendmentsof the Bill of Rights, how many times hasthe U.S.
Constitution been changed(amended)?Check ({) one:
15 27 _42
2. How many people are employed by the executive branch of the U.S.
government? Check (/) one:
300,000 _1,500,000 _3,000,000
The Constitution
ir'. and the Federal Sgstern
i;*'
fire Constitution
t Daniel Webstet the nineteenth-centuryAmerican statesman,once said: "We may be
tossed upon an ocean where we can see no land-nor perhaps the sun or stars. But
there is a chart* and a compassfor us to study, to consult, and to obey.That chart is the
Constitudon."
2 The Constitutionof the United Stateswas adopted on lune 21, 1788.It is the oldest
written constitution still in use.What is this Constitution? It is the basic law from which
the U.S.govemment gets all its power. It is the law that protects those who live in the
U.S.A.from unreasonableactions bythe national govemment orany state govemment.
: The Constitution defines three branches of govemment. They are the legislative
branch, which enacts (makes) laws; the execut'fue branch, which enforcesthose laws;
and the ludicial branch,which interprets them (decides what they mean).
a The legislativebranch is called Congress. It is made up of two groups of legislators-
the Senateand the House of Representatives. A member of the Senateis addressedas
*natnr. Members of the House of Representativesare called congr*smen or c0ngr6epomen.
The Senate is often refened to as the upper house. It has 100members-two senatons
from each state. Both senatorsrepresent the entire state. Senatorsare elected for six-
year terms. Everytwo years,one-third of all senators face reelection.
5 The lower house,which is called the House of Representatives,has 435 members,all
of whom are elected everytwo years.The number of representativesfrom each state is
determined by that states population. While the seven smallest states have only one
representativeeach,California,the most populous state, had 52 representativesin the
"A map of a body of water.
UN{T5 o Go\rernment
andthe AmericanCitizen
@
l06th Congress( 1998to 2000).For the purposeof electing representatives, each state
is divided into congressional'districts.The districtswithin a state are about equal in
population.One representative is electedfrom eachdistrict.One of a representative's
major dutiesis to protectthe interestsof the peoplein that district
e The iob of Congressis to passlaws.Beforea law is passed,it is calleda 6ill.In order
to becomea law,a bill must be approvedby a majority of each houseof Congressand
by the president.lf the presidentvetoes (disapprovesof) a bill, it can still becomelaw
if at leasttwo-thirdsof the membersof eachhouseof Congressoverridethe veto bv vot-
ing for it when it is voted on again.
z The presidentis the nation'schief executive.As such,he must seethat all national
laws are carriedout. The presidentalso spendsmuch of his time makingdecisions
about foreignpolicy (the relationshipsbetweenthe U.S.and other nations).Cf course,
a verylargestaff of advisersand other employeesassistthe president.ln fact,the exec-
utivebranchemploysalmost 3 million peoplelocatedall over the world.The most im-
portantgroupof advisersis calledthe cabinet.Thecabinetconsistsof the headsof the
l4 departmentsof the executivebranch,suchas the Secretaries of Education,Defense,
and Agriculture.Cabinetmembersare chosenby the presidentwith the approvalof the
Senate.The presidentalso appoints ambassadorsand other :onsular headswho repre-
sent the U.s. abroad.In addition, he appoints iudgesof the federal courts.
8 Thevice presidentis the only other electedperson in the executivebranch.One im-
portant constitutionalduty of the person holding this office is to serveas presidentof
the Senate.The vice president'smost important function is to becomepresidentupon
the death,resignation,or disability of the president.Out of 37 presidentselected,eight
havedied in office,and one resigned.In eachcase,the vice presidentbecamepresident.
9 The iudicial branch consistsof the federalcourts, including the highestcourt of the
U.S.,the SupremeCourt.One of the unusualfeaturesof the Americanjudicial systemis
the power of the courts to declare legislation unconstitutional and, therefore,void. The
powerof the federalgovemmentis limited by the Constitution.Federallaws cannotvi-
olate the terms of the Constitution. For example,Congresscould not pass a law that
members of the House of Representativesbe elected for four-year terms becausethe
Constitution saysthat they are to be elected for two-year terms.
10 Federallaws are in some way controlled or affected by all three branchesof goverlr-
ment-{ongress makes them; the president approves and enforcesthem; and the
courts determinewhat they mean and whetherthey are constitutional.this is one ex-
ample of the government'ssystemof checksand balances,by which each branch of gov-
emment prevents improper actions by the other branches.
11 Checksand balanceswere put to an important test in 1974when it was discovered
that PresidentRichard Nixon had been involved in obstruction of justice (hiding crimes)
in connection with the Watergatescandal. Both Congressand the prosecutorappointed
by Congressdemanded that the president give them certain papers and tape recordings
that he had. The president refused.He said that neither the iudicial nor the legislative
branchcould tell the president,the head of the executivebranch,what to do. He was
relyingon a doctrine known as the xparationofpowers. This meansthat one branchof the
govemmentcannot interferewith the others. During this conflict, two important ques-
tions were raised:( I ) Could the presidentwithhold information about possiblecrimes
13 r TheConstitutionand the Federal
'&;s-
from Congressand the courts?(2) Did the doctrine of separationof powersmeanthat
the iudicialbranch(courts)could not ordera memberof the executivebranch(thepres-
ident) to give evidenceto the prosecutor?
12 After consideringthese questions,the SupremeCourt orderedthe presidentto give
the evidenceto the prosecutor.After examiningthe evidence,Congressbeganthe con-
stitutional procedureto removethe presidentfrom office--impeachment (an official
accusationof wrongdoing)and trial. However,beforethe processwas completed,pres-
ident Nixon resignedfrom office.The checksand balancespreventeda major govern-
mental crisis,and the presidencypassedsmoothly to the vice president,GeraldFord.
The "chart"had kept the countryon course,even when the captaintried to strav.
Z t*:rt* Wfiatis theiobofeachbranchofgovernment?

ComI|.elunslonWhatis thePresiilent's
cabinet?
The Amendments to the Constitution

13 Amendments to the Constitution are first proposed by a two-thirds vote of both
houses of Congress.Then, they must be approved by the legislaturesof three-quarters
of the states or by a vote of conventions in three-quartersof the states.
14 Sincethe addition of the Bill of Rights(the first l0 amendments)in lZ9l, the Con-
stitution has been changed(amended)only l7 times, and one of those amendments
simply canceledanother. (The SeventeenthAmendment prohibited the manufacture
and sale of alcoholic beverages;the TWenty-firstAmendment repealedthe Seventeenth
An:endment.)
1s Probablythe most significantportion of the Constitutionis the Bill of Rights,the first
I0 amendments to the Constitution. The first of these assures freedom of religion,
speech,and the press and the right to complain to and about the government.Speech
is protected no matter how unpopular or repulsive,so long as it does not createan im-
mediate and serious danger to life or property. Freespeech means that the govemment
cannot prevent people from saying or writing whatever they want, nor celn it punish
people for expressing ideas that criticize the govemment. Free speech is at the very
heart of democracy. Former Supreme Court lustice Louis Brandeis said that, for a
democracyto work, people must be allowed to express new, unusual, and unpopular
' ideasso that they can be debated and examinedand then adopted or rejected.After all,
democracyitself was a new and strange idea in the eighteenth century and it still is in
many parts of the world.
t6 Freedomof religion means that each person can belong (or not belong) to any reli-
gious group. An individual can follow any religion s teachings as long as these do not
seriously interfere with the rights of others. Religious freedom also means that neither
' the federalgovemment nor any state govemment can encourageor preventthe practice
'
of religion. This idea has been called the wall of separation between church and state.
17 The Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, and Eighth Amendments protect people suspected or ac-
cusedof crimes. But these amendments also protect all U.S.residents.Govemmentof-
ficials and police cannot anest people or search them, their property, or their homes
without some reason to believe that they have committed a crime.
UNIT5 . Governmentand the American Citizen

i8 Recently,the SecondAmendmenthascreatedmuch discussionand controversy- This
amendmentdealswith the right of peopleto keepand beararms (guns).ln viewof the
largenumberof guns in the U S. and the increaseduse of them in committingcrimes,
especiallymurder, many people are recommendinggreater limitations on gun owner-
ship and possession.
IY Certainly,the most importantof the remainingamendmentsis the Fourteenth, which
grewout of the Civil War.lt was passedto protectformer slavesfrom state lawsthat dis,
criminated against them. But its effect ha- been much broader than that. It givesfull
federaland state citizenshipto all people born in the U.S.or naturalizedthere (includ-
ing former slaves).It prohibits statesfrom violatingthe rights of Americancitizens.But
the most significantprovision is that no state may "depriveany personof life, libertyor
property,without due processof law; nor deny to any personwithin its iurisdictionthe
equal protectionof the laws."That meansthat all personshaveequal legal rightsand
that their rights or possessionscannot be takenwithout a proper trial. Theselast provi-
sionsapply not only to U.S.citizensbut to all personsin the country.Originally,the Bill
of Rights did not protect people from state action, but only from federalaction.The
FourteenthAmendment has been interpretedby the SupremeCourt to apply almostall
of the provisions in the Bill of Rights to the individual states. Thus. the Fourteenth
Amendmentis one of the most valuableprotectionsthat people living in the U.S.have.
Namesomeof tftemostimportnntrightsgrantedin the BiII of Rights.

*. Wftqis theFourteenth
Amendment soimportant?
The Federal System

The United States is organizedas a federal system.This means that the power to gov-
em is divided betweenthe national {federal)government,located in Washington,D.C.,
and the state governments.Laws passedby Congress(federal laws) must be authorized
by the U.S.Constitution. That is what is meant by the statement that the United States
govemment gets all its powers from the Constitution. All matters over which the federal
government does not have power can be regulated only by the individual states (such
as ownership of property, divorce,and education).
zl The original purpose of a national central govemment was to perform those tasks
that could not be performed efficiently by each state individually. For example,dealing
with foreign nations, establishing a monetary system, and regulating commerce be,
tween states could be done better by a single national authority. Other governmental
responsibilities, such as public school systems,local roads, and police and fire protec-
tion, were left to the states and their subdivisions.
22 While the federalgovemment'spower is limited by the Constitution,the individual
states are given the power to pass any law that is not prohibited by the Constitution. In
those areas where both the states and the federal government have the power to pass
laws, state laws cannot conflict with those passed by the federal govemment.
23 Most state governmentsare quite similar in structure to the national govemment.
Each is headed by an elected executivecalled a governor. The legislative branch may be
or general
called a statcb4islature assembly, or have some other name, but it generallyfunc-
CHAPTER13 o The Constitution and the FederalSystem
-
^:r
.:-
il
il
tions much as Congressdoes.Most of the state legislaturesalso havetwo houses The
state court systemsgenbrallyfollow the three-levelfederalcourt plan, which provides E
for a trial court,an appellate(appeals)court,and a supremecourt.
24 Statesare divided into smallergovernmentalunits, such as counties,cities,towns,
$*
1s
and villages.Theseunitscanpasslawsthat areauthorizedby the statein whichthey are ,.,
.$
located,and they are responsiblefor making and enforcingthese laws within their
boundaries.
The U.S.A.and its Constitutionhavewithstood many crisesand criticisn,s.Sincethe
Constitution was written, this nation has changedfrom a rural and agriculturalsociety g--
to a highly industrialized,urban society.The population hasgrownfrom lessthan 4 mil-
lion to about 275million.Still,the "chart"that DanielWebstermentionedcontinuesto
keepthe nation securelyon course.TheAmericanexperimentin democracyhasproved
4
1l
'. conclusivelythat government"of the people,by the people,for the people"can function
r,,
t,
effectivelyfor the good of its citizens.
*
!:
t. r
{:
ti. i
ti
rr
In3
ArrrRYou Rrno
A. 0n each blankline,writethe letterof thecorrect wordor phraseto completethe
sentence.
l. The Bill of Rigftb i" q
a. part of the U.S Constitution
b. a separatedocument
2. Inthis reading, tlre word cabinet refers to Lo
a. apieceoffurniture
b. a group of peoplewho advise the president
3. Amendments to the U.S. Constitution
a. were part of the original document
b. mustbe approvedbythe states
4. The membersof the Senateare {q
a. electad.fora 6-yearterm
b. appointed forlife
5. A state legislativebody t's passa law that violates the U.S. Constitution.
a. catr
b. cannoi
:
1i
UNIT5 r Governmentand the American Citizen
IE
&-
B- Who'sefected/Who'sappointed/Discussthe meanings
of thesewords.Then,puta check
(/) in thecorrectcolumnfo,reachjob listed.
Government employees Elected Appointed

1. the president
f
2. the cabinet P
3. the vice presidenr {
4. senators '1
5. state $overnors .\
6. federaljudges J}
\
C- Rereadparagraphs11 and 12. Thendiscusswhy Presidenf

Nxon's argumentmadeto the
SupremeCourtwas important.Whatdid the outcomeprove?
D- Readthesesentenceswith thewordnor.Thenanswerthe questionthatfolows.
1- paragiraph15, sentence4: canthe governmegt punish a person for saying
somethingbad about the countgr or its leaders?yes / No
2- paragraph16, sentence3: Can the federal government encouragethe practice of
one particular religion? Yes/ No

in the
reading.Pronouncethesewordsafteryour teacherand discussthek meanings.
E amendment federal representative*
cabinet . impeachment senator
Congress interpret unconstitutional
constitutiont judicial veto*
executive* legislative voidg
"These words can be nouns or adjectives.

trhe word corutitution is capitalizetl when it refers to the u.s. constitution.
*This word can be a noun or a verb.
$This word can be a noun, a verb, or an adjective.
CHAPTER|3 o The Constitution and the federal Syctem

-_____IBil
wordson page 149. Make
Completethesesentenceswithsomeof thekey vocabulary
the nounspluralif necessary.
1. The first 10 nrr..,.l-r,l,&*-'rr.,"{,r,r*tto the U.S. Constitution are called the Bill of
Rights.
.!
:-r{ q,,'l
i
2. One of the jobs of the SupremeCourt is to the Constitution.

3. In a(n) -l-t/-t,^t" system of government, the governing powers are
divided between the state governments and the national governmenl
4. If Congress votes in favor of making a bill a law, the president can still stop that
bitl from becoming law by using the L.t{*
5. To avoid , President |Jixon resigned from office.
6. Every statedlects*. J"ei,rafr"rt to the Senate,but in the Houseof
Representatives, the number of "+"ft*tq""9?€ from each State varies,
\o'" |eprt r*"aTut{" r' rf,-
depending on the state's population.
7. The House of Representatives ani the Senate together make up
8. When a law violates the U.S. Constitution, the judicial branch of government
will declareit rlrt e*.
'il
i:;1;
A. Metaphors Metaphorscomparethings that are not really alike. The comparison
is figurative (imaginary), notliteral Geal).For examplg in paragraph 1, the U.S.
Constitution is comparedto a chart (map) that guidessomeonesailing a ship. Note
Ii . that metaphorc comparetwo things without using the words as or like
ii,.
ril Answerthe followingguestionsby lookingfor metaphorsin the paragraphsindicated.

t.
1. What is President Nixon comparedto? (12)

'rl'rr
2. Wbat is the amendment requiring separationof church and state comparedto?
(ro)
B, Anafogies An analoSyis another type of comparison. In anal.ogies,the
comparisonsare between things that are similar.
Erample
The president is to the national government as a is to a state
government. (senator, governor, representative)
Governoris the answer becauseboth are headsof the executivebranch of
government.
UNIT5 . Governmentand the AmeracanCitizen

by writingthecorrectchojceson the blanklines.
Completetheseanalogies
1. In paragraph 1, the chart and compass are to a ship as the
is/are to the U.S. (ocean,stars,Constitution)
2. c'on$ressmen
and @ngresswomen
are to the House of Representatives
as
are to the Senate. (senators, judges, cabinet members)

0n eachblankline,writethe letterof thecorrectphraseto completethe sentence.
The
numbersin parentheses givetheparagraphs in whichthe expressio
ns are used.
1. The upperhouse(4)ofCongress b
a. meetsin a room abovethe lower house
b. is called the Senate
2. Eachmemberof the lowerhouse(S) fu 4
a. electedby one district of a state
b. called a senator
!
3. &rchas(7,20,21)means tr
a. ofcourse
b. for example
4. Carried.out (7)rreans ---3--.
a. followed, performed, done
b. removedbyforce
t
5. The e4pressionchzcles and.balantes(t0) refers to S
a. the relationship between the two housesof Congress
b. the relationship between the three branches of the federal government
6. Obstrurtinnofjustbe(tt) means
a. committing a crime
b. withholdingevidence about a crime
7. Freespeech(f S) means
a. people have the right to expressall kinds of ideas
b. ttrere is no chargeto hear speeches
*$
J ?
:
CHAPTER13 . The Constitution and the FederalSystem
: li
-
.ir
tr-
.il*

:*
ln English,
manyverbscanbe madeinto nounsby addingthe suffix-tionor -ment.Change j
eachof thefollowingverbsintoa nounthat endswithoneof thesefuo suffixes. Be carifut. *

.*
Sometimes additionalspelling
changesare neededbeforeaddingthe suffix.llse a dictionarv
for help.Readthewordpairsaloud. '*3
l. amend 8. protect
2. appty 9. reglulate
€
3. appoint 10. resign
.ii
4. elect 11. separate
5. govern 12. state (say)
6. interpret 13. violate
7. prohibit
Notice the use of rteithn' and nor in the fourth sentenceof paragraph11.Theseare
ne$ativewords. When they are used, the verb is affirrnativg but the meaningof the
sentenceis negative.
Example
I have neither a car nor abicycle. (I don't have either one.)
i
Also notice that in rnither / nor sentences,the verb must agreewith the closestnoun. iI
i
Eramples I
f-.
I
Neither my dad nor my sisters have a car. I
I
Neither my sisters nor my dad has a car.

Wrttetwo sentenceswith neither/ nor usingtfre subjectsgiven andinformation
from the text.
1. president / vtcn president:
2. senators/ congressmen:

IEI
- #'
I
$ Vll. Sharing ldeas

i A. lssues
I
1. In afederal system,should the individual stateshave the right to leave the
federation (the national government) and becomeindependent?
2. Should the national government protect children from pornographic material on
TV, in movies,in popular songs,or inmafazines? Or do laws making
pornography illegal violate freedom of speech?
3. To what extent should the governmentregulatethe saleand ownershipof
handguns?
Writeaboutoneof thesetopl'cs.
1. Comparethe job of the U.S. president with the job of the head of state in
another countr5l.Which person has more power? Who has the more difficult
job?
2. Wouldyou ever want to run for political office? E4plain why or why nol
3. In other countries ttrat you know abou! is tle government limited in what it can
force citizens to do or prevent cr.frzercfrom doinf Comparefreedom and
human ri&ts in the U.S. and one other country.
CHAPIER13 . The Constitutionand the Federal

Choosing the
Nation's President
The White House, home of the president
BrronrYou RrRo
Discuss
l. How do Americans choosetheir president?Tell what you know about the
process.
2. How doesa person becomethe leader in other countries you're familiar with?
3. Do you think the leader of a counfiy should be electedby all the cittzens?
------E
Guess
Ihen lookfor the answers
in thereading.
1. In the 1996 presidentialelection,how much money was spenton all the
campaigns?Check (/) one
$23 million - $400 million - $1.2 billion
2. Does the presidentiai candidate with the greatest number of votes always win
the election? Check (/) one:
_Yes -No
3. Which political party is called the GOP (Grand Old Parry)? Check (/) one:
- the Democrats - the Republicans
Choosing the Nation's President

Selecting the Candidate
'l Everyfouryears, Americansparticipate in a unique and exciting ritual-selecting the
nation's president and vice president. Beginning early in a presidential election year,
people who would like to "run" for the office oJ president try to win delegates to their
parrys national political convendon. Delegatesare chosen from each state. Some are
selected at state caucusesllocal meetinji-of votbrs and party officials) and others by
party conventions. But most are chosen by primary elections. Primariesgive voters an
opportunity to indicate whom they want to be their partys presidential candidate. In a
primary election, a presidential candidate is running against other candidates in the
same political party, competing for that states delegate votes.
z The summer before the election, each of the two maior political parties-the Demo-
crats and the Republicans-holds a national convention lasting about four days. At
these conventions,delegatesselectthe pmple who will be candidatesfor president and
vice president. The number of delegatesfrom each state is determined by its population
and its support for that parfy in previous elections. The total number of delegatesat a
convention rangesfrom about 2,000to about 4,000.
3 Convention business usually begins with the creation and acceptanceof the parfiy's
plafform. A platform is a general statement of the party's philosophy, positions, and
goals on lssues of national and intemational concem. A maiority of the convention del-
egates must vote in favor of the various planks of the platform in order for them to be
accepted.(Apknk is a statementon one subiect.)
+ The next order of businessis the nomination of prospectivepresidential candidates.
A speaker nominates each nominee, telling that persons strengths and accomplish-
ments. Each nominating speech is followed by a long, noisy demonstration. Bands
play,and thousands of delegateswave flags and signs,sing, yell, and clap. When the
14. C
CHAPTER
conventionquietsdown,a secondingspeechis givenfor eachnominee.Thisis
also fol-
lowedby a noisydisplayof support
After the nominations,the delegatesget down io the seriouswork of choosing
their
party'spresidentialcandidate.what qualitiesare delegateslooking
for in their iandi-
date?Themostimportantqualificationistheabilitytowintheelection Inaddition,del-
egatesconsidera nominee'sintegrity,philosophy,and talent for leadership
votes are
takenalphabeticallyby state.At some conventions,one nomineegets
the majorityof
delegatevotes on the first roll call. At others,severalroll calls may be necessary
beforc
one nomineewins the maiorityof votes.Sometimes,statedelegations
bargainwith the
maior nominees.Delegatesmay agreeto switchtheir votes in exchange
for some polit-
ical favoror governmentalposition.Forexample,an agreementmight
be madethat, in
exchangefor a state'svotes,the nomineewill recommenda certainperson
to be the vice
presidentialcandidate.Eventually,enoughdealsare made that
one personreceivesa
majority of the votes and becomesthe party'spresidentialcandidate.
The2000RepublicanNationalConvention
ln recent years,more and more states have held primary elections.As a result
lt hr,;
become common for one candidate to win a maiority of the delegates'votes
durii,s r.fte
primaries.In that event,the partys presidentialcandidatehas already
been chose' i:e-
fore the convention even begins.
After the presidential candidate is selected,the vice presidential candidate rnri:,i.be
chosen.TYaditionally, the conventionofficiallyelectswhomeverthe pr€sidentiai,-.,. -,,
date wants as his running mate. lt is customary(and good politics) for a party:,
;.,,, r
dential and vice presidentialcandidatesto come from differentparts of the cciri,r;.. .-. ,
to have somewhat different political views. That way, the team appeals to voters with
differentviewpointsand concems.At the convention,the two candidatesari.li,-,1;.rr.,::,
nominated,electedas the party'scandidates,and cheeredgreatlybeforeancl.,irr..,, .,.,
give their acceptancespeeches.Finally,the conventionadiourns(ends).
UNIT5 o Governmentand the AmericanCitizen

Z **roon
WhaI are the threemaioriobsof a nationalpoliticalconvention?
Comprehooslon
The Campaign
8 Campaigningfor the generalelectiontraditionallybeginson LaborDayin earlySep-
tember.From that time until Election Day, in early November,voters are bombarded
from all sides-by radio,televisior,,newspapers,mail, and personalcommunications-
with politicalmaterial.Long-standing friendshipsand even marriagescan becomebat-
tlegroundsas Americansargue about issuesand candidates.Ordinarilysoft-spoken
peoplebecomeoutspokensupportersof their candidate.Neighborhoodpolitical work-
ers from each pafi knock on doors and give voters information about the candidates
theysupport.
Eachcandidatetries to convincea majorityof the Americanvotersthat he is best
qualifiedto leadthe countryfor the next4 years.Sincethe candidatehasonly 2 months
in whichto do this, he must campaignveryhard,day and night.All of the resources of
moderncommunicationare usedto acquaintthe voterswith the candidates'views and
personalities.Televisionhas becomea powerfulinfluence.Thecandidatewho lacksper-
sonal appealon TV is at a greatdisadvantage.In 1960,a seriesof televiseddebatesbe-
fween RichardNixon and lohn Kennedyprobably influencedenough voters to change
the election results.It has been said that if AbrahamLincoln were alive today,he prob-
ably wouldn't be electedpresidentbecausehe wasn't handsome.
10 Although modem communicationshave better acquaintedvoters with candidates
and issues,the resulting costs of election campaigns have created a serious problem.
The various candidateswho participated in the 1996presidential campaign spent a
combined total of more than 5400 million. About Sl52 million of this total was con-
tributed by the federal government. To receive government campaign money, candi-
datesmust raisean equal amount from privatedonations.Acceptingprivatedonations
meansthat the person elected has many "friends"who may expect political favorsin re-
turn for their financial help. Also, sometimesvery well-qualified people cannot raise
enough money to campaign for the presidency.
t1 Campaigningis extremely expensive,and a candidate must receivea maiority of the
electoral votes to be elected; therefore,only the candidatesof the two maior parties can
expectto win. Still, third parties play an important role in American politics by focusing
attention on particular issuesand by influencingthe policies of the maior parties.
12 Critics often ask, "Does it matter who wins? Are there any real differencesbetween
the two political parties?"No endidate can hope to win by appealing to only one or two
groups of voters, such as farmersor businesspeople.Becauseof the need for broad ap-
peal,the philosophiesof both partiesusuallytake a middle courseso as not to offend
any largegroups of voters.The govemment does changesomewhat depending on which
party is in power, but it doesn't change as much as political campaign speechesmight
lead one to believe.
13 Duringan election campaign,one hearsa lot of political labels,such as reactionary
consewative, moderate (middle-of-the-road;.liberal, and radical. Most Democratsare
14 . Choosingthe NationSPresident
CHAPTER
E
moderatesor liberals.Most Republicansare moderatesor conservatives. peoplesome-
times referto liberalsas being to theteftand conservativesas being to thenght.In terms
of specificprograms,Democrats{or liberals)tend to favor more spendingfor socialpro-
gramsto help poorerpeopleand lessspendingfor militaryprograms.Republicans, (or
conservatives')goals tend to be the opposite. Traditionally,Democratshave also fa-
vored a strongerfederalgovernmentwhile Republicanshaveemphasizedstates'rights.
The Democraticparty is generallyconsideredmore supportive of the poor and the
middle-class worker.Republican policiesgenerallysupportbig businessand the rich.
14 Each party has a familiar symbol. For the Democrats,it is a donkey,known for
its stubbomness.The Republicansymbol is an elephant,an animal that is supposed
to have a long memory. These symbols were created by Thomas Nast, a famous
nineteenth-century politicalcartoonist The Republicanparty is also calledthe GOp
(GrandOId Party)
.l
5 To preservefreedemocraticelections,candidatesin all electionsare allowedto ex-
presstheir opinionspubliclyTheymayevenseverell'criticizeothercandidaiesand their
viewpoints,without fear of punishment.This is true even when an opponent is an
incumbent president{onewho is currentlyholdingoffice).
Z,+n*tu* Whatarethetwomaiorpolitical
parties
in theU.S.?
fry$g5$ Whataresomeilifferences
betweenthem?
TIre Elestion
16 On the lLesday following the first Monday in November,voters cast their hallots for
president and vice president.A parlfs presidential and vice presidential candidatesare
voted for as a team, not individually.The entire House of Representatives,one-third of
the Senate,and many state and local officialsare also electedat this time. Thank to
voting machinesand computers,Americansusually know most of the winnersby late
evening.In fact, the television networksoften predict the results of an election as soon
as the polls close. They do this by conducting exit polls-asking voters in scientifically
selected precincts how they voted.
17 The president and vice president are not actually chosen by how many people vote
for them (the popular vote); instead, they are chosen by elatoralvotes. Altogether there
are 538electoral votes; it takes 270 (a maiority) to win. When citizenscast votes for pres-
idential and vice presidential candidates,they are selecting their state's electors (peo-
ple chosen under state laws and proceduresto cast each states votes for presidentand
vice president). Each elector is expected (although not legally required) to vote for the
candidate who wins the mafority of the popular votes in that state. Theseelectorsas a
group are called the ElutoralAlW.
18 The number of electorsfor each state is equal to the total number of representatives
and senators who representthat state in Congress.(ln addition, the District of Colum-
bia has three electoral votes.)Thus, states with larger populations have more electoral
votes. ln all states except Maine and Nebraska,the candidate who receivesthe largest

E
&-
number of popular votes receivesall of a state'selectoralvotes.With this system,it is
possiblefor a candidateto receivemorepopularvotesthan an opponentbut fewerelec-
toral votes and, therefore,lose the election.This can happenwhen a candidatelosesby
small marginsin stateswith manyelectoralvotesand wins by largemarginsin states
with few electoralvotes (as shown in the chart below).Only three Americanpresidents
havereachedthe White Houseby losingthe popularvote but winningthe maiorityof
electoralvotes.This happenedin 2000,when CeorgeW. Bush was elected.When the
ElectoralCollegevotes,it is also possible.in some states,for an elector notto cast his
ballot for the candidatewho won the popular vote in that state. However,sinceelectors
are importantmembersof their politicalparties,this rarelyhappens.
Sample of Popular and Electoral Votes

from the 2000 Presidential Election
Popular Vote
Democrat Republican
States (Al Gore) (Geo4ie W. Bush) Electoral Vote
Iowa 634,475 629,527 7 l)emocrat
Kansas 39t,026 674,479 6 Republican

Utah 207,732 512,767 5 Republican
Wisconsin L,240,266 1,234,167 11 Democrat
Totals 2,467,499 2,ggo,26g 18 Democrat

11 Republican
t9 To be elected,candidatesfor presidentand vice presidentmust receivea maiorityof

the votes in the ElectoralCollege.If no candidate receivesa majority, the House of Rep-
resentativeschooses the president from the top three candidates. Each state has one
vote for president. The Senatechoosesthe vice president from the two top candidates.
Each senator has a vote. This has only happened once, in 1824,when Iohn Ouincy
Adams was elected.
20 This Electoral College method of choosing the president has been criticized as old-
fashioned and undemocratic. However,states with small populations do not want to
changeit. They havea greaterproportional vote in the Electoral Collegethan they would
have if the president were chosen by popular vote.
between
What'stheilifference plpular votes
andelectaralvotcs?
Whicfttgpeof votBelectsa president?
-----E
i4 . Choosingthe Nation3President
CHAPTER
The Inauguration
zl The newlyelectedpresidentand vicepresidentare inauguratedlformallvswnrnin)
on lanuary20 followingthe election.Theinaugurationis nationall,,'trir,,'i:,r.i: ; , r ., , ,1-
lowedbya paradeand manyparties.Thepresidentthen movesi;':ir,tj:r,'.i'irir,: ri.,.i,
andappointsmembersofthecabinet(thepresident'sclosestadvisr,r,,, j.;i.,.:r.,,::.:
,,.i;r,
headsofthevariousdepartmentsof theexecutivebranch). Between!r-ri.r.,.:,1',.,,, ., r
the inauguration,the outgoingpresidentmeetswith the newlveler-:i:,jirri:,::r,,:l.,.,, ,,ir:
hisstafftoplanforasmoothtransitionfromoneadministratic.:l-uri,i.!r,.i,i ,,i .:r -' --
.*
the outgoingpresidentis only awaitingthe end of his term, he is often refr:irr:,-J ri: as a
"lameduck."Sometimesthe new presidentand the majority{^ri1l i: ,1.,.,1,,:,i i:: ,.r i':.::, .9..
gressbelongto differentparties.When this happens,it is rr:r:rr,,-iiii',':i:ji 1,,:1:: t,:,,,r,.:.

dent to keep promises madeduringthe campaign.
22 Sincethe two major partiesare not extremelydifferent,'il:r,,r,.j.. ,l.i :, ;: : i t
shift in nationalpolicywhena new presidentfrom a differentii;r-i: ti:,ii.:,., ::,,i ..,,:;r,.rC
occursonly with the passageof time, as the new admjnistrationbecomesaccustomed
to its powers.
Arrrn You Reao

A. Workwitha partner.Numberfhe eventsin chronological
otder fi*n'ri - i i;. riI ::i'iir,:,ii:
the earliest.Thefirst one is donefor you.
_$)_primary elections
_g the inaugiuration
_g Election Day
11
rr the election campaign
.r$the "lame duck'period
5 a party's selection of a vice presidential candidate
-tr the creation of a party platform
1 politicians announce they want to be president
\ tU" opening of the political convention
4 aparfir's selectionof a presidential candidate
fromthis chapterandyour opinions,

B. Usrnginformation in smallgroussClscr;ss
*rii*fk
goodand whafsbad abouttheAmerican systemof choosingthepresidert.?hsnfiif ifr
your answers.
UNIT5 . Governmentand the AmericanCitizen

@
Good
1.
2.
Bad
l.
2.
ll. Building Your Vocabulary

A. Theseare the 15 key vocabulary
reading.Pronounce thesewordsafteryour teacher,anddiscusstheirmeanings.
g campaign" Q demonstration qnominate
{candidate f i inauguration l$opponent
{}conservativet f$incumbentf {pafty
{convention !issue $Platform
I delegate" lliberalt tlprimaryt
B. Complete thesesentenceswith someof the keyvocabularywords.Makethe nounsplural
and putthe verbsintothecorrecttenseandform.
if necessary,
1. Every 4years, the two major political hold a rational
2. Ateach convention. vote to choosethat party's candidatesfor

president and vice president.
3. In generaT,
the Democratic parfy appealsto more voters and
the Republican parq/ to more
4. The planks of each party's tell that party's viewpoints on
important political and social
5. The presidential candidatesfrom eachpart5l from September
until the November election.
6. The Republican and Democratic presidential candidatesrun againstone
another. Thev are in the election.
*These words can be aouns or verbs.

tThese words can be adjectives or nouns.
(continued on the next Pa4e)
----E
CHAPTER14 . Choosingthe Nations Prelident
7. The president is elected in November but does not take of,ficeuntil the following
January, immediately after the
8. A president running for reelection is a(n) candidate.
C- Whatis thedifferencebetvveen
a nomineeanda candidate?
Checkthe definitions
in a
dictionary.Ihendiscussthesewordsin c/ass.
Rereadtheparagraphs indicatedafter eachstatementanddecideif the statement
is trueor
,ii
false'Eachparagrapheitherstatesor impliestheinformation
you need.Afterrereading each
paragraph,mark eachstafementbelowtrue(T)or false{F). :.
l. Delegates at a national political convention belong to the same party. (2)

E
f:
2. Yr/hen a poiitical convention comes to town, manybusinesses make money.
(2)
.i
3. The presidential candidateis expectedto acnepttheparty,s plaform. (3) =

.-5
4. \ejng a delegateto a political convention could gle aperson a headache.
(4)
5. A lot sf compromisesare made during a political convention. (5) -G
---!-
6. when delegateschoosetheir party's presidential candidate,their main '.+
concern is to choosesomeonewho will be a good presideni. (S) -
7. when the conventionvotes, the candidate who wins the majority of the
delegates'votesbecomesthe presidential candidate.(5)
8. The candidatewith the second-larg1est number of delegfate
votesbecomes
the party's vice presidential candidate.(Z)
9. This reading suggeststhat the u.s. needsmore political parties. (11)
B. What Does the Chart Say?

Answerthesequestions
basedon thechartof popularandelectoral
yotesonp. 759,and,
whereappropriate,
theparagraphsindicated.
1. In 2000,which of the four listedstatesgaveBushmorepopularvotes?
2. wbo got more popular votes in these four statescombined, Gore or Bush?
3. Who got more electoral votes in thesefour statescombined?

ItrI
t
4. The chart says that Gore got ali 11 of Wisconsin's electoral votes? ffiy? (i7, 18)
5. Wlry did Gore win more electoral votes in these four states even though Bush
won more popular votes? (18)
lV.Understandingldiomsand Expressions
A. Completeeach sentencewithoneof theexpressions fromthe list. Thenumbersin
give theparagraphsin whichthe expressions
parentheses are used.
castballots(16) lame duck (21)
Electoral College{72) raisemoney (10)
exit polls (16) roll call (5)
in exchangefor (5) run for office (1)
in return for (10) running mate (7)
1. At the conventions, each state announces how its delegates vote when a(n)
is taken.
2. Political candidates They try to get electedto political
jobs.
3. Candidatesneed to in other words, get people to
contribute to their campaign.
4. The officially electsthe president of the United States.
5. are surveysconductedon Election Day to find out
howpeople voted.
6. Another way of saying that people vote is to say that they
7. Ttvo of the expressionslisted have the samemeaning. They are
and
8. In tle last few months of his presidency,Bill Clinton was a(n)
president becausea new presiderrthad been elected
and he was leaving office.
9. In 1984, awoman ran for vice president. She was the
of Walter Mondalg the Democratic candidatefor president.
give the
B. Discussthe meaningsof thefollowingexpressions.The numbersin parentheses
paragraphsin whichtheyare used.
quiet down (4) get down to work (5)
I
$
ttt
I
t
A. Compound Words
Discussthe meaningsof thefollowingcompoundwords.Thenumbersin parentheses
give
theparagraphsin whichthe wordsare used.
long-standing(s) soft-spoken(8) outspoken(8) outgoing(21)
B. Words with the Letters ex-
,,:
Thelettersex-are sometimespronounced [eks] andsomefimes[egz]. Saythesewordsaloud
afteryour teacher.Thenwrite[eks]or [egz]on eachline.lf you needhelp,lookat a
dictionarls pronunciationsymbols.
1. example _ 5. expect _ 9. exchange _
2. extremely _ 6. exciting _ 10. extent
3. expensive_ 7. exit -
4. executive 8. next _
C. Words Used as Nouns and Verbs: The Word Support

Thewordsupportappearsin paragraphs 2, 4, 8, and13. tndicatein whichparagraphs
it is
usedas a nounandin whichit rs usedas a verb.
noun:
verb:
A. Passive Voice In tlis chapter,many sentencesuse passivevoice verbs. In
passivevoi.cesentences,the subject doesnot perform the action of the verb but
receivestlrat action: An importantlaw waspassedbgCongress gesterdaU.On the other
hand, in active voice sentences,the subjectperforms the action of the verb: Congress
passedan itnportant law g estzrilag.
Findtwo examplesof passle verbsin paragraph1 of thereading, andwrite thembelow.
Nowwritetwo sentencesusingthe passivevoiceand the indicatedwords. Add anyother

wordsneededto makea good sentence.
1. American president / elected/ the ye,at2000 (Use past tensa)
2. Yice presidential candidate/ usually chosen/ presidential candidate (Use

present tense.)
UNff 5 o Governmentand the American Citizen

@
B. Subjunctive Mood The last sentencesin paragraphs 9 and 20 are in the
subjunctive mood. The subjurbiye is used to write about something that might-or
might not-happen if some other condition were tr:rc: If Abraharn Lincoln werealive
today,hzprobahlgwouWn'tbeelectedpresident. Notice thatwere isused aftetif,even
when the subject is first person singular: If I wereold enaugh,I wouldvote in the next
election.
Writetwo of your own statementsof this type. ln the main clause,use would plusan infinitive
vetb.
1. If I were presidentof the U.S.,
2. If lhad. a miliion dollars.
Vll. Sharing ldeas

A. lssues
Debatetheseissuesin smallgroups.Ihen chooseoneand writeabout it.
1. Besidesbeing at least 35 yearsold and American-born, should there be
additioral requirementsfor presidential candidates?If so, what should they be?
2. Whatare someadva:rtafesand disadvanta$esof a two-party system?
3. Would itbe a good thing for Americans to elect a womarr president?
Writeaboutoneof &ese topics.
1. Almost all American parents dream of their child growing up to be president.
Would you want to have thatjob? Would you want your child to have it?
Explainwhy orwhy not.
2. Tnyour opinion, whatis good about the American system of choosinga
president?What are someweaknessesof the system?
3. Write a letter to the current president of the United Sates. Give the president
advice about how to handle a national or international problem. Addressyour
.letter to: The White llouse, 1600 PennsylvaniaAva NW', WashingtorgD.C.
20500. (Add U.Sl. if you live outside the U.S.) Be sure to include your return
addressso your letter can be answered.
Citizenshipt
fts Obligations
and Privile
. '. l ., -'t:_:t:::'... . ., , New American citizens at their swearing-in ceremony
BrroneYouRrao
Discuss
1. What are somethings that any government is e4pectedto do for its citizens?
2. Whatare citizens expectedto do for their government?
3. what are someadvantagesof being a cittz,etof the counfiyyou live in?
I@
Guess
Tryto answerthe questions.Ihen lookfor the answersin the reading.
1. What is the rangeof incometax ratesin the U.S.?Check (/) one
- 5 o/o-10.5o/o 15o/o-39.60/0 22o/o-5Oo/o
2. Who is Uncle Sam?Check (/) one:

a famousAmerican president -a symbol of the U.S.giovernment
Citizenship : Its Obligations

end Privileges
Becoming a Citizen
1 Everyperson living in the United States,citizcn or not, is entitled to most of the na-
tion s basic freedoms and protections.However,there are many advantages to becom-
ing citizens for people who intend to live in the U.S.A.permanently.Of these, the most
T'
important are the right to remain in the U.S.and the right to participate in its government
.; by voting. Once aliens becomenaturalized citizens,their rights are the sameas those of
'*
.is"
any native-bom citizen,exceptthat they cannot become president or vice president.
JBH-
."? 2 With few exceptions,anyone bom in the U.S. is automatically a citizen. Also, a per-
f son bom outside the U.S.to parentswho are both American citizens is a citizen.An alien
5
.": who wishes to become a citizen must fulfill certain legal requirements.In most cases,a
.a person must wait five continuous years after becoming a permanent resident. At least
half of those five years must be spent in the U.S.,and no trips outside the U.S.for more
.t*: than six continuous months are permitted. The applicant must also have lived at least
three months in the state in which the application is made-
',*, 3 tn order to show the potential for being a good, productive citizen, it is necessarythat
the applicant show an understandingof the English languageand of the history princi-
;ii
ples, and form of govemment of the U.S.The applicant must also demonstrate good
moral character and a belief in the principles of the U.S. Constitution, such as repre-
sentative govemment and free speech. Once approved for citizenship, the applicant
goes before a iudge and swearsloyalty to the United States of America.This swearing-
in ceremonyis usually attended by a group of people who become citizensat the same
time.
Nameftverequirements 4 permanent
resiilent
mustfuffi in orilerto becomean Americancitizen.
15 . Citizenship:lts Obligationsand Privileges

CHAPTER
-
#r
i1;
';
Responsibilities
a
of Citizens
Probablythe most importantrightand responsibilityof citrzensin a democracyis to
participateactivelyin governmentOne way that they participateis by voting. Unfortu-
rs
i. nately,in everyelection,a largepercentageof those entitled to vote nevercometo the
polls. In I996,for example,fewerthan 507oof those etigible voted for a presidentialcan-
didate.When a largenumberof citizensdo not vote, those who do havea greatervoice
s,i
in determining the outcomeof the election.lf only 50"/o of the people vote,26"/oofthe
.:. i
,ti
total population can elect the presidentand membersof Congress.The iJea of major-
ity rule is, thus, lost.
:i
5 Another way that citizenscan participatein governmentis by communicatingwith
their representatives. In order for electedofficialsto representtheir constituentsprop-
erly,they must know what the votersthink about current laws and pending legislation
Do they feel that certain laws are outmoded and should be discarded?Are they for or
againsta particularbill? ls theresomethingtheir governmentshouldbe doing but isn,t
(or shouldn't be doing but is)?Representatives who want to stay in office 1bereelected)
try to vote as their constituentsdesire.Voterscan communicatewith representatives by
mail, phone, or e-mail or by attendingtown hall meetings.Unfortunately,veryfew vot-
ers take the time to communicatewith their federalor state representatives. As a result.
a small, active minority can influencelegislationout of proportion to their numbers.
and this leads to a distortion of the representativeform of government.
6 Americans often exercisetheir right to protest govemment action (or inactions).The
U.S.Constitution gives people living in the U.S.the rights to assemblepeaceably,to
petition the govemment (request changes),and to express opinions freely about the
govemment's policies. Peaceful protests outside govemment office buildings (and
many foreign embassiesand consulates)are common. Groups (suchas those opposed
to the govemment's antidrug or abortion policies) march witti signs,singing and chant-
ing, to let their governmentknow what they favor or oppose. However,in expressingdis-
satisfaction, people must respectthe rights of others to o(press opposing views or be
neutral.
One of a citizen s duties-military service--<ften leads to controversy.Although the
.i:
rL U.S.does not now have compulsory military service,from time to time in its history a
n. .
military draft has been in effect. Of course,during World War II, citizenswere required
$
tr
,
to serve in the armed forces,and most did so willingly. But in more recent times, the
government has met with a great deal of resistance to its draft laws. During the Korean
.{
warand, especially,duringtheVietnamwar, manyyoungmen did everythingtheycould
to avoid military service.Some demanded noncombat assignmentsbecausethey had
strong personal or religious obiections to killing. Some left the country to avoid the
draft. Much of that resistancewas due to the lack of support for the United States'fight-
ing against countries that were not directly threatening its safety.American opposition
to the war in Vietnam was so strong that the U.S.was finally forced to abandon its mil-
itary efforts there.
Another duty of citizens is to serveon a fury, if selected.A iury is a group of people
who are chosen to listen to evidencepresented in court. In civil cases,members of the
iury must decide which of the battling parties is right. In criminal cases,they must de-

I@
cide whetherthe accusedpersonhascommitteda crime.The iury is basicto the Amer-
icansystemof justice.Therightto a lurytrial is guaranteedby the U.S.Constitutionand
by most stateconstitutions.lury panelsare usuallyselectedfrom voter lists. Fromthese
panels,which may includeseveralhundredpeoplewherecourtsare busiest,l2 jurors
are usuallyselectedto hear eachtrial. Many people find iury servicean interestingand
rewardingexperience. Othersconsiderit a nuisance.Aiurysummonsmeanspeopleare
requiredto taketime off from work (or their other daily activities)to appearin court and
fulfill this civic duty-sometimes for daysor evenweeks.
Z *.*ro* Whatarefourwaysthatcitizens canrcmmunicate

in glvernment?
theirideasta theirrepresentntives
ComDrohcnslon
Responsibilitis of All U.S.Residents

9 Everyindividual,no matter how important or wealthy,must obey the laws.Of course,
not all laws are perfect.Some are unwise,others are too harsh,many are foolish. But
they cannot,for any of these reasons,be ignored.Anyone living in the U.S.who disap-
proves of a particular law has the right to try to persuadethe governmentto get it
changedthrough peacefulmeans.
to The least popular laws are probably those requiring payment of taxes. For most peo-
ple, the largestof these is the federal income tax. Since I 9l 3, the U.S.governmenthas
been collecting income taxes.As the cost of running the govemment has increased,so
ha'.'etax rates.When the federal income tax law was first enacted,people had to pay l"/"
on annual incomesof less than $20,000.Income of more than $500,000was taxed at 7"/".
'lbday's income tax rates are between 15%and 39.6%.Currently, income taxes provide
more than half the money collected by the federal government each year. In 1998,the
federal govemment receivedabout $960 billion in income taxes.Thesetaxes are neces-
sary to support a federalbudget that, in 1998,was about $1.67trillion. The money is
used for many things. In addition to the cost of operating the government itself, there
are expensesfor defense,education, foreign aid, research,aid to the poor and count-
less other servicesprovided by governmental agencies.
11 Income tax is paid by nearly everyone who eams money in the United States-
citizens, resident aliens, and visitors. Federal income tax rates are graduattl, which
means that people with larger incomes are taxed at a higher rate than those eaming
less. In addition, deductions and exemptions reduce the amount of income that is
taxed. An unmanied person eaming $25,000a year pays about 11"6of that in taxes,
while someoneeaming S75,000paysabout 2l%. (A manied couple eaming that amount
would pay only 16%.)
12 Employersare requiredto withhold a percentageof their employees'salariesand pay
it to the govemment to be applied toward the employees'taxes.Self-employedpeople
and those eaming a substantialamount in addition to their salariesmust make quar-
terly paymentstoward their annual taxes. By April 15,each person whose income in the
previous year exceeded a certain minimum must file a tax return-a statement, on

CHAPTER
-
forms supplied by the government, listing income, expenses, n.;iiibr-tr6f dependents,
a n d o th e r i n fo rm a ti o n A fter maki ng cal cul ati onson the retui r. l i ;i 1;,r' .,r:... ;,i i .,
, l eter m ine
how much they owe. Those who have paid more than their share gci o r.elund. Those
who have paid less must pay the balance. Everyyear around April ll n-rilir,,nsof Amer-
icanscomplain,"UncleSamis takingall my money."Uncleti.-ri ii ,, l t l : : : i . r '- : : - , :l egde n -
tlemanwhoseclothesresemblethe Americanflag)is a symboi::i ,,,,: 1 l i r . : , - t ) , :i l fn m e n t.
Unclesam knowsa lot about eachtaxpayerand penalizesthcs(l,r, . ,;i..,::,,r, returns
Still,the incometax law could not be enforcedwithout tlil l1_,;11.,..'...1:,,1-r:,.iation of
il
il
:i
most taxpayers.
I! '13 In addition to federalincometax. employersalso rr.'iil:hrr:.:
1,,,,,i1r:.,:',.:,rity and
Medicaretaxesand state incometaxes.Most statesand lrariy ,...t1ii.,r., i,,,iji.:iiincome
-.i.,.-,
taxes.Besidesincometaxes,manyother taxesare collei:tL,:i,l t',, ici-i',.:i,;late and local
governments.The most common are those imposedon pftJpqlf\i,ri-i{.i i^::ir-;,
ii;,..ipq. tha
ownerofa cat forexample,paysseveraltaxes:a salesia;,r,..,:-r,:,, r,j ,..i,- , j:.::,:., .rnan-
nual vehicleregistrationtax,and a personalpropertytax. lf the pr r:. r, ,..,, ,,,,. ,1Cor
dies,the heirsmay haveto pay an inheritancetax on the car's,.,..lri,., i ,,: ,.i:,'llrm theS€
taxes are used to provide servicesand facilitiessuch &b,-.i-i,ri:,,r t.-.,..,,, ,..,.::. and
parks.
14 Despitecomplaintsabout high taxes,Americansknow that the til:r,:l tf ir,: ;r;-trl :riake
possiblethe valuableservicesthey receive. Also,whenall ,r,.i1,, i::,)li::r:;
, ,.:L:,i, i,r.r.:::r 1,;1-
r:;1,;
l: : gether they total less than 32"/"of the nation'sgross domestic prr.:,,:-'ilr;.i ', i:r-,,.. .,i:.:. i
the lowest percentagesof all industrial nations-
Whatarefourdifferenttnxestftat mostll.S. residents
Sesponsibilities of the Govemrnent

15 The governmenthas many obligations to those who live in the IJ.S.A Fcr example,
l
,i'
it must providepolice services,courts,a legislativebody {Cr-ll;::,.:r,r:,
j. ili,.i:,;i..ri j11;,ds-
,:11r":
::j
fense against foreign invaders, and the like. What additional servicesthe federal gov-
,i{ emmentshouldprovidehasalwaysbeenthesubiectofdebnt*
:; 1 Cenr.:.r!fi,,1,'1:i;.,.;11.i1!.;i3
i':l feel that the federalgovemment should not provide seryilr:s r;':tlitii1r,..r.,,:
,:lii i 1,.,. i,::,.1;.,r;
ii
while liberalswant the govemmentto provideassistancer;ii*;5.fi.1il r.:,i-,-:,,:ri*,-l
16 Money for medicalcare forthe poor and elderly,assistenceii--.;-lfrr.:rir- j.;r,.'
1,.,, i,;1,,;,,',i :;i-
ford decent housing,and aid to educationat all levelsare area: t;i i-{.,.";iii)"..,;ir'r,,,: 1..,1.r11
;.,,.1
the twentieth century the amount of direct assistancegivri;r.{'t,iniiii'lij';:,i:.,i{::ij!,.i,-iii.t,:
creased.Afterconsiderabledebate,SocialSecuritywas esia!,:li:,,ii:d liri: ii.:.:ij_r::. i,i .:,,-',
'rr
vide a modest pension for retired people. Today,Social ;cis111riir,;,i.,;i;;ilnl.lr;:iir,L ili:..,1ir.:
to people who cannot work becauseof physicalor mental "lisal,::iiiirt\*.i::i t,lil.,i i:. .,,:i,l
requiredto contribute to the SocialSecuritysystemby paying laxf;r {iiil. ii'i,.,,r:r:i,-:: "'''':r,,:
amount of monthly pension paymentsa personreceiveseiependsur-.r.;ii :riiii ir;:ii":.:: lir":aj
age at retirement.Medicareprovidespayrnentof some oi thl rireCil:l ,{:.ii.tili.r!::j:: iii , iirr,r,r,.
65 or older and aid to those unable to work becauseof merital cr *lir1;{si ciisehiir:ii

IU
17 Many people think that the governmentshould provide more funds for coliege
educationfor those in need,day carefor preschoolchildrenof workingparents,more
help for nursinghome expenses, a nationalhealth careprogram,and other benefits.
But these are very expensiveprogramsand there is some opposition to the govern-
ment'sspendinga lot more moneyon socialprograms.
IB The most important characteristicof the Americangovernmentdoes not concern
what it does or doesn'tdo. lt is the way in which governmentaldecisionsare made-by
peopleelectedby citizens.Americanshavethe powerto changetheir representatives {at
the end of their term in office) if they are dissatisfiedwith the decisionsbeing made.
Representative governmentis slow and inefficientcomparedto a monarchyor dictator-
ship.But it hasproduceda governmentthat Americanshaveno reasonto fearand many
reasonsto admire.Most Americansbelievethat, in spite of its weaknesses, their system
of government is the finestin the world.
19 ln | 782,Americanschoseas their nationalbird the bald eagle,one of the largestand
most powerful of birds. This high-flyingbird has long been a symbol of freedomand
courage.Americans hope and believe that they will always have the courage and
strengthto protect the freedomsthat their governmentprovides.Protectingthesefree-
doms is the ultimate responsibilityof the Americangovemmentand its citizens.
ArrsnYou Reno
Rereadtheparagraphsindicatedafter eachquestion.Thenanswereach questionby writing
Yesor No on eachblankline.
1. Can a resident alien ever becomepresident of the United States?(1)
2. Can anaturaliz,ed,cidznnvote in an American election? (1) -
3. Did the majority of eligible American voters vote in the 1996 presidential
election? (4) -
4. Is a person who is elig;ibleto do something required to do it? (4) -
5. Does a person who is neutral support one side in a dispute? (6) -
6. Can the U.S. government require a person to servein the mititaryf (Z) -
7. Does everyonepay the samepercentageof their income in income tax? (11)
8. Do most people pay their entire federal income tax in one payment per year?
(12)
(continucd on tfu nzxt page)
CHAPTER15 . Citizenship:lts Obligatio;s and Privllgs
-
9. Are American taxes high compared to those of other" industrialized countries?
(i4) _
10. Do consen'atives favor less governmental help to citizens than liberals do? (15)

A. Ihese are the 15 key vocabulary
wordsfor thischapter.Theyare botdfaced
in the
reading.Pronounce thesewordsafteryour teacheranddiscusstheirmeanings.
advantage eligible obligation
alien* entitle oppose
bill jury pending
compulsory natutalize refundf
controversy neutral resistance
Completethesesentenceswith someof thekey vocabularywords.Makethe nounsplural
anaput eachverb intothecorrecttenseandform.
if necessary,
1. Mr. Brown's income tax return showed that he was to a(n)
because he had overpaid.
2. Shou1d we lower taxes? There is a lot of aboutthat issue.
3 . Somepeople favor higftrertaxes,and someare against the idea. I have no opinion
on the matter.I'm
4. There are two types of American citizens: native-born and
5. In the U.S.,an 18-vear-oldcitizen is to votq but a resident
alien isn't.
6. A(n) is a selected group of people who decide legal casesin
court.
7. A proposedlaw being consideredby a legislative body is called a(n)
8. The government wants to raise the prices on postagestamps,but many people

this plan. Most people don't want to pay more for stamps.
9. This court caseis delaved the arrival of an important witness.
10. Citizens have the right and the to vote.
*Alicncan be a noun or an adjective.

tRcfund canbe a noun or a verb.

IT
11. Pedrois a permanent resident in the U.S., but he hasn't become a cittzen yet. He
is a(n)
12. Oneof the of becominS a citrzen is that cittznns can vote in
local, state, and national elections.
Many English words have two or more meaningfs.To understand what you read, you
need to consider the context in which these words are used.
Rereadthe paragraphsthat the followingwords appear in. Then put a check(/) before the
sentencethat uses the word as ft is usedin the paragraph.
Example
The word neutral in paragraph 6:
_4. The car is in neutral. It won't move.
b. I want a new jacket in a neutral color: white, beige, or gray.
,/ c. I'm not siding with you or your wife in your divorce case. I'm
neutral.
1. The word ali.enin paragraph1:

a. In that sciencefiction movig the main charaeteris an alien from
the planet Mars.
b. He has lived alone in a hut for 35 years. His behavior is alien to
us.
c. He's an alien now, but he wants to becomean American ctfiznn.
2. The word voi.ceinparagraph 4:
a. Her singing voice is beautiftrl.
b. Should children have a voice in making family decisions?
c' Is this verb in the active or passivelloise?
3. The wordbill in paragraph5:
a. The president won't sign that bill, so it will probably never
becomealaw.
b. Did you pay your electric bdl yet?
c" I don't have any changie.Can I put a $1 bill in this coffeemachine?
4. The word.draft in paraSraph7:
a. Pleaseclosethe window. I don't like the cold draft.
b. This isn't the final version of my paper. Ifs just the first draft.
c. Somepeoplewere againstthe draft during the Vietnam War.
(continueil on thc nzxt paqe)
C H A P T E1R5 . C
5. Tlre wordgradunted inparaSraph 11:
a. My sister €iaduated from ntedical school last month. Nor,r'she,sa
tii
ft doctor.
,B
lt
b. This is a graduated series of exer-cises.Each one is a harder
'li
.t!
iit
than the one before.
ft c. My college graduated 525 students last year.
l.l
s
6. The word retut-n in paragraph 12:
fit| a. Pleasereturn this book to the library.
ti
.;.t
b. Sevenpercentis a goodreturn on money in a savingsaccount.
rl
i c. The U.S. tax return is very complicated.

Workwrtha partner.An eachblankline,writetheletterof thecorrect phraseto complete
the
sentence.Thenumbersin parenthesesgive theparagraphsin whichthe expressions are
used.
1. Tostag in offite (5) means
a. to refuse to leave one's place of work
b. to be reelectedto a political job
2. Unrl.eSarn (12) is
a. your father's brother
b. a symbol of the American government
3. Grossdomtstfuprodrct(14) means
a. a Iargleitem made and used in the U.S.
b. the value of all goodsand servicesproduced in the U.S. in a particular year
And tlrc like (15) means_.
a. and similar services
b. and other servicesthat peopleenjoy
5. SociatSecuritg (t6) means
a. the protection of goodfriends
b. a pension provided by the government
:
,l

IT
V. llaking Words Apart
A. Witha partner,writethe abstractnounfor eachverb listedbelow.(Anabstractnounis a
wordthatrefersto an idearatherthana concretething.)lJsea dictionaryfor hetpif
necessary.Somecommonendingsfor abstractnounsareflent, -ance,-tion,and-sion.
Sometrmes thenounandverbare spelledexacflythe same.
Example
assist assistance
1. communlcate _ 7. produce
2. complain 8. protest
3. defend 9 . refund
4. express 10. require
5. oppose 11. resist
6. participate
B. Pronounce theseverb/ nounpairsafteryour teacter. Notethata snrss changemay

occur evenwhenthespelltngsof the nounand verb are the same.ln two-syllable pairsof
this type, thenounis generallysfressedon the first syllableand the verbon the second
(asin items#8 and #9). Nounsendingwrth-tionor -sionare stressedon thenext-foJast
syllable.
Paragraphs5-T tn the reading talk about people having opposingideasabout a
political issue.Here are somemore examplesof these phrasesand patterns:
I'm in favor of strong gun-control laws. I'm opposedto allowing private citizens to
own handguns.
I'm for mo e gun-control laws. I'm againstprivate ownership of handguns.
I support stricter gun control. I opposethe easy purchase of handguns.
Try usingsomeof thesepatterns.Ihen shareyour sentenceswith threeclassmates.

1. Write a sentencee4pressingyour opinion about using federal money to help
peoplepay for legal abortions.
2. Wflte a sentenceexpressingyour opinion about a peacetimemilitary draft

CHAPTER
-
Vll. Sharing ldeas
A. lssues
Debatetheseissuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneand writeaboutit.
1. Shouldvotingfbe mandatoryfor all American citizens?
2. If thereis a draft. shouldmiiitarv servicebe mandatorvfor women as well as
men?
3. Shouldpeoplewho refuseto servein the military be sent to prison?
1. Summaiz,e whata personhas to do to becomean Ameri can ciltzen.Do you
think the requirementsare reasonable?
2. Do you think the American government provides enough services and benefits
to the nation's residents? If not what additional help is needed? Should raxes te
higher so that ttre government can provide more assistance to individuals and
families?
3. Write about something you are opposed to. Explain why you oppose it.
UNIT5 r Governmentand the AmericanCitizen

@
.! ;:
'0
,,
tUonlil Capitalism and the
American Econo
al|
ulf/F/u', wA n wffgglwtE,'luhf @ t6tf ?!,,

tFTwEco\afitc
BrroneYou Rrno
Discuss
1. If we say that the economyof a counby is strong or healthy, what do we
mean?What doesthat say about employmeng salaries,prices, production of
goods,and so on?
2. Whatis capitalism?What are its main characteristics?
3. What is competition? When is it good?When is it bad?
Guess
Thenlookfor the answers
in thereading.
1. How many Americans own sharesof stock in companiestradedon the two
Check (/) one
major stock exchanges?
10 miiiion 60 million 120 million
2. About how many Americans go bankrupt each year? Check 1/) one:
500,000 lmillion 5million
Check (/) one:
3. About how many women own their own businesses?
6 million 9 million 12 million
".: Capitalism end the

fi:i
Arnerican Econornry
g:t
Tbe Basic Principles of Cepitalism

t The U.S.A.is a capitalistic country. In a capitalistic economy, businessesare privately
owned and operated. The govemment's role in the business world is limited. Its main
function is to protect each part of the economy-big business,small business,workers,
and consumers-from abuse. In American capitalism, even such basic needs as trans-
portation, communications, and health care are provided by private companies.
2 In a capitalisteconomy,pricesvarywith changesin supply and demand.Whenthere
are more applesavailablethan peoplewant to buy,the price of applesgoesdown;when
there is a shortage,the price goes up. Of course, prices of goods and services are also
- affected by the cost of producing them.
3 Under ideal conditions, a free economy (with limited govemment controls) is good
for everyone.Workers can choose their careers; they can change iobs to get higher
wages, better working conditions, or professional advancement; and they can form
unions with other workers to demand better treatment from their employer.Manufac-
turers, wholesalers, and retailers c:rn also do well in a capitalist system. They profit
when their businessesare successful.
4 Competition is an essentialelement of capitalism.tn order to compete,businesses
must operate efficiently, economically, and creatively. Because of competition, cus-
tomers receive high-quality merchandise at the lowest possible prices. When there is
a lack of competition in an industry a monopoly may develop. This can happen when a
company buys its competitors or when a company sells its products below cost for a
while in order to drive competitors out of business.To prevent such abuses,there are
national laws prohibiting most monopolies.
UNIT6 o TheWorld of AmericanBusiness

ln a capitalistic economy,disagreementsbetween employeesand employerscan
lead to work stoppagescalled strikesA strike occurswhen unionizedemployeesrefuse
to work until their demandsare satisfied.n strikein a vital industrycan disruptthe en-
tire nationaleconomy.For example,if there is a strike in the transportationindustry,
companiesthat dependon trainsor trucksto transportraw materialsand / or finished
productsmust shut down. Theiremployeesare,therefore,laid off. When workers'in-
comesare greatlyreduced,they do not spend as much.This, in turn, affectsthe income
of businessesthat usually sell to those workers.Also, when large numbersof workers
go on strike,the public may be greatly inconvenienced.Strikescan shut down trans-
portation or cut off food or fuel suppliesto largeareas.
Although capitalism has made most Americansprosperous,not all have benefited.
Foreigncompetition and factory automation have caused many semiskilledworkers
who were earning good wages in manufacturingindustries,such as automobile pro-
duction,to lose their iobs. Many of those able to get new employmenthad to settle for
lower-payingjobs.
At the end of the twentieth century severalmultinational treatiesgreatlyexpanded
the idea of competition to what is calleda "freeglobal economy."This meansthat busi-
nessesin different countries can export their goods to the U.S. and other countries
without paying tariffs (taxes imposed upon imports in order to favor the goods of the
importing country).A freeglobal economyis good for the consumerwho can purchase
cheapermerchandisefrom countrieswhere the cost of doing businessis lower than it
is in the U.S.Howevet it is not good for Americanworkerswho may lose their iobs as a
result of that competition.
Today'sAmerican capitalism benefits most workersas well as businessowners.How-
ever,not everyoneis prosoerousin the U.S.About 127"of the population haveearnings
below the poverty line established by the government. Some people cannot get a
decent-payingiob for reasonssuch as illness or disability, old age, drug or alcohol ad-
diction, or lackof educationor iob-relatedskills.Most people with marketableiob skills
can earn a living in the U.S.,and there are many opportunities for learningtheseskills.
of capitnlism?
Wftatarethreecftaracteristics
fromtariffs?
Whobenefits
Stocks and Bonds

9 American businessesneed huge amounts of money to develop new products, pur-
chase new equipment, build factories,and pay other expensesof doing business.This
money is known as capital.Much of it comes frorn investors (capitalists),who expectto
receivea profitable return on the money that they invest. Without investors,the Amer-
ican economy would not be able to grow and produce the goods that consumerswant.
tn other words, a capitalist economy depends on capitalists to keep it growing.
10 Most investments take one of two forms--stocks or bonds. Stockholderspurchase
shares of a business.lf the businessdoes well, they share in the profits of the company
On the other hand, pmple who purchase bonds lend their money
by receivingdividends.
to a business in exchangefor a fixed rate of retum (a percentageof the face value of the
-______E
16 r Capitalismand the AmericanEconomy
CHAPTER
bond) known as interest. Both stockholdersand bondholdershope that the valueof
their investments will increase. Stocksand bondsaretradedon nationalexchanges. The
New york Stock Exchange is located on Wall Street in New York City. As a result, the
world of investorsis commonly known as Wall Stock
Street. pricesare usually affected by
the profitsof the company,the generaleconomicclimate,and the outlook for the com-
Thefloor ofthe NewYork Stock Exchange
pany in the rrearfuture. Bond prices are primarily influencedby interest rates.lf inter-
est rates rise, bond prices usually fall and vice versa.
11 In recent years,there has been a huge growth in the voh-rmeof stock and bond sales.
Between 1990and 199, the number of shares of stock traded on exchangeseach year
rose from about 4.5 billion to more than 350 billion. On an averagetrading day,more
than a billion sharesof stockchangehandson the New YorkStockExchangeand on the r
NasdaqStock Exchange.It is not unusual for each of those exchangesto handle more t
than 2 billion sharesin a day.In 1987,the value of all stockstradedon stockexchanges
was $1.9trillion. By l999,that figure had iumped to more than $14 trillion.
12 In 1980,only about 27 million Americansownedstocks.Today,more than 120million
individuals are stockholders. And many more are indirectly involved in the markets
through their participationin pensionplans,credit unions,and insuranceplans.In fact,
most of the stocks and bonds that are traded are owned not by individuals but by large
investorssuch as banks,insurancecompanies,pensionfunds,and mutual funds (com-
paniesthat investin many differentbusinessesin order to minimize risk)-
between
Whatis tftedifference stocfuand bonds?
Whereere stocfsanil bondstradeil?
The Cashless Society

13 When people buy merchandiseor services,they often do not pay for their purchases
with cash.One very popular method of making paymentsis by check Most Americans
UNIT6 . The World of AmericanBusiness

@--
havecheckingaccountsand haveaccessto their moneyat the manyATMs(automatic
tellermachines)found all overthe country.
14 Another form of paymentis the use of credit cards.One type of credit card is issued
by a particularstore to its regularcustomers.At the end of each month, the customer
receivesa bill showingthe chargepurchasesmadeduringthat periodand how much is
owed.The customermust paythe balancewithin threeor four weeks.lf the paymentis
late,the customeris usuallychargeda late fee.Most credit cardspermit the userto pay
only a small portion of the total due. lf the customerdoes this, interest is chargedon
the unpaidbalance.
15 Yetanothertype of credit cardis issuedby banksor other financialinstitutions.Some
of the most widely used are MasterCard,Visa,AmericanExpress,and Discover.These
cardscan be used for purchasesat any businessestablishmentthat has agreedto ac-
ceptthem. Themerchantsendsthe salesslip to the issuinginstitution,which paysthe
amount of the charge(lessa discount)to the merchantand then bills the cardholder
As with store credit cards,interestis chargedon any unpaid balance.
16 Theeasyavailabilityof credithasgivenAmericanconsumerstremendouspurchasing
power.But it has also led to a huge amount of debt. Americansnow owe more than
$700billion for credit purchases(not including mortgageloans).Most people pay their
debts regularly.But if they haveunexpectedproblemssuch as unemploymentor an ill-
ness,there may not be enoughmoneyto makethe pairments.If paymentsare not made
for severalmonths, the sellermay sue the debtor in court or take legalaction to repos-
sessthe merchandise.
"t7 Thedebtor who thinks that there is little chanceto repaythe debts may chooseto go
into bankruptcy to be relieved of them. If the debtor has any sizableassets, these may
be sold to partially pay the creditors.Then, the debtor no longer has the cbligation to
pay backthe rest of the debts.While bankruptcymay sound like an attractivesolution,
it is availableonly once every6 years,and it results in a loss of credit to the bankupt
person.That is, the person will be unableto get loans or credit cardsfor a long period
of time, until he can show the ability and willingnessto pay debts. About I million
Americansgo into bankuptcy eachyear.Howevet most people pay their bills regularly,
and the economy is greatlystrengthenedby the billions of dollars of credit purchases
made each year.
18 A recent development in the cashlesssociety is the use of debit cards. Like credit
cards,debit cards can be used to make purchases.However,they do not involve credit.
Whena debit card is used. money is immediately deducted from the use/s bank accounr
and paid to the seller. The use of a credit or debit card is necessaryin purchasesmade
by telephone or on the Intemet. Debit cards are a way of doing business without in-
creasingone s indebtedness.
19 Another way of making purchaseswithout cash is by obtaining a loan. A person wish-
ing to buy an expensive item such as a car or house can bonow the money and pay it
back over a period of years. The payments are usually made each month until the
amount due has been paid with interest. For example,a car may be paid for over a five-
year period. A loan taken out to buy a house (a mortgage) may be paid back over 25 to
30 years.These loans enable Americans to buy the things they need and want before
they have all the money to pay for them. Low-cost loans enable many Americansto go
to college.Many collegeloansallow studentsto delay repaymentuntil aftergraduation.
16 . Capitalismand the AmericanEconomy

CHAPTER
-_____E
Z ,nr.*ro* Why is the lJ.S.calledA cashless
society?
ComFrohGnslon
What is oneadvantage and onedisadvantnge
of buying on credit?
Recent Trends in Business

20 Many changesin the way businessesoperate have occurredover the past 50 years.
Some of the most interestingare the increaseduse of computers;the increasein busi-
!.1 nessownership,especiallyof franchises;the increasingnumber of businessesownedbv
fl
i: womenand minorities;and the growingnumberof home-basedbusinesses
li 21 Computers in Businrs:Although computers have been used by businessesfor many
years,until recentlyonly largecompaniescould afford to own them. The 1980ssaw a
breakthroughin computer developmentwhen personal computers were introduced.
Theyrequirelittle maintenanceand can be operatedby officepersonnelwith a mini-
mum of training.Because of theirwidespreaduse,mass-produced programshavebeen
developedthat can keep track of inventoryand sales, keep payroll records,and even
generatechecks.Today,a businesscan hardlyafford not to haveits own computer.(See
Chapter l8 for further discussionof computers.)
22 SmallBusinrsTrends: Everyyear,increasingnumbers of Amerrcansgc into businessfor
themsefves.Theyare calledentrepreneurs.ln the 1960s,there were about 8 million indi-
vidually owned companies;in 1999,about I 7 million Americansownedtheir own busi-
nesses.For the personwho wantsto be his/herown boss,Americancapitalismprovides
the exciting (though risky) opportunity to try it.
23 Many people who want to becomeentrepreneursdo so by purchasinga franchise.A
company that has developeda successfulbusiness may decide to licenseother compa-
nies to operate similar businessesunder the same name. That licenseis calleda fran-
chise.The original company is known as the franchinr,and the licensed companiesare
franchisea. Each franchiseepays the franchisor for the right to use the franchisename
and ideas.The franchisorassistsits franchiseesin selectinga site for the business,pur-
chasingequipment,and leaminghow to operatethe business.Advertisingis done on a
national basis.The franchisorcontrols the products sold, so consumersknowthe prod-
uct will be the samewhetherthey buy it in New Yorkor California.
In the U.S.,there are more than 500,000franchised businesseswith salesexbeeding
$700billion annually.That is morethan one-third of all retail salesin the U.S.Although
the most well-known franchisesare fast-food businesses, franchisesare available in
many industries, such as real estate brokerages,video rental stores, automotive parts
stores, and travel and employment agencies.Why do so many people choose to buy
franchises?A franchise is the least risky way to go into business for oneself.The fran-
chise'snational reputation, advertising,training program, and businessexperiencegive
the franchiseea big advantageover independent businesses.
Womanand MinofitgBtsinrrlsOwnership: The growing trend toward businessownership
by women and minorities is partly due to the influence of the civil rights and women's
movements,which have encouragedthese groups to go into fields offering greaterop-
portunity for advancement.In 1999,about 9 million women owned businesses,while
membersof minoritygroups ownedanother 2 million.

Ig
Home-based Businessc: Home-basedbusinessand people doing their employers'work
from home is also on the rise-,Thishas been brought about largelyby the expandeduse
of personalcomputersand their ability to connectwith other computersto obtain in-
formation and relaydata to a central business.Thereare now 4 million people operat-
ing their businesses out of their home,and it is estimatedthat that numberwill increase
rapidly during the first decadeof the twenty.firstcentury.
Namethreerecentdevelopments
in small-business
ownership.
27 Americancapitalismhas provedto be one of the most productiveeconomicsystems

in history.In a capitalisticsystem,people try to produce better goodsand servicesbe-
causethere are financialrewardsfor doing so. In addition, the freedomof choicethat
capitalism providesappealsto the independentAmerican character.With few excep-
tions, no outside powertells an entrepreneurhow much to chargefor goodsor services,
and peopleare freeto decidehow they will earn and spendtheir income.TheAmerican
economy is basedupon the belief that everyindividual kncws what is bert for himself
and must take responsibilityfor his decisions.Risksexist, but so do opportunitiesfor
advancement.Most Americansgladly accept both.
Arrrn YouRrao
On eachblankline,writethe letterof the correct phraseto completethe sentence.
1. Paragraph1 saysthat the American government
a. is not allowed to regulatebusiness
b. regulatesbusinessto someextent
2. Paragaph.Ssaysthat
a. workers shouldn't gioon strike
b. strikes sometimescreateproblems for the American ptiblic
3. According to paragfaph 10, peoplewho buy stocks and bonds
-
a. hope to make aprofit
b. uzuallybecome wealthy
4. According to paragraphs16 and 17, buying on credit
a. usuallyleads to bankruptcy
b. can lead to more debt than the consumer can handle
(continuzd on the nact page)
16. Capitatism
cHAprER ano!E lrnglgnlfglgrny
----------@
5. The U.S. is called a cashlesssociety because
a. most people dont have enougih cash
b. people use checks and credit cards instead of paper money to pay for maly
;l
t" things
6. According to paragraphs 23 and ZL,buytng a franchise is _.

a. one common way to become an entrepreneur in the U.S.
b. a form of business ownership used only in the fast-food industry
wordsfor thischapter.Theyare boldfaced
in the
reading.Pronouncethesewordsafteryour teacher,anddiscussthek meanings.
asset debt monopoly
bankruptcy economy profit*
bond goodsf service*
capitalism interest* share*
credit" investor stock
B. Complete thesesentenceswith someof the keyvocabulary

words.Makethe nounsplura!
tf necessary.
1. The American is sometimes called a cashless societv because
most people pay for things with checksand cards.
2. Peoplelend money to abusinessbybuying or they purchase
apieceof abusinessbybuying sharesof
3. A person can buy part of a businessby purchasing of a stock
sold on a stock exchange.
4. When you get your hair cut at the barber or beauty shop or your coat clearrcdat
the dry cleaner's,you are purchasing!a,/an
5. When you buy a jacket or somemilk, you are purchasing
6. dependson competition to keep prices down and quality high.
7. When American Telephone and Telegraphwas providing nearly all the
telephoneservicein the U.S., it had a(n)
8. A person who has a lot of may decideto giointo bankruptcy.
*These words can be used as nouns or verbs.

tTtris noun meaning "merchandise" is always plural.

@
9. Valuable things that you own (such,as a car, a housg or stock) are your
10. Ifyou buy 100sharesofstock for $45 a share and sell those shares a year later
for $60 a sharg you havemadea nice on your investment.
C. Choosethecorrectwordto completeeachsentence.
Thenwriteit on the blanklinein
eachsentence.
1. You bought a pair of glovesusing your credit card. A few dayslater, you
refurned the gloves to the store. The store your account.
(credited / charged)
2. Your mortgage application has been approved, so you can buy a condominium.
The bank has agreed to -_-you the money for the purchase.
(borrow /Lend)
3. You purchased 100 shares of Delicious Candy Company stock. When the
company had a jump in sales, you received (divitunds /
interest)
4. You have $L,000in your savingsaccount.The bank paysyou 4o/o
annually on this money. (divinznns/ interest)
5. Youjust won a miliion dollars on a qtrtz show.You also own three homes,four
cars, a big diamond ring and a painting by Picasso.You have a lot of
(asse*/ dzbts)
6. You own your own business,and two peoplework for you. They are youl
(empLog
ees/ evnplogers)
7. The price of your Delicious Candy Company stock went downbelow whatyou
paid for it If you sell this stock now, you'll take a (profit/
,oss)
8. A person who goesinto will have trouble getting credit for
severalyears. (debt/ bankruptcu)
--------E
CHAPTER16 o Capitalismand the American Economy
'i
j
',1
t
lll. Sharpening ReadlngSkills
Words in Context
Underlinethe meaningof the italicizedword as used in the paragraphindicated.
1. What doesstrike mean in "to go on strike"? (5)

a. to hit a person or an object
b. to refuse to work until one's employer makes some improvement in
working conditions, benefits, and/or salary
2. What does return mealt in "a profitable return"? (9)

a. to come back to aplacn
b. income from an investment
3. What does interest meart in "interest rates"? (10)

a. something someone wants to know about
b. a fixed return on an investment
4. What doesstock mean in "stocks and bonds are traded"? (10)

a. shares of companies for sale to the public
b. merchandise sold in a store

Workwitha partner.Matcheach expression in columnI wfh tts definibonin column2 by
writingthecorrect numberson thelines.Ihe numbersin parentheses give the paragraphsin
whichthe expressionsare used.If you needhelp,usea dictionary.
1. changehands(11) - a company has been pennanently closed
2. cutoff (5) - original price of a bond when issued
3. earn a living (S) - where stocks and bonds are sold
4. facevalue (10) - closed,usually temporarily
s. laid otr (s) - acneptless than you wanted or expected
6. out of business (4) - transfer from one orvner to another
7. setdefor {6) - how much of a product is available
comparedto the amount consumers
want tobuy
8. shut down (5) - terminated, sometimestemporarily,
from a job becauseone is not needed
9. supply and demand (2) - make enough money to pay one's
exllenses
10. Wall Street(10) - Prevent accessto somettrin$
UNIT6 . The World of American Business

IE
lhe correctwordform(nounor adjective)
Workwitha partner.Underline to completeeach
senfence.
l. Capitalismis the {economy
/ economic)systemof the U.S.
2. T-heAmerican (economy/ econontir)dependson capitalistswho investin
businesses.
3. In a (capitalkm / capitalkti"c)ecnnomy,businessesare privately owned.
4. Peoplebuy stocksand bondsbecausethey hope to make a (proft / profitabl"e).
5. Sometimestheir investmentsare(proft / profitable),and sometimesthey lose
money.
6. Peoplewho make a goodliving arefurcsperitg/ prosperous).
Vl. PracticingSentencePatterns :
Tc show the existence(or nonexistence)of something,usethereand the verbbe.lJse
the singular formof beif the complementa4rnoun is singiularor uncountable.Use
the plural form if the noun is plural. Iook at theseexamples.
Singular Plural
There has been prosperity. There have been many strikes.
There was a strike. There were Jebts.
Wntethereplusthecorrectformof bein thefollowing Addnotwherenecessary.
sentences.
1. about 3,000 companieslisted on the New York Stock
Exchange.
2. 25 studentsin my English classlast semester.
3. a lot of rain so far this year.
4. any snowhere last sumaer.
usingthispattern'.
yourownsentences
Nowcomplete
1. There is
2. 'herehavebeen
3. There weren't
i
I
-l
I
I 16 . Capitalismand the AmericanEconomy

CHAPTER
-_@
-1
I
Vll. Sharing ldeas
A. lssues
'i Debatetheseissuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneand writeaboutit.

1. Which is better: to borrow money from a bank in order to start your own
businessor to wait until you have enougfrto go into businesswith your own
money?
2. Is it better to be empioyedby a companyor seH-employed?
3. Should government employees(for example,teachers,police, and firefighters) be
i.
:: allowed to go on strike, or is this too harmful to society?
r'i
:: B. On a Personal Note
Writeaboutoneof fhesetopics.
.'
1. Would you like to own your own buginesssome day? Why or why not?
,a
2. Do you use a credit or debit card?Does it heh you or createproblemsfor you?
1.. 3. Do you think people should ever borrow money? Under what circumstancesdo
you consider this a good idea?
li
F
El 4. Another trend in the American workplace concernshow people dress.In the
8t
t: 1990s,"casual Friday" becamevery popular. Do you think that the way people
$i
*l dressaffects how they work? Explain.
Fi
tl
gi
t.
lt
i
t;
Ir
l,
:?
t:l
l:r
:i:
UNIT6 o The World of AmericanBusiness

@
The American Worker
Workerson strike
BrronrYou Rrao
Discuss
1. If workers are not satisfiedwith their salary or working conditions, what can
they do?
2. Whatis the differencebetween ablue-collar job and a white-collar job?
3. If you owned your own business,what kinds of benefits would you provide
for your employees?
ri#
*
*
'.4 Guess
I
I Tryto answerthe questions.
The:n
lookfor the answers
in the reading.
il
'a
i 1. How many hours a week doesthe avera{eAmerican work? chr,':jr i,fJ one:
s -37 -47 - 57
.Ii
.t]
i;
1i
2. Whatpercenta+eof the American work force is female?Checkf,/J *ne:
{-
.s almost2Ao/o almost 35% almost 5C%
,4 i 3. About how many Americans earn more than $1 mi'llion a year?Check (./) one:
I 30,000 _ 140,000 _300.000
J
The Arnerican, Workep"

":
A Holiday That Honors Workers

&
.il
1 It's called Labor Day,but it is certainly not a time for hard wor]< Or: 'iit i-r.:.11i:4,., rj:'s
ri
a day set aside for relaxation and fun. a time for parades and speecl:;;l f-i,:r-,i,,rinq 'he
ri
x
x
achievementsof the American work force (about 140 million Loec,pir,,, l'i:i,,.,i;,Jircl-:i
i fie
+ U.SA, labor Day is celebratedo4.tfre firs! Mondaf in Septernber.
c
z The origins of this holiday date back to a time when Americi'r ryi.',-:1i,.,.,,r-1y.: ;i1,;j1:;rl
havethe kind of income,protections,and beneffs that they do today.'ii;l sii;iy i-,1i,abor
DaybeganwiththedreamofamannamedPeterl.McGuire.L,lcGuirc',r,:ir.-, l,.r,..,rjtill
lr:i?,
long beforethe U.S.had laws prohibiting child labor.He was the ier-ii:,,.irii;j iri a F$r-:r
family. To help support his brothers and sisters, he went to wcr"klii ; furniture factory
when he was only I I yearsold. He becamea carpenterand, eventuail.i'.liir.,6iic:,;ilientof
a national union of carpenters.McGuire wanted to establish a hnllda.i 'ir hcii,.y"thr in-
dustrial spirit, the great vitalforce of this nation." ln 1882,h*;rnd a ii-,,rl|:hinl:it n:rr.,:cl
Matthew Maguire suggestedthat New York City hold a parade to hcnoi workers.Some
10,000people showedup to participate!In 1894,I-aborDa,;beca;:ii. ir:ierai hi..lij,-t1,,.
"i
and it was quickly adopted by all the states. '
3 Paradesand speechesare iustone aspectof the L,aborDay hclidal, ll!nr';.,-.:-,orlri:1,:
is a 3day weekendfor most workersand students, many people il-q€lt i,:-,r:1ir,:'1, 1::.1;-
li-11.,
doors with friendsand family on this last summer holida.,'
Wftatis thepurpo*of LaborDay?
UNIT6 r The World of AmericanEusiness

@
The Role of Labor Unions
4 On Labor Day,when Americanscelebratethe good fortune of the Americanworker,
theyare reallyhonoringthe achievements of labor unions.A labor union is a groupof
workersdoing the samegeneraltype of work (a craft union) or employedin the samein-
dustry (an industrial union). Workersioin unions to negotiate more effectivelywith
management(to bargainwith their employersfor better contracts).Thereare unions for
miners,musicians,public employees(suchas teachersand police officers),janitors,
nurses,plumbers,factoryworkers,constructionworkers,employeesir the transporta-
tion industries,and manyothergroups.
5 Unions are democratic institutions. They have elected leaders(some are paid and
somearevolunteers)who try to carryout the group'sgoals.The union'sleadersand im-
portant decisionsare determinedby a majority vote of the membership.Union mem-
bers pay dues to support the activitiesof the union.
6 For more than 100years,Americanunions havebeen representing workers.During
the early years, there were many violent incidents becausemanagementconsidered
unions illegal and tried to preventworkersfrom organizing.Latet unions becameso
powerfulthat federallaws were requiredto control union abuses.Today,unions are an
acceptedpart of the workplace.Altogether,about 12"/"of.the nation's wcrkers-appro--
imately l6 million Americans-belong to unions.
7 Unions have made great gains in getting employeesgreater iob security, higher
wages, a shorter workweek, extra pay for overtime work, paid vacations, sick leave,
health insurance,pension plans,and safe,sanitaryworkingconditions.Also, as a result
of union efforts, many laws have been passed that protect and help workers. Federal
laws prohibit employers from discriminating against workersbecauseof race, religion,
sex, age, or physical disability. Today,most workers must be paid at least the federal
minimum hourly wage ($5.15in 2000).Federallaw also requiresmost employersto pay
employeesat least time-and-a-half(l lZ times their regularhourly rate)when they work
overtime. Unions have also fought to protect children in the worKorce. In most states,
children under the age of 14 are not allowed to hold iobs, though there are some ex-
ceptions to this restriction. For example, children are allowed to work part time to de-
liver newspapersor work as entertainers.
8 In attempting to achieve its goals, a union may employ its most powerful w€opoll:
the strike. A strike occurs when union members decide not to return to work until their
employer gives in to some or all of their demands.Workerson strike picket their em-
ployer by walking back and forth in front of their place of business,carrying signs stat-
ing their complaints.
9 ln spite of the gains that unions have made for workers,in the last few decadesof the
twentieth century American labor unions lost membership. The percentageof union-
ized workersin the workforceand the actual number of union members both declined.
l.abor unions have always been strongest in construction, manufacturing,mining, and
transportation industries. In recent years, becauseof the automafon of American fac-
tories and the shifting of many factories to foreign countries,the number of blue-collar
employees(those whose iobs are mostly more physical) has greatly declined. Howevet
CHAPTER17 . The AmericanWorket

@
morewhite-collarworkers(thosewhoselobsare mostlyin offices)are becomingunion-
ized.Forexample,about 37"/o of governmentemployeesbelongto unions.
10 Thoughthe numberof union membershasbeendeclining,unionsremainimportant
in the U.S.Collectivebargainingagreementsbetweenlabor and managementalsoaffect
nonunionmembersin unionizedbusinesses. Theseagreementscovernot only salary
schedulesbut also working conditions,workers'rights, and benefits.Moreover,labor
unions havesome political influence.The Americanlabor movementdoes not haveits
own political parryas in some other countries.However,union leadersinfluencelegisla-
tion and governmentpolicyby lobbying(talkingto legislatorsin the statecapitalsand in
Washington,D.C.about their goals).In electionyears,most candidateswant the 5lrppott
of organizedlabol so they must be concernedabout the needsand interestsof unions.
Unions encouragetheir workersto contributeto the political campaignsof candidates
they considerpro-laborand to vote for candidateswho support workers'interests.
11 Most Americanunions belongto the AFL-CIO,an organizationthat combinedthe
formerAmericanFederationof Laborand the Congressof IndustrialOrganizations. This
federation,with some l3 million members,hasa greatdeal of politicalinfluence.
12 Of course,many companies,institutions,and occupationsare not unionized.Those
that are cannot require prospectiveemployeesto join the union in order to be consid-
ered for a lob. However,in some industries,workersmust agreeto ioin the union after
they are hired. In other places of business,union membership is optionat. In some
cases,workerswho choosenot to ioin must still contributeto the union becausethey,
along with the union members,benefit from union achievements.
Listat leastftuewaAsin whichunionsftavehelpedworkers.
Protection for the American Worker

t5 Most American workershave some protection against sudden stoppageof income.If
workersare laid off (losetheir jobs) through no fautt of their own, they may be eligible
for unemployment compensation-temporary payments from the government-until
l they find another iob or their benefit period expires.Another way in which workerscan
H
l,
protect'their paycheck is by purchasing insurancethat guaranteesthe family a regular
income if the breadwinner(s)cannot continue working becauseof iniury illness,or
death.
14 The most widespreadtype of financial protection of wagesis a federal programcalled
Social Security.lt protects workersand their famllies against income loss due to retire-
ment, illness, or death. About 44 million Americans(approximatelyone out of six)
receive Social Security pension, disabiliti, or survivors' benefits. Most U.S- workers
(employeesand self-employed persons as well) are required to participate in this pro-
gram. Self-employedpeople pay contributions quarterly. Employees'contributions are
deducted from their paycheck each payday.Most workers contribute about 7.65"/"of
their wages;the employer contributes an equal amount. The government keepsa record
of eachworker'saccount under the person'sSocialSecuritynumber.

E
t) A workermust contributeto the fund for a specifiedlength of time in orderto be el-
igible for SocialSecuritybenefits.The amount of money receiveddependson the indi-
viduals averageearningsduring his workingyears.However,workersrvith low lifetime
eamingscollect benefitsproportionallygreaterin relationto their contributionsthan do
those with higherlifetime earnings.The averagemonthly Social Securitycheckis about
s830.
to For manyyears,regularretirementage has been 65. However,a 1983federallaw pro-
videdfora gradualincreasefrom age65 to age67 beginningi,r 2003and endingin2O27.
Workersmay chooseto retire and begin receivingpensionpaymentsa fewyearsearlier
than the regularretirementage,but then the amount receivedeach month is smaller.
Z *r*ro*
of people
groups
GomFnetonshnWhatdifferent moneufromSocialSecuritq?
areeligibleto receive
Living Standards
17 For most Americans,Labor Day is an occasionto count their blessings.The U.S.is a
prosperousnation. lts unemploymentrate (about4%)is extremelylow.Americansearn-
ing the medianannual householdincome (about$4l ,000)or more can live comfortably,
own a car,and buy appliancesthat savework and provide entertainment. Yet many peo-
ple are dissatisfiedwith their earningsand their standard of living. Among those dis-
satisfiedare the poor,some membersof the middle class,and some women.
t8 Who'spoorintheprosperousU.S.A.?Nearly 12"/"ofthepopulation,accordingto I999
statistics. (ln that year,the U.S.government set the poverty for
level at S17,000 a family
of four.) Most poor Americans fall into one or more of these categories:the elderly re-
tired, the physicallyor mentallyill, unskilledworkers,the uneducated,the unemployed,
singleparents,children,and minorities.In 1999,those living in povertyincluded 17"/"of
all American children and roughly 23"/"of African-Americansand Hispanics.Although
the percentageof pmple living in poverty decreasedfrom 1979to 1999,the figure is still
high. What can be done? More iob training is needed so that unskilled workerscan de-
velop marketableskills.Also, many peoplefeelthat it would help to raisethe minimum
wage (the lowest hourly rate that most employersare allowed to pay employees).A fam-
ily of three or four living on one persons minimum wage salary is quite poor.
l9 The American middle class also has some discontented members. In the 1990s,the
U.S.economy was booming, the stock market zoomed upward, and the rich got richer.
Between1992and 1997,the number of Americanseaming over $l million a year more
than doubled (from about 67,000to about 142,000.)From 1994to 2000,the number of
househotdswith a net worth of more than $ I million iumped from 3.5million to 7.I mil-
lion. Meanwhile, some middle-class workers saw their purchasing power decline
slightly; others made only modest gains.
20 Someof the nation's64 million workingwomen are also unhappyabout the business
environment. Since the women's liberation movement began in the 1960s,American
women have struggled with two maior disadvantagesin the workplace:( I ) men are, on
the average,paid more than women to do the same iob, and (2) women havemore dit
CHAPTER17 o The AmericanWorker

@
ficulty than men getting promotions to positions of more powerand higherincome.In
recentdecades,women have made great progress.The glassceiling,which is the name
for the barriersthat hold backwomen and minorities in the workplace,is beingbroken
in many areas.Still, althoughalmost half of the Americanwork forceis female,only 4"6
of the top executivesof corporationsare women. Men outeam womensubstantially.For
everydollar a man earns,a woman earns 76 cents. By the age of 50,the averageAmer-
ican workingwoman has earnedabout $fOO,OOO during her yearsof employment.Fora
man the sameage,the comparablefigure is about $l million. However,womenare nar,
rowingthe gap. More and more women are enteringtraditionallymale-dominatedhigh-
paying professionssuch as medicine, law, engineering,and architecture.American
women now earn 39%of the country'smedical degrees and 43/" of its law degrees.
Womenare also startingtheir own businessesin increasingnumbers.
21 Though manyAmericansare not totally satisfiedwith the workthey do or the money
it brings in, on the whole the American workforce has adjusted well to enormous
changesin the past l00years.In 1900,about 20"/oofAmerican womenworked.Today,
about 60"/"of women over age 16are employed.During the twentieth century,the per, .ii
centageof employedmen age 65 or older fell from about 65"/otoabout 157o. SocialSe-
curity and other retirementbenefitsdiscourageolder people from workingfull time. At
the other end of the age spectrum,more young Americansare attending collegenow i
and are,therefore,beginningfull-time employmentat a later age.As a result,the num-
ber of yearsthat the averageAmerican works full time has shrunk quite a bit since 1900. .;. l
Also, during the twentieth century the percentageof agricultural workersfell from 40"6 ..,.-.I-
.:t i
to about 2.6"6of the workforce,and the percentageof other blue-collar workersalso de-
creased.The maiority of American employees are now white-collar workers.Yearsago, *l
it was common for workersto spend all tlreir working years doing the same iob for the
same company.Today,conditions changerapidly, so people are often forced to relocate
and learn new skills. From l98l to t985, about I I million adult workerslost their lobs
becauseof factoryclosingsand cutbacks.Meanwhile,the number of jobs in high-tech
fields has been growing rapidly. i
I
22 One recentworkplacechangeis causingsome unhappiness.Americansarespending 1
more hours on the iob than they did a few decadesago. Americans think of a full-time I
j
iob as being 40 hours a week----eighthours a day, five days a week.But, in fact, today the ;
averageAmerican employee works about 47 hours per week, and about 37%of Ameri-
cans are working 50 or more hours perweek. Compared to 1980,Americansare working
the equivalent of two additional weeks a year.Why? To increaseprofits, many compa-
nies have "downsized"(decreasedtheir number of employees),and they expect to get
more work out of those remaining. Also, to increase their incomes, many Americans
"moonlight'-take on a part-time iob in addition to a full-time iob. Americansare now
wo*ing more hours than people in any other highly industrialized nation. Even the
fapanese,often called workaholics,spend slightly less time on the iob than Americans.
The averageAmerican work 1,966hours per year, ignoring the well-known saying that
tells them: 'All work and no play makes lack a dull boy." Nowadays,Americans really
need that tabor Day holiday more than ever.
UNIT6 r The World of American Business

@
.ri,
&--
ArrenYou Reao
A. Discussthesequestionswithyour classmates.
0n a separatepieceof paper,write
answersto two of them.
l. Accordingto the rcadinS,what is goodabout working in the U.S.?
2. What three population giroupshave somedissatisfiedworkers? Why?
3. Why do today's Americans spendfewer years in the workforce than their
parents and grandparentsdid?
B. Rereadthesecondsectionof thisreading,"TheRoleof LaborUnions." Thenput a check

(/) aftereach statement
that tellsabouta benefitthat workersget froma union.
1. Unionized workers must pay duesto their union
2. Unions negotiate contracts for their workers and can help them get higher pay.
3. Unions influence lawmakers to passlaws that protect workers. -

4. Union membersmust go along with mqiodty decisions even when they don't
agreewith tlem. For examplg members are expectedto go on strike if the group
votes for ona
C. 0n the job, thewordbeneft meanssomething workersgetfrom theiremployerin addition

to thek pay. put (/)
Usingthis definition, a check after each item thatis a benefit.
1. waEes 4. paid holidays and paid vacations
2. the right to strike 5. private pension plans -
3 . union membership 6. medical, dental, and / or life insurance -

reading.Pronouncethesewords afteryour teacher,and discusstheir meanings.
abuse* eligible retire
automation ne$otiate security
benefit" optional strike*
deduct picket* union
duesf promotion volunteer*

tAs it is used in this chapter, duesis always plural.
CHAPTER17 . The AmericanWorker

IE
B. Complete
thesesenterrces
with someof the keyvocabulary
wordson p;9.€:lL|:;.i'lake
the nounspluralif necessary.
1. Labor are orsanizedgroups of lr.orkers 1,-r,l1t1
fii-;1itr \:.,.,.. type
of work or who work in the same industrv.
2. Many past of labor and mana$ement eri
the federal government passed laws against them.
3. Union representativesoften with eri grir;,i ili { riu;:ri1.,.1,rii:
:rt)
and tr5r,throu$h compromisg to write a contract that satisfir:r lir:ri'ii:;j,,i..:,."j',, is
process is called collective bargaining.
4. Striking workers often their ernployerl" it.:,r.r"1,.i
i1:-trrii: r :
expressingtheir complaints.
). are people who work for no pay.
6. Many Americans at a$e 65 and rec*ii"'r Li jl'r:t-!i,.':.."
7. Social provides oisabilir,y protection a;i* :j i,1ll l;:rl:r-ir-:
retirement.
8. Employers r,'.
;
C. Matcheachwordin column7 withis definitionin column2 by wrifingffi. ,,:1,,1;,,,a1

numberson the lines.
1. employees - individuals, businesses, or insfiil:i.r,.r.!i:iiilri l';i:r, r,'i
2. employers _ workers who have a boss
3. self-employed _work; ajob
4. unemployed - peoplewho own their own businesses
). employrrent _ not working
D. Whichpairsare synonyms
(wordshavingsimitarmeanings)artdwhi;:iifr{c #f}[o,i,r.rji:.
(wordshavingopposrtemeanings)?
l,VnteS for synonym
or A fr.r:'fiilii:iii;:i":iii:,i :,::,t::.!
1. optiona! required
2. hned;laidofforfred_
3. security; freedom from dangeror risk _
4. prohibig allow_
5. labor; rnanagement_
6. negotiate;bafgain _
7. de*hne;decrease_
UNIT6 r the Worldof AmericanBusiness

@
8. pension; retirement pay - -
9. volunteer; paid worker -
10. deduct; add -
Context Clues
Oneachblankline,wrrtethe letterof the correctphraseto completethe sentence.
1. In paragraph1, on thecontarq means
a. for this reason
b. just the opposite
2. In paragraph9, in spiteof thegains that unionshaventademeans
a. becauseof the progressof unions
b. although unions have made progress
3. In paragraph\0, organizedlnbor rcfers to -.
a. employeeswho organizetheir work weli
b. rrnionized employees
4. Inparagraph 76, worleersmag chnoseto retire means
a. they may quit working permanently
b. they may go to sleeoon the job
5. In paragnph L9, the U.S.ecornmgwasboomingmeans
a. *rere was abig e4plosion
b. there was prosperity

A. 0n eachblankline,writethe letterof thecorrect phraseto completethe sentence.Ihe
numbersin parerthesesgive theparagraphsin whichthe expressionsare used.
1. The idiom carry out (5) is used here to mean
a. take sometling outside
b. do or accomplishsomething
2. \\e e4pressiontim.e-and.-a-half (7) refers to -.
a. a higfrer rate of pay for working overtime
b. workinglhalf the usual time
3. Minimumwage (7, 13) means
-
a. the lowest hourly rate that most employersare allowed to pay
b. the lowest annual salary that any worker c'anbelegally paid
(continuzil on the nzxt page)
CHAPTER17 . The AmericanWorker

w
4. Givein (8) means_
a. refuse to r"""pi
b. stop arguingand do what someoneelsewants
J. Blrc-collnr worleers
(g) _.
a. wearblue suits and ties to work
b. often do physical work
6. White-coliarworkers(g) _.
a. areall highly educatedprofessionals
b. usually work in offices
7. Workersgetlâi^d.otr03)when they
f,{
is a. behavebadly on the job
*+l I
:t*,
b. are not neededon thejob i
tr
u.,
!. { '
t'.:
8. One'sstan"d"ard
ofliving (12) is relatedto
i i,i: a. one'smoral values
i:il
s$ , b. what one can afford to buy
!-i
i*;
9. Purchasirrypower(t9) means
a. the right to buy a lot
b. the value of money in terms of how much it will buv
10. A worleaholic(ZZ) is a person who __
a. carlt stop workingland works too much
b. ddnks alcohol on tle job
B. Discussthe meaningsof the followingexpressions.The numbersin parentheses

give the
paragraphsin whichthe expressions are used.
on strike (8)
laid off (compare tobeingfired) (B)
glassceiling (20)
Oneachblankline,answerfte questionsaboutthewordparts.
1. The prefix dz-hasseveralmeanings,including"down," "removal,',or
"separation.'which meaningdoesde-havein d.ed.u.ct,
itecriru and,ibcrease?
2. What doesauto- mean in automatinn and,autom.obilz?

What does-mnbilemean?
UNIT6 r The Wodd of AmericanBusiness

E
Vl. Practicing SentencePatterns
Notice the use of for example in the following excerpt: In mnst states, chi6ren under the
age of 14 are rnt allowed to h.oMjobs, though there are somz mceptions to this restrbtion.
For example, children are allowed to work part fime to ilcliver n"ewspapersor work as
entertainsrs.
Writeyour awn completesentencesafter for example.
1. Most American employees enjoy manybenefits. For examplg
2. Workers may collect Social Security for several different reasons. For examplg
Vll. Sharing ldeas

A. lssues
Discusstheselssuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneandwrite aboutit.
l. One hundred years ago,many peopleworked 10 hours a day, 6 days a week.
Now Americans feel that 47 hours a week is too many hours to work. How
manyhours aweekshouldapersonhave to devoteto making aliving?
2. When choosing a job, what's more important-the salary or the benefits?
3. Workplace privacy is a big issuein the U.S. Have you ever worked for an
employer (in the U.S. or elsewhere)that intruded on your privacy, for example,
by requiring drug and alcohol testin$, asking about your income from other
sources,readinglyour e-maif monitoringyour job performance,searchingiyour
desk, or enforcing a dresscode.How much doesan employer have a rigilrt to
know about employees?Whatbehavior should an employerbe allowed to
control?
Wrtteaboutoneof ftese topics.
1. Which gives a person a better life: working more hours and earning more money
orworking fewerhours and having more leisure timebutless money?
'Write a
2. Reaalthe Help Wanted adsin local newspapers.Selectan ad to answer.
job application letter and a r6sum6.Ask your teacherfor help with tle format.
3. Describe a job you once had. Write about ihe work and explain why you e4joyed
it or hated it.
CHAPTER17 r The AmericanWorker

E
High-Tech
CommunicaticHG.s
$lwSuatn
TERMfiAFEROIiP 'TTIEDECIJI'IEcF
E'UCATIO[{'
A11ERICAAI
ffiWt
BeronrYou Reno
Discuss
1. Doyou usea computer?What doyou do with it t!;r i, t',xi:'1ili,.
getyow work done?
2. Do you think the computerrevolution has a do',t.nsi{r?l.:.r,'_ri:,..
.
computers createdproblems or inc:reasedrisks ,fi-'rstir-js.'i-,,,
3. Doyou carrJracellphonewith you?What are thr l*.:::r1,r- i-:
disadvantagesof doing so?
T@
Guess
Try to answer the questions.Thenlook for the answersin the reading.
1. What percnntage of U.S. households have computers? Check (/) one
- about 25o/" - more than 50 7o - more than 75o/o

2. By the year 2010, which will probably be the larger number in the U.S.?
Check (/) one:
- the number of computers - the number of people
Iligh- Tech Cornrnanications

Computers
1 As the third millennium approached,people everywhereshiveredwith fear.A few
worried that the year 2000would fulfill an ancient prediction and bring the end of the
world. Millions more feared a contemporary calamity---{omputer confusion. Would
computers think that the year 2000was 1900?As a result, would electricity,heat, water
supplies,airplaneservice,banking,and food deliveryall be disrupted?This widespread
anxiety even had a name-Y2K (a symbol for the year 2000).Fortunately,the computer
programmerswho had predicted this potentii.l problem figured out waysto avoid it. On
Ianuary l, 2000,there were amazinglyfervcomputer'Qlitches'--€xcept for one very sur-
prised man who was charged a $400,000late fee on a rented videotape! But Y2K re-
minded the world just how dependentindustrializedsocieties(and especiallythe U.S.)
are on computers.
2 Computers control almost everypart of American life. They are in places most peo-
ple don't even realize. Computers regulate cars, microwave ovens, telephones, even
newer models of refrigeratorsand dishwashers.The growth in computer usage came
about only recently.In the 1970s,only large businessesand governmentshad comput-
ers. They were extremely expensiveand very large. Shortly after the introduction of the
smallel cheaper personal computer, Ken Olson, the president of Digital Equipment
Corporation, said, "There is no reason for any individual to have a computer in their
home." Today,there are computers in 55 million American homes (more than half of all
households),and the number is growing rapidly.About 30%of all computers are in the
United States.About 92%of Americansunder age 60 have used a computer.It has been
predicted that, by the year 2010,there will be more computers than people in the U.S.
What purpose do these computers serve?Among many other tasks, computers send
and receivemessages,do research,keep track of finances, make and check on invest-
ments, and purchasegoods of all kinds-books, antiques, groceries,cars, homes, air-
plane tickets, and more computers.Almost anything that can be purchasedat a store or
by mail order can now be obtained by computer.
l8 . High-Tech
CHAPTER Communications
EI
$*{
3 Businessesof all sizesnow find computersa necessity.Computerskeeptrackof in-
ventory,record financialdata, transmit credit card information,and receiveimmediate
approvalon credit card purchases.Productsthat are bought in personare also affected
$ by computers.Most productssold today havea bar-codelabel that containsthe name

of the product.the price,and other information.An employeeenterspricesinto a data-
$1 base that also contains product descriptions.A laserdevice readsthe bar code at the
checkoutline,and the nameof the productand priceareautomaticallyprintedon a reg-
ffi
d
fl'
iJ
tl
4
istertape. No matterwhat the iob is, computerliteracyis essentialin todays business
world.
Computershave revolutionizedmedicine.They have made possiblesuchdevicesas
the CT* scannerand the MRlt machine,both of which are used to diagnosemedical
conditions.An amazingnewinstrumentis beingdevelopedthat will be ableto diagnose
ijtr breastcancerlong beforea mammogramcould detect it.
'3.
5 Home computers are usefulto people of all ages.Children as young as 3 yearsold
$
$. practicecomputer skills they will need in their school yearsand careers.Olderchildren
i{! ,
i! play exciting (and sometimes scary) computer games. Educational programs on
ffli
*' CD-ROMdisks teach reading,geography,and virtually all other academicsubjects.
*., Teenagerscommunicatewith their friendsby e-mail (electronicmail) and meet people
fi with similar interestsall over the world on the Internet. Many high schooland college
d*t
T'
f,,, teachersgive assignmentsto studentsby e-mail.Studentsresearchassignmentson.the
$ r!
, Intemet, use a word-processingprogram to type them up, and send them to their teach-
.$1
ers via the lnternet. Some teacherscorrect and grade work and retum it electronically.
,]
-.ii1
rr.
l'l
Aiults with money to invest study public companiesand buy and sell stocksonline.
Si Older people use e-mail to communicatewith their grown children and grandchildren
+;j;
1:.t
who may live far away.Not onlywritten material, but pictures, too, can be sent by com-
$F'
I'ir' puter anywhere in the world.
:rii 6 The computer revolution has had an enorrnous effect upon the economy.The com-
ii{ j
$:
putet and especiallythe Internet,has produceda host of new businesses,suchas com-
lii :
f,,
!tt
paniesthat sell productsexclusivelyon the Intemet and companiesthat manufacture,
Iril :
H develop,and improve softwareand hardware.When these companies sell their stock on

$&, stock exchanges,many people invest in them.
w
Eti
7 The growth of computer use has also created millions of new iobs, replacing those
tfl that were lost as manufacturing industries became more automated and companies
t1!
built new factories outside the U.S. However,this new high-tech iob market requires
*i
iR. specializedskills and training.
ii' 8 Computers have even changedwhere workersdo their iobs. Today,more than 20 mil-
'!'j lion people are "telecommuting" (working at home and communicating with their of-
,ti I
-4, fices by computer), at least part of the week.
.l: l
,*'
:i'
'i
*Computed tomography.
iMagnetic resonanceimaging.
UNIT6 r The World of American Business

IE
E| c-ni*ru*
ComprutonslolWhatareftvetasfsthatcomputers
cando?
The Telephone and Associated Devices

9 In March of 1876,when AlexanderGraham Bell called to his assistanton the tele-
phone he had iust invented,he could never have predicted what an important instru-
ment he had iust created.U.S.presidentRutnerfordHayessaid, "That'san amazingin-
vention, but who would everwant to use one of them?" However,he soon changedhis
tune. In 1878,he had a telephoneinstalledat the White House.He immediatelyput in
a call-to AlexanderGrahamBell.
i0 Perhapsno inventionhas affecteddaily life as much as the telephone.In its early
years,it enabled peopleto talk to eachother without havingto travellong distancesby
foot or horseback.Later it provideda meansof transmitting newsand other important
informationall aroundthe world instantly.And today it providesthe meansfor millions
of people to communicatewith each other directlyor via the Internet.
1I Wirelessportablephones(usuallycalledcellular or cellphonain the U.S.) providepeo-
ple with peaceof mind becausethey can quicklycontactothers in caseof an emergency
even when no wired phone is nearby.Peoplealso use cell phones for less dramatic pur-
poses. Many people chat with friends or check in on their kids as they walk along the
street or shop. Ownership of these telephones greatly expanded between 1990 and
-t.
2000.ln 1988,therewere about 2 million in use, mostly by businesspeopleand profes-
.e
sionals who neededto keep in touch with their offices and clients. Today,more than 80
million cell phones are owned and used by people all over the U.S.Cell phone usage
has increased,becausethe cost has decreasedto the point where most people can af-
ford it. When first introduced,cell phones cost more than $1,000,and the per-minute
rate made them impractical for most individuals. Today, many companies give the
phones away or sell them at very low prices. The cost of air time also has dropped, to
about l0 cents a minute.
,?
:i],,
:
+,/
t]
1:
.I TOLD YOO NEVER TO CALL II1EIIERE.'
18 . High-Tech
12 Thequalityof cell phoneshasalso significantlyimproved.ln the past,peoplespeak-
ing from wirelesstelephoiieswere often difficult to hear and, frequently,the signal
would be lost. Today'sphonesproducesound quality equal to wired telephones,and
the connectionsare much more reliable.lt is now even possible,with some new
phones,to connectto the Internet.
13 Cell phonescan also be nuisances.Many theatersand librarieshavesignsasking
that cell phonesbe turned off.A famous Broadwayactor actuallystoppeda performance
when somebody'scell phonerangtPeopleusingcell phoneswhiledrivingcan be dan-
gerous.They are engrossedin conversationinstead of concentratingon their driving.
Somestatesare consideringlawsto prohibit talking on the phone while driving.
14 Another popular method of high-techcommunicationis the pager, often referredto
as a "beeper."lt is a small deviceusually hooked onto one's belt or carriedin one's
purse.A person wishing to contact someone phones that person'spager.When the
pagerreceivesthe message,it beepsto let the owner knowthat someoneis trvingto get
in touch.A displayon the pagershowsthe caller'stelephonenumber.More sophisti-
catedpagersdisplaya messagefrom the caller.Pagerswereoriginallyused primarilyby
physicianswho neededto be reachedin emergencies.Today,pagersare commonlyused
by many businesspeopleto talk with custumers.Parentsalso use them to relay mes-
sagesto their childrenand viceversa.
l5 TWoother communicationdevicesthat have come into common usageare the an-
swering machine and its cousin, voice mail. The answeringmachine gives callers a
recordedmessagetelling them to leave a name and telephone number.At one time,
many people consideredthe use of answeringmachinesrude.Today,most peoplecon-
siderthe lackof an answeringmachineinconsideratesince,without it. the callercannot
leave a messagefor a person who is away.Voice mail also provides a messageand a
chance to leave a message.lt is more often used by businessesbecause it can also
channelcallersthrough a seriesof messagesto the departmentthat will best servethe
callers' needs.Voice mail can be very frustrating to people who want to speakto an ac,
tual person immediately.
Why arecellphones
sopopulat?Listfour usesof them.
Tlre Intenret
't6 Perhaps the most radical changes in American communications involve the wide-
spread use of the Intemet, a vast network of connected computers. The Intemet was
originally createdby the U.S.govemment to enable researchscientists to communicate
with one another. The original experiment involved iust four computers. The lntemet
began to expand in the 1980swhen the National ScienceFoundation provided funding
to involve more computersat more sites. During the 1990s,the Intemet grewto connect
computersall over the world. As more computersbecameavailable,the use of the In-
ternet grew at a very rapid rate.In 1994,about 3 million peoplewereusing the Internet.
By 1999,that nrimberhad grownto 200million, mostly in the U.S.At the turn of the cen-
UN|I 6 . The World of AmericanEusiness

@
tury, it was estimatedthat within 5 years,a billion people would communicatein cy-
berspace(a namecommonly'usedto meanthe lnternet).
11
To use the Internet,one must subscribeto an Internetserviceprovider (lSP).By far
the largestof these is AmericaOnline,which has a membershipof more than 20 mil-
hon. Most people connect to the Internet through their telephone line. A subscriber,
usinga computerand modem,dialsa localtelephonenumberand is connectedto the
lSP.From there, the user can connectto computersall over the world or communicate
by e-mail with other Internet users.Peoplewho need faster lhtemet servicecan sub-
scribeto a DSL{digital subscriberline),which usescopperwiring with specialhardware
and is more expensive.High-speedlnternet connectionsare also available through
cable from the same companiesthat furnish cable TV service,Even higher speedsare
availableto businesses over superfasttelephonelinescalledTl and T3.
l8 One of the most popular featuresof the lnternetis e-mail.E-mailprovidesa means
of communicating with peopleall overthe worldalmostimmediately. To do so, the per-
son sending the messagetypes the recipient'se-mail addressand a messageinto a
computerprogramthat looks like a form.The messageis then sent overtelephonelines
to the ISP,which transmits it to the recipient,who can log on to his ISPand receivethe
message.In addition to text messages,graphics and computer programscan be sent
by e-mail. About two-thirds of all e-mail comes from the U.S.It is estimated that the
numberof e-mail messagessent from the U-S.exceedsthe number of lettersdelivered
by the U.S.Postal Service(often called snailmail).Thanksto e-mail and the World Wide
Web,people all over the world can receivenewsfrom anywhereelse without censorship.
Govemmentscan no longerhide behind their propaganda.Thetruth is availableto any-
one with lntemet access.
19 Another very popular and important feature of the Internet is the World Wide Web
(WWW).It can connect a computer anywherein the world with a vast number of other
computers that contain a world of information (not all of it accurate,however).You can
find the text of all of Shakespeare'splays and read them on your computer screen,
downloadthem to your computers hard drive,or print them on your printer. Recently,
the entire Encycbpedia Britanniu was made available on the Web to anyone with a com-
puter, a modem, and an ISP.Using the Web, one can look into the Library of Congress
or find the opinions of the U.S.SupremeCourt.The amount of informationon the Web
is enormous and growing daily. It is often refened to as the "lnformation Superhighway."
It is estimated that, by the end of the twentieth century,there were more than I billion
Web pagesavailable to'Web surfers,"most of them free.
To reach a Web site, it is necessaryto know the address. For example, to reach the
White House you would enter www.whitehouse.gov.This is pronounced "www dot
whitehouse dot gov."
21 Probably the fastest-growingpart of the Web is called e-cnmmerce. Most retail busi-
nesseshaveWeb sites where prospective customers browse among the rcmpanfs mer-
chandise,finding pictures and prices of the products 'Io
arrailable. order something on
the Web, a customer fills in an order form with his name, address,credit card informa-
tion, and a list of the productsto be purchased.The customer'saccountis charged,and
the merchandiseis delivered to his door. Many companieswithout retail stores haveset
up shop on the Web, and the number of such companiesis growingrapidly.Thereare
18 . High-Tech
-----@
also companiesthat sell goods by auction (a sale wherepeople offer to buy an item at
a certainprice,and the one makingthe highestbid getsto buy the product).some web
ff
*?;
{i;r
22
sitessearchthe Web and find theircustomersthe best pricefor a particularproduct,for
example,life insurancepolicies,airplanetickets,and home mortgages.
The importanceof the Webto researchcannot be overemphasized. PresidentCljnton
proposedthat everyclassroomin Americabe equipped with lnternetaccessand that
everyteacherbe instructedin the useof the Internet.Theamount of materialavailable
fi$
g& on the Web is much greaterthan any library'sresources.All this information is also
trs
ET availablein many foreign langtiagesfrom sites around the world.
{: 23 While computers have greatlyexpandedcommunications,computer usagehas cre-
i:
,l ated a whole new languagethat must be learned.Some call it computerese. Online(being
; connectedto a network),suf (searchingthrough the World Wide Web),download andup-
load(receivingand sendingdata from or to another computer),laptop(a portable com,
puter), and mouse(a devicefor performingoperationson the computer)are iust a few of
the new words (or new meaningsof old words)used in computerland.
Z, l;a
:confr$onds Whatarethreemaioractivities
thatcanbedoneon thelnternet?
The Future of Technology

24 What new inventionswill technologybring by the year 2010?While it is difficult to
predictthe future, it is likelythat computerswill continueto becomesmallel faster.and
cheaper.Here are some additional predictions.Smaller and longer,lastingbatteriesand
wireless accessto the Internet will enable people to take computers (probably pocket-
sized)whereverthey go. Cell phoneswill also becomesmallerand more reliableand will
be usable anywherein the world. Cell phones will have paging capability,so todays
pagerswill becomeobsolete. Fastercomputersand cheaperDSL and cable will elimi-
nate the frustration of waiting fora Web pageto appear.The Intemet will becomean es-
i sentialtool for research,shopping,and communication.Finally,worldwideuseof com,
I municationtools will help peoplearoundthe globe better understandand interactwith
i
each other.
F
T.
Arrrn You Reno

A. Rereadparagraphs2, 3, 6, 8, and2I. Dscusswitha partnerthevariouswaysthat
computersare usedin thebusrness world.Ihenlrstthreeusesyou consider
very
important.
UNIT6 . The World of American Business

IE
1.
2.
3.
B- Rereadparagraphs
5 and 19. Thenlist threewaysin whichcomputers
can helpstudents.
1.
2.
3.
C. Rereadparagraphs11-14. Thenexplainthedifferencebetweena pageranda cellphone.
A. Ihese are the 15 keyvocabulary
in the
reading.Pronounce thesewordsafteryour teacheranddiscussthek meanings.
auction* e-mail* pa$er
calamity graphic portable
connect the Internet prediction
disk nuisance program*
enable obsolete transmit
B. Answeror completeftese questionswith someof the key vocabularywords.

1. What would you use to sendyour friend a letter via the Internet?
2. The word qberspareis another name for what?

3. Where canyou savewhatyou have written on the computer?
4. When you createa picture on your computer,what are you creatingf;
5. What is another word for smd often usedwhen referring to computer messages?
6. A cell phone has no wires, so you can carrJrone around with you. What word
describesthat characteristicof cell phones?
*Ttrese words can be used as nouns or verbs.
(continueil on the nact page)
---E
18 . High-TechCommunications
CHAP.TER
7. If you don't have a cellplone, what else could you carry/ that would allow people
to communicate with you anytime, anywhere? -
'fl
!-:{
.rs
8. People can buy things on the Internetby bidding (offering a certain amount of
money for an item). What do we call this way of offering merchandise for sale?
I
:4 9. What would you call your cell phone if it rings while you're at a concerfl
:1{
:; i
li
10. What do you think computerswill be ableto do 10 yearsfrom now? What is
your - about the future of high-techcommunications?
Itt. SharpeningReadingSkills
Making Inferences
Markeachsfatementtrue(T)or false(fl. Ihe paragraphs
indicatedin parentheses
will not
giveyou the answetsdirectly,butyou canmakeinferencesbasedupontheircontent.
1. The wotdglitchns m€anseverything is working perfecfly. (1)
- 2. Rnolutionized means"causedmajor changes."(4)
3. C€lI phones are noisy. (13)
4. You can talk to a caller on your pager.(f+)
- 5. Voice mail is more complicatedthan an answering machine. (15)
- 6. Turn of the centurq means"*re end of one century and the beginning of
another." (16)
_ 7. The U.S. PostalServiceis calledsnail rnailbecauseit's much fasterthan
e-mail- (18)
- 8. You need a credit card to make Internet purchases.(21)

"Computerese" has givenEnglisha lot of newwordsand phrases.Matcheachonein column
I withits definitionar descrtptionin column2 by writingthe correct numberson fte lines.
The numbersin parentheses give theparagraphsin whichthe wordsor phrasesare used.lf
necessary,finda computer{iterateclassroompartnerto helpyou.

T@
1. cD-RoM (s) _a plastic disk, similar to a compact
disk, that can store a great deal of
information and loads programs onto
the computer's hard drive
2- computerliteracy (3) -a device inside the computer for
permanently storing! data
(Zt)
3. e-commercn altc rccnrded phone nessages
-autom
that help callers leave a messagefor
the right person or department
4. logon (18) -the ability to use a computer
5. hard drive (19) -used to type text, such as letters or
essays,on the computer
6. surf(23) -connect with an ISP
.r /- F\
/. v o tc e m a l l trSJ -part of the Internet, often used for
doing research
8. Web site(2O,2t) not a spider's home-an exact Internet
location, for examplq of a particular,
business, person, or publication
9. word processing(5) search the Web to find information
10. World Wide Web (18, 19) the buying and selling of products and
servicesvia the Internet
V. Ilaking Words Apart

A. Use thecorrect wordpart listedbelowto makethe oppositeof eachword listedbelow.
de- dis- down- un-
Example
wired unwired
Add the Prefixes Change the Prefixes

1. civilized 3. increase
2. crlnnect 4. upload
B. Discussthedifference theInternetandanintranet.
between
'18. High-Tech
L
I
i
I
Vl. Practicing Sentence Patterns
A. Time EXpfeSSiOnS With When Phrases or clauses '.t'ith it'hrtt f::l'l"ifin tri i td
a sentence. When the time clause be$ins the sentencf. i.l i-lililii"". ; ' ,' ':; i j tr :
from the main idea.
Examples
WhenI got home,Isentan e-mail.
I sent an e-mail whenI got home.
withtimeclausesthattell whensomethinghappened:
Wrrteyourown sentences
1. When
2. when
B. The Pronoun one In formal writin$, the auti;t:' j:i.ii' irr.lti",',:r11i 'r
ir';;'11.1,.i1":
) \
reader directly with an informal gou or an imperatir'.,' li-;;;;: ii, , l :
l':
tO refer tO a nonspeCific perSon (meaning peOple in pii' , '. '; i'.;;irir,liir:r: li'"'L
in para{raphs 1'{, 17, and 19.
'' l
ChangetheSeSentencesfromsecond pers1ntothird per,sf,";.i,i!.,1i,'''.',- ,- "r'
Example
You need to be computer literate 1f gou want a gloodjoi: ii', t-li;:'riuited States.
One nzedsto be computer literate if one fue, she) wan*:: .!i*{-!i1 i'-'l-.'jr ii:' ,' :l
1. If you have acell phone, you can make calls from ,;r'i"'i"';::;i'
2. If youare computer-literatg you'llfind a job mcr{r t'aiii'i''
Vll. Sharingldeas
A. lssues
Debatetfrese issues in smatlgroups. Then chooseone afld r-vriie:-'bauflf.
!'1.:ri:i:
1. Everyone knows how to use a telephone. Some pr:,*plu;:rl-?th:ri {:.Y{11 '.it'.'r:lr;
also know how to use a computer- Do you agree?
spei:i*J-i;iii,r.ifi$igiiclil-r::i,
2. The Internet is a'sociable place. It has chat roc-rn::E,
auctiotls, and games. Some people become ccllnpltt*r *"dijicLr X-]iey '-. . ,11.i 1 iiii
with people from all over the world via the Internet, i:i:i 'jrc-ui;1t-i i1'
communicate with family members in their own iivlng r{xini. iLa"r'*'i'-rrtti:rii,,::
encouraged Americans to substitute virhral (an}inc] r"*i*ti*rllh:;:ri i'';i' r.t.:i.
personal human relationships? What will be the resuitr; r:L ri:i";?
UNff 6 . The World of American Business

3. When peopleput messa$es on the Internet, do they risk a lossof privacy?Is it
risky to sendcredit card information on the Internet?
1. some people imagine a world in which everyone is carrying a cell phone
foerhapsworn like a wristwatch) at all times. Do you think that would be a
good or a bad development?
2. some peopletreat their computer like a person. They get angry when it doesn't
follow orders. They praise it when it producesgood work. How do you feel
about the computer you use?Do you like i! hate it, or distrust it? Do you ever
talk to your computer? Do you ever hit it or curse it? Write a humorous piece
about your relationship with your computer.
3. Where do you think high technologywiil take us in the future? Write your
predictions.
18 . High-Tech
CH,APTER Communications
E
Christopher Columbus:
A Controversial Ifero
Cusloms
Christopher Columbus'sfirst landing in the
BeronrYou Reno
Discuss
1. Have you heard of Christopher Columbus?Tell what you i<now about him.
2. Somepeople think of Columbusas a great man. Others consider him a villain.
What's your opinion?
3. Have you ever traveledby ship? Where did you go?Was the water rou$h?
--___-@
Guess
Thenlookfor the answersin thereading.
1. On his first voyage,how many days did it take Columbus to crossthe Atlantic
Ocnan?Check (/) one:
_18_36-64
2. lnwhat year did Columbusmake his first voyage?Check ({) ong _
7492_ 1541_ 1620
Christopher Colurnbus:
A Controversia,llIero
His Accomplishmenis, His Holiday
1 He was called CistnforoCnlombo in ltalian and Cristdbal in Spanish.Today,Ameri-
C.ol6n
cans call him Chrishpher C.olumbus.Worldwide, he's commonly called the discovererof
America.Some people might wonderwhy.After all, Columbus didn't set out in search
of new condnents, and he neverrealizedthat he had found any. Moreover,he wasn'tthe
first Europeanto set foot in the WesGm Hemlsphere. Human skeletonswith European
characteristics$ones that may be 10,000yearsold-have been found in North Amer-
ica.About e.o. 1000,Vikings(Scandinavian sailors)probablyreachedthe NewWorldand
lived for a while on the coast of North America. Historians also believethat, in the four-
teenth century. Portugueseand English fishing boats crossed the Atlantic Ocean and
landed in Newfoundland and Labrador.But these contacts didn't last long and didn't
change anything. Only Columbuss voyages resulted in permanent links between the
Eastem and Westem Hemispheresand the widespread colonization of the Americas.
Columbus'shistoric landing on an lsland in the Bahamason October 12, 1492,wasa
tuming point in world history.
2 In the U.S.A.,this'event is celebrated on Columbus Day,the second Monday in Oc-
tober. The holiday is also celebratedin ltaly and in most Spanish-speakingcountries.In
some places, it's catled landing Dagor DixoveryDay.ln many Latin American countries,
it is called Dia deIa Rnm(Dagof tfw Race).Columbus Day celebrations often involve pa-
rades,patriotic speeches,and dramatizationsof the landing.
3 In 1992,the year of the quincentennial celebration of Columbus's discovery,there
were many debates about who should honor Columbus and even whether he should
be honored.ln C.nlumbus andtheAgeof Dixovery,the author (Zvi Dor-Ner)describessome
of these disputes: -The Spaniardsand the ltalians argued over how to divide the na-
tional honor. [Columbuswas bom in Genoa,which is now part of ltaly, but Spanish
money paid for his expedidons.lthe Scandinavianscontendedthat if any man should
CHAPTER19 o ChristopherColumbus:A ControversialHero
-
be honored for discoveringAmerica,it should be Eric the Red.[Ericthe Red,from Nor-
way,exploredCreenlandin the year 985 His son, Leif Ericson,was one of the first ex-
plorersto visit mainlandAmerica.]The ThirdWorldcountriesinsistedthat therewasno
need to honor a rank colonialist.And the nations lin
n the Caribbeanbasin resentedthe
he joke has it, they knew wherethey
notion that they had been discoveredat all. As the
were;it was Columbuswho was lost."
a The consequencesof Columbus'svoyageswere most tragic for the nativepeoplesof
the Americas.For them, ColumbusDay is not a festiveoccasionbut a day of mourning.
As Europeanstook over the New World, Native Americanslost their lives by the mil-
lions. Theydied from Europeanillnessesor were killed in battleswith colonists.Those
who survived were forced to live like prisoners in special areas called resewations.
So
today, when Americanshonor the braveryand the genius of Columbus,they also re-
memberthe pain that resultedfrom his ventures.(Chapter2l providesmore informa-
tion about NativeAmericansin the U.S.)
Preparations for a Great Joumey

YoungColumbuslivedin the perfectplaceat the perfecttime forthe rolehewasdes-
tined to playin history.Hewasbom in 1451in Genoa,a seaportnowpartof ltaly.In the
t.; fifteertthcenturymaritimeexploradonwascommon.By 1453,the OttomanT\:rkshad
''l conqueredmuchof southeastemEurope,and they controlledConstantinople (nowIs-
tanbul,'Ilrrkey),a majortradecenterbetweenEuropeandAsia.Thismadeit difficultfor
Europeansto funportthe Asianluxuriestheywanted--suchas gold,iewels,silks,per-
fumes,and spices.A land ioumeywith thesegoodswasriskyandexpensive. Europeans
wanteda safesearouteto allow tradewith the countriesof the FarEast-lndia, China,
Japan,and the Indies.Thatwasan importantgoal in Columbusstime.
As a boy,Columbushelpedhis fatherin his wool-weavingbusiness.His fathersoon
pushedhim into a businesscareer.At the ageof 14,Christopherbegansailingon trad-
ing shipsin the Meditenanean. In 1476,when he was25 yearsold, he foundout first-
hand how dangerouslife aboardship could be. On his first voyageon the Atlantic
Ocean,off the coastof Portugal,his groupof five shipswasattackedby 13Frenchand
Portuguesepirate ships.Sevenships went down, and hundredsof men werekilled.
Columbus,a sailor on one of the ships that sank,held onto a floatingoar until he
reachedthe Portugueseshore.
Columbusstayedin Portugalfor about l0 years.He settledin Lisbon,an important
maritimepower,and he ioinedhis brother'smapmakingbusiness.He alsoworkedas a
seagoingbusinessman, buyingandsellinggoods.He manieda Portuguese woman,and
his first son,Diego.wasbom in 1480.Columbusswife died in 1484.
ThePortuguese weretryingto reachthe FarEastby sailingaroundthe southerntip
of Africa.Columbusthoughthe had a betterroute,and he tried to "sell"his ideato the
kingof Portugal. Columbusclaimedthat a shipcouldreachthe Eastby sailingwest.He
was right, but he also madethree important mistakes,First,he underestimatedthe size
of the Earth.Second,he thought that a much greaterpercentageof the Earth'ssurface
was land than actuallyis-he didn't realizehow largethe oceanswere.Third,of course,
he didn't know that the huge continentsof North and South Americalay betweenEu-
rope and Asia. Thesemistakeswere understandable.Columbus was familiar with the
writingsand mapsavailableto educatedpeopleof his time. His studiesled him to these
geographicalerrors.
tn 1485,after the king of Portugalrefuscdto financeColumbus'sexpedition,Colum-
bus and his son traveledto Spain to ask King Ferdinandand Oueen tsabellafor ships
and sailors. Columbus promised them wealth and new tenitory. A religious man,
Columbusalso promised that his expedition would bring Christianityto new areasof
the world.Columbuswasa good salesman.lsabellaand Ferdinandput him on the royal
payroll. However,they could not afford to equip him for the voyagewhile the Spanish
were fighting the Moors (North African Arabs who had conqueredand ruled much of
Spainfor manycenturies).Columbuswaitedabout 7 years.
10 Finally,in 1492,the Spanish conqueredGranada,the last Moorish stronghold.ls-
abella was then able to give more thought to Columbus'sidea. King Ferdinanddidn't
want to spend the money becausethe recentwars had been veryexpensive.Legendsays
that lsabella offered to pawn her iewels to finance the trip. But this sacrifice was not
necessary.The treasurerof Spain supplied most of the funds from the national treasury
and his own savings.Some of Columbus's wealthy supporters also contributed. What
would Columbus receivefor undertaking this difficult and dangerousvoyage?His writ-
ten agreement with the king and queen gave him a good salary,a percentageof the
riches his discoveriesbrought to Spain, the right to be govemor of any lands he discov-
ered, and aristocratic titles that he could hand down to his descendants.Columbus
askedfor so much that Ferdinandgot angry and almost reiectedthe anangement. But,
in the end, they made an agreementthat was very generousto Columbus.
goals?
wereColumbus's
Four Important Voyages

't1 Most of the information we have about Columbus'svoyagescomes from his ioumals
and letters, which were written in Spanish. For his first voyage,Columbus had three
ships: the Nifra, the Pinta, and the SantaMan:a.Columbus was the captain of one of
the ships, and his two brothers were in charge of the others. The entire crew of all three
ships numbered about 90. The ships had good compassesto tell direction but no in-
struments to measure distance. Fortunately, Columbus was a very skillful sailor and
could navigatewell by looking at the stars. He also understood wind pattems and how
to use them to his advantage.Although he was wrong about what part of the world he
had reached.Columbus's great skill enabled him to find his way backto the same gen-
eral area on four o<peditions.
12 The ships sailed from the Canary Islands on September 6, 1492.The crew lost sight
19 e C
CHAPTER Columbus:A ControversialHero
of landon September9, and the men beganto sigh and cry.Columbuswrotein his jour-
nal, "l comfortedthem with greatpromisesof land and riches."
i3 Weekswent by, and therewas still no land in sight.The sailorsbecameevenmore
frightened.They knew that the world was round, not flat, and they weren'tafraidof
fallingoff the edge.But they wereafraidthat they would die at sea.The crewbegged
Columbusto turn back;therewereevenwhispersof mutiny.On October10,Columbus
and his crewagreedto sail on for 3 moredaysand then turn aroundif no landwasseen.
Columbuswas optimistic. Theysaw land birds flying overheadand som.'carvedwood
floating on the water.He felt certainthat land must be nearby.
iff 14 ln the middle of the night,iust 36 daysafter leavingthe Canarylslands,the sailors
wereoverioyedto seepinpointsof light in the darknessand then white sandshiningin
,l' the moonlight.Columbus's shipswereapproaching an islandin the Bahamas, an island
t
that ColumbusnamedSanSalvador. Which islandwas it? Historiansdon't allagree,but
most think it was the one oncecalledWallinglslandand then renamedSanSalvador
15 Whendawn came.Columbusand someof his men cameashorein small boats.The
landing party found themselvesin a strange,beautiful tropical environment.They
placeda Spanishflagand bannerin the groundand declaredthe islanda Spanishpos-
session.They were greetd by timid but friendly people who wore no clothes.Because
Columbusthought he had landedon an island in the Indiesnear fapanor China,he
called these natives lndians. Today,the islands that Columbus exploredare called the
Wr,tlndie|'.
16 The three ships spent only a few daysat San Salvador-They then sailedon to Cuba
and Haiti, where theSantaMan'awas wrecked.On fanuary 16, 1493,the Nifraand Pinta
set sail for Spain. They took with them some samples of unusual findings-trinkets,
plants, and birds. Tirey also brought back some New World natives. The voyagehome
was extremelyrough,and someof the Indiansdied en route. On March 15,Columbus's
ships anived safelyin Palos,Spain.
1z After his first voyage,Columbus was very popular and in favor with the king and
queen.For his secondexpedition,he was given l7 ships and about 1,500men. Colum-
.i
bus's second expedition sailed through the LesserAntilles and past PuertoRico. He
...i:
r;. . also exploredCuba.On his third voyage,he landed on Venezuela,finally reachingthe
":i:
.t'
mainlandof South America.
111
18 His later explorationsdidn't live up to expectations.Therewas less gold and mcre
$r.
't3i
,fl trouble. Some Spanishsettlersremainedin the new land to form a colony called His-
paniola(where Haiti and the DominicanRepublicare now located).Thesesettlershad
expectedto find huge supplies of gold and other riches. Instead,they found difficult liv-
ing conditions, strangefoods, hard work, and constant danger.They blamed Columbu-.
.1r .." for their disappointment.Manywent backto Spain and complainedabout him. Other:,
'ii
;x. stayed and rebelled against his leadership. The king's representativecame from Sp.tin
to settle the trouble in Hispaniola-He put Columbus and his brothersin chains an,,l
sent them backto Spain for trial. On board ship, the captain offeredto releaseColiirri-
bus from his chains,but Columbusrefusedthis offer.When he anived in Spain,the kiirg
and queen freed him, but they replacedhim as govemor of Hispaniola.
19 ln an attempt to regainhis good name,Columbus began his fourth and lastvcl,ag.:.
With four ship's,he left Spain in 1502.On this voyage,his ships sailed along the east
coast of Central America-past the present-daycountries of Honduras, Nicaragua,
UNIT7 . AmericanHolidays:Historyand Customs

CostaRica,and Panama.Duringthe journey,his shipswerebadlydamaged.As a result.
he and his crewwere strandedon lamaicafor a year beforebeing rescuedand returned
to Spainin 1504.Columbuswas,at that point,consideredan unsuccessful explorer.He
had not brought back richesfrom the Far East. (Later,in the sixteenthcentury,Spain
took huge profits from the Americas,but that was after Columbus'sdeath.)To make
mattersworsefor him, Oueenlsabella,his greatsupporter,died.
._ Firsl Voyage 1492-1493
- - Ssond Voyage 1493-1496

.. .. Third Voyage1498-1500
- - - Fourth Voyage 1502-1504
S&s
|-__---..-.a4
56Xiffi4
Routesof Columbus's
four voyages
20 Duringhis last years,Columbushad a comfortableincomefrom his shareof the gold

that was found in Hispaniola.However,he was unhappybecauseKing Ferdinanddenied
him some of the other rewardshe had been promised. Moreover,he was sick and in
great pain from arthritis. He died in 1506at the age of 54 and was buried in Spain.In
I542, his body was moved to the Dominican Republic,once part of "his" colony,His-
paniola. He may still be buried there.
2'l Was this controversialman a hero or a villain? Probablyboth. He was certainlyam-
bitious.That trait motivatedhim to work hard,take risks,and accomplishsomethingof
significance.However,many would say he was also greedy,wanting too much in return
for his efforts. His persistence was a virtue. But he was so persistent that he was often
stubbom. Despite evidence to the contrary he never faced the fact that he had not
reachedthe FarEast.Admitting that would havemeant his expeditionsfailed.Most dis-
turbing, however,is the evidencethat Columbus was harsh, even cruel, in dealing with
his crew, the colonists in Hispaniola, and the Native Americans.He had an autocratic
manner with his crew.TYyingto make his colony more profitable, he sometimes ordered
the killing of Spanishcolonistswho weretroublemakersin Hispaniola.He sent some In-
dians to Spain to be sold into slaveryand forced others to find a certain quantity of gold
per day or face death.
Still, Columbuscontinuesto be admired for his courage,self-confidence, ability,and,
perhaps most of all, his persistence.ln school, children read foaquin Millers famous
poem about Columbus.The closing lines say,"He gained a world; he gavethat world /
Its grandestlesson,'On! Sail on!"'
Columbus:A ControversialHero
El*** What wereColumbus'scharaclerstrengths?What werehis
Conpnafienslon flaws?
Why'America"?
23 lf Columbusis consideredthe most important Europeanexplorerof the Western
Hemisohere,then why are citizensof the U.S.calledAmericans, not Columbians?
And who
werethe continentsof North and South Americanamedafter?Theseare ouestionsthat
some newcomersto the U.S.ask.
24 Columbus'snameappearsmanytimeson a map of the WesternHemisphere. Several
citiesin the U.S.are namedafter him, as is the ColumbiaRiver,one of the chiefrivers
in the U.S.A.and Canada.The nation'scapitalcity is calledWashington,D C with the
initials standing for Districtof ColumbiaHowever,the two continents of the Western
Hemisphereare named after AmerigoVespucci,another ltalian explorer.He made at
least two (and possibly four) voyagesto the Americas,the first only a few yearsafter
Columbus'sfirst voyage.Vespucci's1499voyagewas undertakenfor Spainand led by a
Spanish explo,er.lt hrought Vespuccito Brazil,Venezuela,and Hispaniola.Then, in
l50l , he sailedto Brazilagain,this time with the shipsof a Portuguesecaptain.The I 501
voyageconvinced Vespuccithat he had reacheda new continent. He was the first per-
son to claim this.
25 About 1503,Vespucci'saccountof his discoveryof a new continentwas publishedin
Englishunder the title NewWorld.lt was also translatedinto many other languagesand
publishedin many Europeancountries.lts fame establishedVespuccias the discoverer
of the New World. Columbusneverdisputed this claim.
26 In 1507,a Germanmapmakerwho read Vespucci'swritings becamethe first person
to use the nameAmenuto describethe areathat Columbusand Vespuccihad explored.
Vespucc!receivedmany honors and important iobs. After his death, it was discovered t
a
that this so-called great explorer was not really so great- After all, Columbus had
reachedthe Westem HemispherebeforeVespuccidid. In addition, despite his claims,
Vespucciwas probably not the leader of the expeditions he was on. Therefore,it is ap-
propriate that Amerigo Vespucciis the forgotten exploret while Columbus is honored J
annuallyin many countries. )
ArrenYou Reno
On eachblankline,write the letterof the correctwordor phraseto completethe sentence.
The numbersin parentheses give the paragraphsyou can rereadif you needhelp. t
I
1. Columbuswas born in 1451,in the middle of the century. (5) I
I
1-
a. fourteenth
b. fi-fteenth
UNff 7 . AmericanHolidays:Historyand Customs

Eg
& i
I
2. Columbus left Portugal and went to Spain because -. (9)
a. the Portuguese king wanted to finance his voyage
b. he hoped that the Spanish government vvould pay for the ships and crew he
needed
3. From 1485 to \492, Columbus was tryingito get ships for an expedition so he
could -. (8)
a. find new continents
b. reach the East by sailing west
4. Columbus's goal was to -. (iO)

a. heh his native country get colonies in the Far East
b. become rich and famous
5. Columbus made this mistake: -. (S)

a. He thought the world u'as round
b. To the west, he thought that there was onll,water, not land, between
Europe and Asia
6. C,olumbus'sfirst voyage was i-nportentbecause -. (1)

a. he was the first European to land in the Western Hemisphere
b. his landing led to European development of the Americas
tg
7. C.olumbus's life was similar to Vespucci's in this way: Bottr men -. (10, 18,
79,24)
a. crossed the Atlantic Ocean
b. led voyages for Portugal

A. Ihese are the 15 keyvocabulatywordsfor this chapter.Theyare boldfacedin the
reading.Pronounce thesewordsafteryour teacher,anddiscussthek meanings.
autocratic expedition luxury
colony exploration mutiny*
continent hemisphere persistence
convince import* sacrifice*
crew island voyage"
B. Dscussthe answersto the followingquestionswitha classmate.Thenchoosetour of the

guestionsto answeron a separatepieceof paper.Usea dictionaryfor helpif necessary.
1. Whatbehavior shows that Coluribus rv€rspersistent?
2. Whatkinds of sacrificesdo parents often make for their children?

(continucd on the next page)
19 . Christopher
CHAPTER A Controversial
Columbus: Hero
@
3. In what way is a mutiny.similar to a revolution?
4. Have you ever taken avoyage (a long boat trip)? \Vhere ,1i{,,',:,i,,',."'
5. Wiich continent is Central America a part of-North Aili,.i i,r',:'.,i l;:,rq11y1
America?
6. What is an island surrounded by?
7 - What are some countries in the Far East?
8. What countr5r did the colony of Hispaniola belong to?
9. What's the difference betv.-eenimporting and exporting merchandise?
C. Arrangethese wordsin order of the size of the place, startingr,,ril,li;* :,ir:,j;,::,
cify continent country he:;' i:.1,i,,.

':
1. 3. 5.
2. 4.
A. Punctuation Tips
l. Rereadparagraph3. Noticethatit containsa quotation of severais*i;icit;e;,.i';i;iriiili;e
quotation,thereare two pairsof brackets,whichlook like this:I t. Thebracketscontain
informafionthat the authorshaveaddedto exolainsomething in ffi* ili:r.:i,:;r,q,;1,
ili.,1';;1.,,.;.
bracketsto parentheses, arsousedin thisparagraph.Parentheset irlri' iit.. il:|,:.,.i
Discusssorneusesofparentheses.
2 . Rereadparagraph20. Whyis the word hisin quotationmarks?Drscl,,s-'.
3 . ln the last sentenceof paragraph22, notethe useof singlequoteswithindoublt;,,,r:;
Thesingleguotesreferto Columbus's words,whichare quotedrn fhepncri:.ir';'rl,,::u
writinga sentencethat hasa quotattonwithina quotation.
B. Map-Reading Practice
Findthe tollowingon a mapof theworld:
1. the sevencontinents
2. dlthe countriesmentionedin the readrng(Scanthe readingf*r tir.. r:r:rirtii:.-,,;
i
3. Columbus'sgeneral route on his first and fourth voyages

A. Oneachblankline,wrttethe letterof the correctwordor phrascfr:rcrrui;ie1rlirrr
sentence.Thenumbersin parentheses give theparagraphsin wflichthe expressi{ilrs
dir-l
used.

1. After all (1) means
a. after many events
b. considering these facts
c. a surprising! outcome
2. The New World (1) means

a. North America
b. the Western Hemisphere
c. the Eastern Hemisphere
The Third World (3) means

a. Europe and Asia
b. the Far East
c. developing, less industrialized countries
4. Lost their lives (4) means

a. died
b. got lost
c" lost their freedom
5. Findout(6)means
a. find
.:+:;r
b. get information about
:? c" goout
:L4li
6. Lostsight of lnnd (t2) means
a. lost their way
ff- b. couldn't seeland anJmlore
.,-;. c^ lost their eyesig;ht
7. This so-call.edgreatexplorer (26) implies that Vespucci
a. deservedto be calledgreat
b. calleclhimself great
c. uzasn'treallv so grcat
B. Discussthemeanings of thefollowing
expressions. in parentheses
Thenumbers givethe
paragraphsin whichtheexpressrbns areused.
turning point (1) live up to expectations(tS) tace the fact that (27)
CHAPTER'19. ChristopherColumbus:A ControversialHero

@
A. Adiective Hunt
In smallgroups,makelistsof adjectives that describeColumbus.
Scantfrereadingfor
adiectivesusedthereor for nounsthatyou can makeinto adjectives (forexample,skillinto
skillful).Putthe lrbfson theboard.Seewhrchgroup hasthe longestlistof appropriate
words.
Writea G afterthewordsthatdescribegood traits anda B afterthe onesthatare bad.
Finally,tell whyeachadjectivefits Columbus.
B. Names of Places and Groups of People

Fillin themissrngwords.
Examples
Europe Euro?ean China Chinese
1. Italy 4. France
2. Asia 5. Porfuguese
3. Spanish 6. U.S.
C. Prefixes
A quincentennial
is a 500thanniversary.Fillin the correctprefix,whereneeded,for eachof
thefollowingexpressions.Usebi-,trr, andsesqui-.
1. 100 5l€drs: @ntennial 3. 200 years centennial
2. 150 years : &ntennial 4. 300 years centennial
D, Compound Words
Findthesecompoundwordsin the paragraphs indicated:
underestimated(8) andoverjoyed
(14). Fromthe context,guess their meanings.Thencheckthedictionarydefinitionto seehow
closeyou were.
1. What doesund.ermean inunfurestimate?
2. Wbatdoes overmeanrnwerjoged?
Reread in paragraph
thefirstsenfence gt . . .l and
23. Notethatit beginswitha condition
thenasksa queslion.
Hereis anotherexampleof a sentencethatbeginswrtha condifron:
If you havevery little money,then why did you buy a new car?
UNIT7 . AmericanHolidays:
HistoryandCustoms
Nowwriteyour ownsentencesusrngthfs pattern.
1. If you're tired, then why
2. tf then why
Vll. Sharing ldeas

A. lssues
Debatetheseissuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneand wr'tteaboutit.
1. Should there be a holiday to honor Columbus?
2. Is it fair to blame Columbus for what happenedto Native Americans after his
death?
3. Peopleseemto need two opposingelementsin their lives: adventure and
security. Columbus seemedto prefer adventure.Which is more important to
you?
Writeaboutone of thesetoprbs.
t. It is ironic (the opposite of what is expected)that Columbusbecamefamous for
something he never knew he did. Iook up the word irong rn the dictionary.
Then wdte about something ironic that occured in your life.
2. Searchthe Internet for more information about C,olu:rbus.Summarizesomeof
the new information you discovered-
3. Tell about a time when you vrereblaned for something that wasn't your fault.
Halloween: A Time
::i:.:'_iii:
i.
i'i .
......
':
.
,ia: .r '
.:
r. '. : :, ' ' . ,
Childrenin costumetrick-or-treatingon Halloween
BrroneYou Rsno
Discuss
r. why are the children in the picture dressedin costume?can you find the
witch, the piratg and the monster?
2. Are someholidays more important to children and others more important to
adults? Bxplain.
3. what other holidays do you know of on which people wear specialclothingf;
--_-E
Guess
Ihen lookfor the answersin thereading.
1. Europeanimmigrants from what counfii brought Halloweento the U.S.?Check
(/) one:
Spain -Italy - Ireland
2. A jack-o'-lantern is made from what vegetable?
3. How much have the heaviest pumpkins ever grown weighed? Check (r/) one:
-about 150 pounds -about 500 pounds
- more than 1,000 pounds

(Norr: 2.2 pounds : 1 kilogram)
Halloween: A Tirne for Scarg Fun

A finpical Halloween Scene
1 lt was a cool autumn evening.Mrs. Brown was sitting in her living room, reading.
Suddenly, there was a loud knock on her dool then two or three more knock. Mrs.
Brown put the safety chain on her door. Then she opened the door a little and looked
out. There stood three children wearing masksand costumes. When they saw her,they
all shouted, "Tfickor treat! Money or eats!"
2 Mrs. Brown dropped a candybar into each child's bag. One boywas wearinga big hat,
a plaid shirt, blue ieans,and high boots. The holsteron his belt had a toy gun in it. Mrs.
Brownaskedhim, "Who are you?"
3 "l'm a cowboy,"he answered.
a 'And I'm a ghost," shoutedthe child next to him, hidden under a white sheet.
s "And I'm a skeleton," said the third child. The "skeleton"was wearing a black shirt
and black pants with strips of white tape on them.
o 'Thanks for the candy,"shouted the children as they ran off to ring another doorbell.
7 'You're welcome," said Mrs. Brown. "Have fun, and don't play any pranks."
8 Everyyear on October 31, Halloweensceneslike this occur throughout the U.S.A.

American children love to dress up in costumes and go trick-or-treating.If an adult re'
fuses to supply a treat--<andy, cookies, fruit, or money-the children may play a trick.
Tlpical Halloween pranks are soaping windows, writing on doors with crayons,over-
turning garbage cans, sticking pins into doorbells to keep them ringing, throwing raw
eggs,and sprayingshavingcreamon cars and friends.
20 . Halloween:A Time for

CHAPTER
Z *.* roun
Gompnotrsnslon
Why doesMrs Browngivethe childrencandy?
-w
The Origins of Halloween Customs
g The name Halloween is a short way of saying AIIHallows' Eye,which means "the night
beforethe RomanCatholicholidayof Al/ Saints'Day."Although Halloweengot its name
from a Christianfestival,its customsare of paganorigin. Theycome from two different :=
sourc€s:an ancientCelticfestivalin honor of Samhain,lord of death,and a Romanfes-
tival in honor of Pomona,goddessof gardensand orchards.The Halloweencolors,black
and orange,suggestboth ideas:death and harvest.
10 Masquerading, begging,and other Halloweencustomsare now mainly enjoyedby
children. But many hundredsof yearsago, these customs were performedquite seri-
ously by adults as part of their religion.The scarypaft of Halloweencomesfrom the
Celts,who lived in the Britishlslesand nofthernFranceduring ancientand medieval
times. The Celtsworshipedgods of nature.They fearedthe coming of winter,associat-
ing it with death and evil spirits. Everyyear on October 31, the last day of the yearon
the old pagan calendar,the Druios (Celticpriests and teachers)built huge bonfiresto f-
scareawaythe bad spirits of evil and death.Theythrew animals and crops into the fire I
as gifts for the evil spirits. The Celtic people also dressed in ugly, scarycostumes.They
believed that, if they disguised themselves,the spirits wouldn't harm them. According
to traditional beliefs, ghosts rose from their graveson this evening, and witches flew
through the air on broomsticks or black cats. Also, the spirits of dead relatives and
t.
friends were expectedto retum to Earth for a visit. The Druids built bonfires on hilltops ,.i
11
to guide these spirits back home.
From the Druid religion come the custom of masqueradingand the symbolsof Hal-
fI
loween: ghosts, skeletons, devils, witches, black cats, and owls. The iack-o'-lantern is
also of Celtic origin. It was an lrish custom to hollow out turnips and place lighted can-
dles inside-themto scareevil spirits awayfrom the house.In the U.S.,people now use
the native pumpkin. Pumpkinsgrow in a great variety of sizes-up to 1,092pounds! To
make a pumpkin into a iacko -lantern, remove the pulp and seeds-Then, cut holes in
the hollow pumpkin to makethe eyes,nose,and mouth. Put a candleinside it, light the
candle, and put the iack-o'-lantern by the window. Why is this light called a jack-o'-
lantcrn?An lrish story tells about an unhappy man named fack He wasn't welcome in
heavenbecausehe was stingy, and he couldn't go to hell becausehe had played iokes
on the devil. So he had to walk the Earth forevel canying a lantem.
12 The lrish atso introduced the trick-or-treat custom hundreds of yearsago. Groups of
farmers would travel from house to house asking for food for the village Halloween
pafi. They would promise good luck to generous contributors and threaten those who
were stingy.
13 The Druid holiday of Samhain also celebrated the harvest.This part of the celebra-
tion becameevenmore significantafter 55 e.c.,when the Romansinvaded.England and
brought with them their harvest festival of Pomona. After that, nuts and fruit<spe-
cially apples-became part of the Samhain ceremonies. Today, at Halloween time,
.t
t-
Americanshonor the harvestby displayingcornstalksand pumpkins;eating nuts,au-
tumn fruits,and pumpkinpies;and playinggameswith apples.One of the most popu-
lar Halloweengamesis bobbingfor apples.In this game,applesfloat in a largetub of
water.One at a time, childrenbend over the tub and try to catch an apple in their
mouthswithout usingtheir hands.
14 The Druid religionlastedlongestin lrelandand Scotland,and Halloweenwas most
important in these two countries.In the 1840s,Irish immigrantsbrought their Hal-
loweencustomswith them when they came to the U.S.A.
E| ,nru*'t*nToday'sHalloweencustlmsclme frornwhat twoancientholidays?

What are the twomain themesand colorsof Halloween?
,Gonpnohenslon
Halloween Celebrations Today

15 Halloweenis celebratedby nearlyall Americanchildren,and over 70"/"of adultsalso
participatein some Halloweenactivity.Collegestudentsand other youngadults mayat-
tend masquerade parties or Halloweenparades.Many families carvepumpkins and
decoratethe outsideof their homeswith the traditional tlalloweensymbols.Businesses
get into the act, too. Store windows display iack-o'-lanterns,scarecrows, and witches.
Serversin restaurantsand salespeoplein supermarketsand bookstoresare often in cos-
tume. Many nightclubsand barsencouragecustomersto come in costume by offering
prizes for the best disguises.
j6 Partof the fun of Halloweenis to get scaredout of your wits. This can easilybe done
+ by visiting a haunted house.Supposedly,the spirits of dead people "live" in haunted
€t
houses.Thesespirits try to scareaway living residents or visitors so that the spirits can
enioy their afterlife(which reallymeansa life after death) in peace.Why do spirits hate
the living?The living alwayswant to clean up and brighten their surroundings,while
ghosts and skeletons prefer dust, spiders,cobwebs,and darkness.Thesedays, it's hard
to find a real haunted house. But every year shortly before Halloween, many charities
and communities createfake haunted houses.They hire actors to dress up in scarycos-
tumes and hide inside. Customerspay a few dollars each to walk through these places
and have'ghosts"surprisethem with a loud 'Boo!" and "skeletons"clangchainsin their
ears. Children usually love these haunted houses, but sometimes their parents are
scaredto death! For those who have no haunted house nearby,another way to share a
good scareis to go with friends to see a horor movie in a theater or rent one and watch
it together on Halloween night {in a dark room, of course).
17 Most American children have a wonderful, exciting day on Halloween. If Halloween
falls on a schoolday,they sometimes bring their costumes to school and spend the last
few hours of the schooldaywith spooks instead of with books.After school and perhaps
on into the evening,they go trick-or-treating.Often, there s a pafi at a friend s home or
at the local community center.At most Halloween parties, prizes are given for the best
costumes. Bobbing for apples, telling fortunes {predicting the future), playing scary
games,and snackingon caramel-covered apples,candy,apple cider,and pumpkin pie
areall part of the fun. Somecommunitiesbuild a bonfire,iust as the Celtsdid. Children
-___E
20 . Halloween:A Time for ScarvFun
CHAPTER
may sit around the bonfiretelling scarystories while roastinghot dogs or toasting
marshmallows, Halloween,which beganhundredsof yearsago as an eveningof terror,
is now an occasionof greatfun.
1B However, somewordsof warningare needed.Halloweenis a time whenchildrencan
becomeoverexcited and careless,and it is a time when careis especiallyneeded.To be
surethat carswill see childrenafter dark,parentsshould dressthem in light-colored
costumesor put reflectingtape on their clothing.To be surethat ihe kidsseethe cars,
parent>should enlargethe eye-holesin masksby cutting them with scissors.
When
trick-or-treating,
childrenshould go in groups.Youngerchildrenshould go with older
childrenor an adult. Kids should be told neverto go insidethe houseor apartmentof
a strangerbut to wait outsidefor their treats.Evenif no treat is given,childrenshould
f
t
il,
be told not to damageproperry.Kids should stop trick-or-treatingby g:00nn. Whenthey
get home with their candy,parents should inspect it and throw out anything not
!{!
!d
wrappedand sealed.(Therehavebeen rare incidentsof harmfulingredientsfound in
Halloweentreats.)
$ 19 on Halloweennight,adultsshould be careful,too. Robberscouldtakeadvantageof
the casual,open-door Halloweenspirit to gain accessto strangers'homes. Note that
Mrs. Brown(the womanat the beginningof this reading)did not completelyopen her
door until shewas surethat her uninvitedvisitorswerechildren.
ArrenYou Rrao
l. Gettingthe Message
A. Markeach statementtrue (T)or false(F).
1. In tle u-S- today,Halloween is an important religious holiday.
- 2. Paganreligions had many gods.
3. Halloween is celebratedby nearly all American children, no matter what
their reli$on.
- 4. Somecostumesare disguises,but others are not.
- 5. A scarecrowis putin a field to scareaway people.
- 6. Skeletonsand ghostsare symbols of a good harvest.
- 7. The Irish madejack-o'-[anterns from pumpkins.
- 8. When children gfotrick-or-treating, they usually collect a lot of apples.
B. Namefour thingsAmericanchildrenusuawdo to cerebrateHalloween.
l.
2.
3.
4.

Thereadingcompares andcontraststwo holidays,the ancientholidayof Samhainand
modern4ayHalloween. Workingin smallgroups,makea list of all thecustomssharedby
thesetwo holidays.Thenmakea secondlistof differences betweentheseholidays.
Comparelrstsandsee whichgroup hasthelongestlistof correctcomparisons and
contrasts.
ll. Building Yortr Vocabulary

costume harvest* scarecrow
disguise* haunt skeleton
evil hollowt spirit
generous masquerade* stingy
ghost pumpkin witch
B. Completethesesentencesusrngsomeof thekey vocabulary

words.Makethe nouns
_':i-
pluralwherenecessary.
* 1. If you give a trick-or-treater a penny, you are If you give the

*-
child 50 c€nts, you are
2. At Halloween parties or some people don't recnSnizn,their
g
friends when they are wearing masksover their faces.

3. On Halloween, it is an American custom for children to dressup in
l:i 4. The Halloween colors, orangeand black, relateto the holiday's two major
F
.;. themes. which are and death.
s. A(n) protects a farmer's harvest becauseit standsin the fields
and scaresawaybirds and animals that might otherwise eat seedsor clops.
s
Ei 6. To make a jack-o'-1antern,take the insides (the pulp and seeds)out of a
+ and then antafaen into the orangeshell.
7. A gfhostis the invisible ofa deadperson.
*These words can be nouns or verbs.

tHollow can be an adjective or a verb.
20 . Halloween:A Time for

CHAPTER
C. Underline
thecorrectwordto completeeachsentence.
1- (Whi"ch/ Witch) one of you wants to wear this scarycostume?
2. I don't like that bright-red devtJ(costume/ custorn).
3. on Halloween,I wear makeupor a (masle/ m"asquzrad)to disguiscn,r.,s*lf.
4. After I take the insidesout of this pumpkin, it will be (haltow/hottawi.
5. Peoplesay a gihostlives in that house They say it's (haunted.,/'!:t:t:it:ij,,.
D. Labeleachitemlrstedto tell whichHalloween themeit symbotizes.

Write!J for darkness
anddeathandH for harvest.lf a word relatesto boththemes,writeb*ii;1,:;*d F{.
Example
witch D
i; 1. apple 5. owl
ir 2. ghost 6. pumpkin
ij'
iu
l, 3. haunted house 7. scarecrow
'4[
4. jack-o'-lantern 8. skeleton
#
Fi
H.,l
fr A. Inferences and lmplications Sometimesan author does::ct i-rll :.1r,.:!1,.,:

somethingdirectlybut just implies (hints at or sugfgfests)
an id*a. il,;'hr,:,:..ri:iir1i,rr
i,.
out what a writer is sayingindirectly, they infer or mnkeinferertr' ",lt..,, . ,.
meaning.
gi Try makingsomeinferencesaboutthisreading.Discussyour ideasin smailgroups.
*:
t'i
gr 1. In paragraph 1, what doesthe text imply when it says,,.Mrs. Br.*,.ln put fhe
5J
safety chain on her door'?
2. Make inferences aboutwhy someadults don'tlike Hallowee:.'".
3. If you live in the U.S.,what doesthe text imply that you bi:y hi:i,;ri. ,irirrii,r.,r
,:,i.
4. In paxagraph16, what is implied by the senten@"These days,it'r Ii;i,ij ir i,ri,
real haunted house'?
B. Quotation Marks Quotation marks havetwo main uses:q1.)tq:rh*r,.,l-jrsir,r

writer is repeating the exactwords qroken or writtenby so.rni-n{j,n*
elsE c.lri*} r.r:r
indicatethat a word or phraseis being usedin a specialway',i::slf;rqlri| ir.r,,
,i:;r;,:i
ti
i' meaningi.
{t:
t1
il
l':
ii..
UNIT7 r AmericanHolidays:Historyand Customs

Answerthetollowingquestionsaboutquotationmarks.
1. In the first sentencein paragraph5, why are there quotation marks?
2. ln the second sentence in paragraph 5, why are there quotation marks around
skeleton?
3. In the third sentence in paragraph 16, why are there quotation marks around
live?
€. Map-Reading Practice
Findthe followingon a map of the world.
1. GreatBritain (which includesEngland,Scotland,and Wales)
2. tJleBritish Isles (which include Great Britain, Ireland, the Isle of Man, and
adjacent small islands)
3. the United Kingdom (which includes Great Britain and Northern Ireland)
D. Dictionary Skills
Lookat thedictionarypronunciation
symbolsto find the answersto the followingquestrbns.
1. In Celti.c,is the first 6 pronoun@d like a k or ans? - (Checkin two
dictionaries. Do they agree?Is there more than one correct pronunciation?)
2. What letters are silent rnguidi and disgwise?

ill
A. Oneach blank!ine,write the letterof the correctwordor phraseto completethe
;ii sentence.The numbersin parentheses give theparagraphsin whichthe expressrbns
? are used.
l. "Tri.ckor treat;morry or eats!"{1) means
a. "f'd Hke either a trick or a treaf'
b. "if you give me a treat, I'll play a trick on you"
c "give me a treaq or I'll play a trick on you"
2. ToplaUaprank {7) meansto
a. play aqame
b: trick someone
c. begfor candy
(continucd on thc tuxt pagc)
CHAPTER20 r Halloween:A Time for ScaryFun

----E
E
l-
3. A jack-o'-ktntern (11)
a. haunts houses
b. is carried around on Hallor.veen night
c. has a light in it
4. When you are bobbinEVfor apples (13), you can

a. get wet
lo. getscared
c. carve a pumpl:in
5. Scaredout of your wits (tG) means

a. too scared to think clearly
b. scared of being witty
c. too scared to talk
6. Scarcdto death (16) means that someone

a. died of fear
b. was very frightened
c. was afraid of dying
7. Telling fortunes (tZ) means

a. predicting what will happen in the future
b. telling scaqrstories
c. telling people how to Setich
8. Gain atcessto (tS) means
a. rob
b. get into
c. unlock
of the phrasalverbs
B. Discussthe meanings dressup and makeup.Alsodiscussthe
meaning of makeup
as a noun.
V. llaking Words Apart

Sometimespresent participles and past participles are used as adjectives.Present
participles-such as acciting-describe the quality or a characteristicof something.
Pastparticiples-such as exciud-are often used to describethe feelingsor responses
of a person or animal.
Underlinethecorrect adjectiveto completethefollowingsentences.
Example
The Halloween pafi will be fun. I'm very keetted / exciting) about going.
1. Winning the pnze at the costumeparty was very (acited / €xtitiq) .
2. Readingabout Halloween is (internted/ interesting).
UNIT7 . AmericanHolidays:
Historyand Customs
3. l'm (intercsted/ interesting).inlearning about American holidays.
4. I thought the fortune-telling game was (boredi boring).
5. Were you (bored/ boriW) by that game, too?
A. Direct and Indirect Speech In paragiraphs1-7, the conversationbetween
Mrs. Brown and the children is dialogug or direct speech.The speakers'exactwords
are in quotation marks. Here arepairs of sentencesexpressingthe sameidea in direct
and then indirect speech:
Direct Speech Indirect Speech

He said to MarS', "Ilike your costume." He told Mary that he iiked her costume.
He asked, "Are you a witch?" He asked if she was a witch.
He said, "Don't fly away." He told her not to flv awav.
at the beginning
Nvwchangesomeof the statements of thereadingfromdirectto indirect
paragraphs
speech.Reread 1-7. Thencomplete the following
statements.
Erample
The children askedMrs. Brown to aivethem a treat
:SF 1 . Mrs. Brown askedone boy

*.
2. The boy wearing the big hat told Mrs. Brorm
3 . Mrs. Brown told the children to and not
B. Would for Repeated Past Actions

ln paragraph72, sentences2 and 3, would plusan infinitiveverb form is usedto describe
repeatedpastactions.Wrttea senfenceusrngwouldto tellaboutsomething you did often
whenyou werea child.
Whenlwasachild,
Vll. Sharingldeas
A. lssues
Debatetheseissuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneand write aboutit.
1. Is Halloween good or bad for children? What kinds of behavior doesit
encnura$e?
2. Should Ameriean Halloween customsbe changedto make the holiday safer and
lessdestructive?If so, what changesshould be made?
2O . Halloween:A Timefor ScarvFun

CHAPTER
E
B. On a Personal Note - .
Writeabout one of these topr'cs.
1. Besides Halloween, do you knorv of any other holidays on which people wear
masks and / or costumes?Describe the holiday and its customs.
2- Have you ever dressed up in costume?'write a paraEfraphtelling why, and
describe what you wore. Did you wear makeup or a mask? could your friends
rccognizn you, or wcre you disguised?
'Write
3. a short dialogue that repeats a funny or unusual conversation you had
with another person. Use quotation marks around the spoken words. Indent
(begin a new paragraph) rvhenever there is a change in u,ho is speaking. Use the
dialogue at the be$inning of the reading as a model for correct indentinE and
punctuating.
UNff7 . AmericanHolidays:
Historyand Customs
Thanksgiving
and Native Arnet'tcans
:tld-
"Colonists" at Plimouth Plantation, recreating the

1627 village of Plymouth, Massachusetts
BrronrYouRrno
Discuss
1. Were the Native Americans and the European colonists friends or enemies?
2. What do you know about Native Americans from movies?How accuratelydo
thesefilms porhay contemporary Native Americans?
3. What foods are servedat a trafitional American Thanksgiving feast?Have
you ever eatenany of thesefoods?Do you like them?
si
*1
t3'
L,r"
.i{,
IE
Guess
Thenlook for the answers
in thereading.
*.'
t, 1. when did the Pilgrims cometo America to establisha colony?check (/) one:
_1620 _ 1685 _1725
2. The Pilgrims did not have this pieceof silverware:Check() one:
- knife - fork - spoon
h, Thanksgivirug end Native Arnericans

ii;
I
-
j
i ,1
Thanksgiving: Origin and Customs
't1:
't
r1: I ThanksgivingDay is on the fourth Thursdayin November.lt is a time for big family
'B reunions and big dinners, a time to eat turkey,stuffing, corn, cranberry:auce, and
pumpkin pie. But betweenendlessbites of food,Americansalso taketime to feelgrate-
ful for whateveris good in their lives.Somepeoplethank God; othersthank fateor their
loved ones.And most people rememberthe small group of English colonists who gave
Americansthis delicious and meaningful holiday.
z Today'sThanksgivingholiday was inspired by a harvest festival in plymouth, Massa-
chusetts, almost 400 years ago. The small group of colonists, residents of the second
.permanent English settlement in the New World, had very little by todays standards,
but they were thanKul for receiving what they valued most-a good harvest and the
freedom to live and worship as they pleased.
3 The Plymouth colonists began their joumey to America in September of 1620on a
ship called the Mayflower.Some of the passengerswere members of a persecuted reli-
gious sect. They were called Separatists becausethey had separatedfrom the Church of
Englandin orderto practicetheir religionin waysthey consideredcloserto the message
of the Bible. In search of greater religious freedom, some members of this group went
to live in Holland for several years, but they were unhappy there, too. So they made
plans to come to America, where they would be free to live as they chose.Theyretumed
to England to prepare for the ioumey. Many years later, the Separatists came to be
called Pilgrimsbecauseof their travels in searchof religious freedom. Today,Americans
t commonly refer to all of the Plymouth residents as Pilgrims,but only about half of the
I
I
colonists were Separatists.The others came to America, not for religious reasons,but
+ ' for adventureor new opportunity.
I
4 The ioumey to the New World was paid for by English businessmenin retum forfurs
and other goods to be sent back to Englandfrom the new colony- TheMayflower wasvery
crowdedwith 102passengers(men, women,and children),about 25 sailors,two dogs,
and probablysome chickens,cats,and pigs.At times, the trip was very rough.yet, dur-
ing the voyage,the travelers suffered only one death. Since there was also one birth
aboard ship, the Mayflower was still cinyrng 102passengerswhen, after 65 daysat sea,
it landed in ProvincetownHarbor,on the tip of Cape Cod, Massachusetts.The Mayflower

passengershad planned to settle near
famestown,Virginia,where the first permanent
Englishcolony in America'hadbeenestablishedin 1607.Howevetwinds pushedthe
Mayflowerfarthernorth, wherethe crimatewas much corder.
s The Pilgrim leaders knew that, in order to survive, every society neededrules for
proper behavior.So 4 | men aboard the Mayflower held a meeting.Theychosetheir first
governorand signed the Maqflower Compact, an agreementto make laws for their colony
and to obey them- It was the first formal agreementfor self-govemmentin America.
6 Forabout a month, tl,e Pilgrimslived aboardship and sent out a few men to explore
the coastline-At Plymouth,the men found a harbor with some clearedland and fresh
water.The men went backto the Maqflower and reported their discovery.A few days later
theMagflowersailed acrossCapeCod Bayto PlymouthHarbor.Accordingto a traditional
story,when the Maqflower passengers cameashorein their small boat, thev landedon a
fargerocklaternamedPlgmouth Roc[.ln Plymouth,that rockis still on displayfor tourists
to see.
z The Pilgrimswere not trainedand equippedto cope with life in the wilderness.Dur-
ing their first winter, they sufferedtremendously.Diseases,cold weathet and insuffi_
cient food killed about half of them. Still, from this small group of about 50 colonists,
there are thousandsof descendantsalive today.Among them is formerAmericanpres.
ident GeorgeBush.
8 One spring morning in 1621,a friendlyNativeAmericanwalked into the little village
of Plymouth and introduced himself. Later, he brought the chief (Massasoit).The
colonists gave gifts to their new friends. The members of Massasoit'sffibe taught the
Pilgrimshow to hunt and fish; how to plant pumpkins,beans,and corn;and howto fer-
=, tilize the corn with fish. Becauseof this help, that fall the colonists had a good harvest.
To celebrate,they decided to havea harvestfestival.Massasoit and about 90 of his men
*l
came to share the celebration.

,9:
9 The Indians sent hunters out to bring back deer meat for the feast. Some of the pil-
grim men also went hunting and returnedwith wild birds such as ducks,geese,and
turkeys.The women of Plymouthprepareddishesfrom corn, squash,and pumpkins.The
meal was cooked and sewed out-of-doors. The holiday combined feasting and enter-
tainment. The colonists performeda military display with their guns, and the Indians
probably danced.The celebration lasted three days and was a great success.
10 Today,when Americans celebrateThanksgiving,they like to think that they are imi-
tating that 162l harvest festival in Plymouth.And in some ways they are.The foods that
are eaten are those that were part of the Plymouth diet+uch as turkey,squash,corn,
and pumpkin. But in manywaysthe modem Thanksgivingdinner is quite differentfrom
the meal that the Plymouth colonists shared with their Indian neighbors.To start with,
the wild turkey that the Pilgrims hunted was somewhat different from toda/s dornesti-
cated turkey. (Wild turkeys, for example, can fly, but todafs commercially produced
turkeys cannot.) Next, the Plymouth colonists didn't have enough sugar to make the
sweetenedcranberrysaucethat is consideredan essential part of today's Thanksgiving
meal. If they had cranbeniesat all, they were probably in the turkey stuffing. If they had
pumpkin, it was probably cut into pieces, not mashed and served in a pie. Also, for
today'sThanksgivingdinner, most Americansset a beautiful table with a fancytablecloth
and the finest dishes, glassware,and silvenvarethey have.The Pilgrims (like most early-
seventeenth-centurypeople) didn't have forks. They picked up most of their food with
21 o
CHAPTER
their fingers,and then wiped their hands on very largenapkins.And, of course,few
Americanseat their Thanksgiving dinneroutside,as the Pilgrimsdid.
11 Everyyear,about 500,000 touriststakea iourneyinto earlyAmericanhistoryby visit-
ing Plymouth,Massachusetts. This modern city offersmany opportunitiesfor reliving
the Pilgrim experience.In PlymouthHarbot sightseerstour Mayflower ll, a recentlybuilt
ship similar to the originalMaqflower.They see the famous PlymouthRock.Thenthey
spend a few hours walkingthrough a recreationof the original Plymouthvillageas it
fookedin 1627.The site, calledPlimoth Plantation,is lust a,few miles from the location
of the original village. Plimoth Plantationis "inhabited"by role-playingcostumed
guideswho speakin manydifferentEnglishdialects,as the realPlymouthresidents did.
They also demonstratea wide range of activities that were part of village life in the
I 620s.
Z Compare
rnrr*roun tftePlymouth
Thanfsgiving
of 162l
Com[Feftenslorwithtoday's
typicalAmerican
Thanftsgiving.
A Fbmous Pilgrim Story

12 In 1858,HenryWadsworthLongfellow,a famous Americanpoet, wrote a long poem
about the Pilgrimsof PlymouthColony.He called it 'The Courtshipof Miles Standish."
The colonists Longfellow wrote about were real people. Howevet the story he told,
about two men in love with the same woman, was invented. Still, it is a famousAmeri-
can story and well worth retelling.
13 Captain Miles Standish cameto America with the Pilgrims, but he was not a Puritan.
He was a soldier.Although he was very brave in battle, Standish was timid with women.
After his wife died, he was lonely and wanted to marry a Puritan girl named PriscillaMul-
lens. But he was too shy to ask her. Instead, Standish asked his best friend, lohn Alden,
to propose maniage for him. Neverwere two friends so different. Standishwas a short,
stodqy,middle-aged man. lohn Alden was a young man and very handsome.While Stan-
dish was a man of action,Alden was a scholar.In only one way werethesetwo men alike,
They bolh loved the same woman.
14 Poor lohn! He also loved Priscilla,but he wanted to be a loyal friend. Hiding his own
feelings, he went to Priscilla and asked her to marry Miles Standish. He told her how
kind the captain was. He talked about Standish's bravery in battle and about his fine
family. When lohn finished talking, Priscilla asked him a question: "Whydon't you speak
for yourself, Iohn?"
15 fohn didn't take Priscilla'sadvice.Instead,he retumed to his friend and told him what
Priscilla had said. The captain becameveryangry."You have betrayed me!" he shouted.
A short time later, Standish Ieft for a battle against hostile natives. While the captain
was gone, fohn and Priscillagrewto love each other more and more. However,fohn did
not ask her to marry him becausehe did not want to be an unfaithful friend.Thena mes-
sage anived saying that Standish had been killed in battle. After that, Iohn proposed
marriageto Priscilla.
t6 As the wedding ceremony ended, the guests saw a familiar figure standing in the
doonvay, a figure they thought was a ghost. It was Captain Miles Standish! He hadn't
beenkilledafterall.He had cometo apologizefor his anger.At the end of the story,lohn,
Priscilla.and Miles were reunitedas friends.What about the real colonists?Standish
eventuallyremarried,and fohn and Priscillahad I l children.One of their descendants
was the famouspoet HenryWadsworthLongfellow.
E| @*ru*
Goqt$onrlon WaslohnAldena loyalfriend,or did he betragMilesStandish?
Friends and Enemies

17 ln the past,the earliestresidentsof the Americaswere calledAmencan Indians.
Today,
some membersof this group prefer to be identified as Americans.
Native Others still call
themselveslndians. Whichevername is used,on ThanksgivingDay,the indigenous peo-
ples are rememberedwith gratitude.Many tribes helpedearly Europeansettlers adjust
to life in the American wilderness.In addition, Native American cultures have con-
tributed much to modernAmericanlife.
t8 Of all the Indians'gifts to the settlers,food was probablythe most important.Indian
foodsand methodsof planting,hunting,and fishing helpedsettlerssurvivein their new
home. TWoof the most important crlops in the world---corn and white potatoes-were
first planted by American Indians.They also introduced Europeansettlers to more than
80 other foods, includingthe sweetpotato, pumpkin, squash,peanut,tomato, banana,
pineapple, and avocado.Native Americans showed the new arrivals how to cook these
unfamiliarplantsto makegrits,popcom, succotash,and tapioca.Cacao(for chocolate),
chicle {for che'vinggum), and tobaccowere also among their crops.In addition, many
of the drugs that Indians extractedfrom plants are still used in modem medications.
't9 Indians also introduced settlers to various utensils, clothing, trails, and methods of
transportation. Native American inventions adopted by settlers include hammock, ca-
noes,dogsleds,toboggans,pipes, rubber balls, snowshoes,and moccasins.
20 The colonists also adopted words from Native American languages.In the Western
Hemisphere, thousands of mountains, lakes, rivers, cities, states, and countries have
NativeAmerican names--Cfiic.ago,tvlar;vrcflusrltts,Oregon,andMatiu, to mention iust a few.
Other fndian words in English indude skunk,mow, tnbauo, and squash.
succotnsh,
21 The most famous Native American friend of the white settlers was a young princess
named Pocahontas.She was only 12 years old when English settlers came to James'
town, Virginia, in 1607.Captain lohn Smith, one of these early colonists, wrote that he
owed his life to Pocahontas.She threrv her arrns around Smith to prevent her father,the
chief, from killing him. Pocahontasvisited the English fort often, bringing food and
other necessities.Despite her kindness to the settlers, she was kidnapped by them at
the age of l7 to guaranteethe good behavior of her tribe. The following year, Pocahon-
tas manied one of the colonists. She later traveled with him to England,where she be-
6;rmevery popular in British society.While in London, she died of smallpox at the age
of 21. She had a son from whom many Mrginians claim descent. Her fascinating story
inspired a number of books and a popular animated Hollywood movie.
22 Anotherwell-known NativeAmericanwoman was Sacagawea.Her name, usually pro-
nounced"Sak-uh-iuh-WEE-uh," means"bird woman."Shewas the guideand interpreter
21 .
CHAPTER
who accompaniedthe Lewisand Clarkexpedition.At the requestof PresidentThomas
lefferson,in I804, this group set out to explorethe west. Theytraveledsome g,000
miles,exploringterritoryfrom the MississippiRiverto the PacificOcean.Theirsafere-
turn (in l806)and fascinatingrepoftsencouragedfurtherexplorationand settlementof
the West.In 2000,the U.S.governmentcreateda gold-coloredSI coin in honorof Saca-
gawea.On the coin, she is showncarryingher babyon her back.
23 Althoughthe NativeAmericanshelpedthe Europeansettlersin manyways,because
both groups wanted the same land, they becameenemies. The result was a long his-
tory of bloodshedand cruelty.TheIndiansweredoomedto defeatsincethe settlershad
guns,whilethe Indiansfoughtmostlywith bowsand arrows.Also,the settlerswereable
to unite,while the Indiansweredividedinto hundredsof differenttribesthat werehos-
tile to one another.
24 As earlyas 1786,the U.S.governmentbegansettingasidespecialterritories,called
reservations,for Indian resettlement.The NativeAmericanswere pushedonto land
that was consideredundesirable,mostly in the Southwestand the Northwest.During
the mid-nineteenthcentury,they wereforbiddento leavetheseareaswithout a permit. I
t
When Columbusarrived in 1492,about 700,000nativeslived in the area that later ,
.i
becamethe U.S.A.By 1890,as a resultof wars,diseases, and poor livingconditions,the
U.S.lndianpopulationwasdown to about 240,000.
25 In the 1920s,Americantreatmentof NativeAmericansbeganto improve.As a result,
the population grew-Today,about 2.5 million NativeAmericanslive in the U.S..includ-
ing the Aleuts and the Inuits (Eskimoes)of Alaska.About half of the NativeAmericans
.n the U.S.A.live on or near federalreservations.Thosewho leaveusuallymoveto a big
city. Most American Indians live in the west-Arizona, New Mexico,Montana, wyoming,
and Califomia.However,a number of tribes art, in the South and Midwest---Oklahoma,
North Dakota,and South Dakota.Thereare also dozensof small Indian communities
along the East Coast.
CrazyHorse,a mountain carvingin progress
i
On reservations, traditionallndiancustoms,languages. and stylesof dresshavesur-
vived.Touristsvisit these reseirvationsto observetraditional waysof life. Varioustribes
make baskets,pottery,woven blanketsand rugs,wood sculpture,beadrvork,and silver
jewelry.Becauseof their beautyand fine workmanship,thesegoodsareoften purchased
by tourists.
27 NativeAmericanshavebeenamongthe most deprivedof U.S.minoritygroups.Their
education,income,employmentlevels,housing,health, and life expectancyare all
below national averages.Howevet their quality of life is beginningto improve. Every
yeaqthe federalgovernment's Bureauof IndianAffairs(BlA)spendsmillionsof dollars
to improveNativeAmericanlivingconditions.The BIAhasalso respondedto Indiande-
mands for more control of their own affairs.Today,the majority of Native American
youngpeoplecompletehigh school,and about 9"/"of those age25 or older are college
graduates.Many tribes havemade money from oil discoveredon their land or by oper-
ating gamblingcasinoson reservations. Some tribes havegone into business,for ex-
ample,makingautomotiveor electronicparts.Thereis now an lndianmiddle classthat
includesmany professionals, and there are well-knownNativeAmericanwritersand
artists.After centuriesof suffering,NativeAmericansare finding sornethingto be thank-
ful for ir: a land that was once their own, among people to whom they have given so
much.
Arrrn You Rrao

A. Ona separatepieceof paper, completethe followingsenfenceswith informationfrom the
+:t reading.
q
1. The Separatists came to America because

=, 2. It isn't historically correct to refer to all the Plymouth colonists asPilgrims
;
because
,-'*:
.i,*
:&
3. The colonists were gratefirl to Massasoitand his tribe because
:F*
?!
-J 4. Priscilla Mullens didn't want to marry Miles Sandish because
5. The settlers and the Native Americansbecame enemiesbecause
6. Pocahontaswas kidnappedby theJamestown colonists because
order.Numberthem1-5, startingwtththe earliest.

B. Put theseeyentsin chronological
1. Native Americans were forced to move to reservations.
savedJohn Smith. -
2. Poc,ahontas
3. The Mayflower crossedthe Atlantic Ocean.-
4. Lonsfellow wrote "The C,ourtshipof Miles Standish.'
5. John Alden married Priscilla Mullens. -
CHAPTER
--------E
21 . Thanksgiving
and NativeAmericans
reading.Pronounce thesewordsafteryour teacher,anddrscusstheir meanings.
beffay indigenous settler
cope persecute survive
crop propose tribe
enemy reservation utensil
feast* reunion wilderness
B. Answerthefollowingquesfionsusinga few words.Youdon'tneedto writefullsentences.

Is a fork a utensil, a wilderness, or a crop?
Are indigenous people original residents or neu'comers?
Do Americans feast or fast on Thanksgiving Day?
Was a tnbe a group of Indians or a colony of settlers?
At a reunior\ arepeoplegettrngtogetherfor the first time?
Are there cities in the wilderness?
Should you be loyal to your enemy?
DidJohn persecutePriscilla or proposeto her?
If you cope with your problems, do you handle them well?
C. Workwitha partner.Aftereachword listed,thereis a paragraphnumber.Lookin that

paragraphfor an antonym(opposite)of the word.
Example
temporary (4) permanent
1. die (s) 5 . was faithful to (15)
2. enough (7) 6. immediately (16)
3. ancestors (Z) 7. united (23)
a. original (11) 8. allowed (24)
*Feast can be used as a noun or a verb.
UNIT 7 . AmericanHolidays:Historyand Customs
t-
lll. SharpeningReading,Skills
A. General and Specific Meanings
Sometrmes the samewordcanhavea generalmeaningand alsoa morespecifc, related
meaning.Discussthefollowingitalrcizedwords.
1. What is a pilgrim? Who were the Pilgrims?
2. Wlrat does it mean to make a reserttationat ahotel or restaurant?What is an
Indian reservation?How are theseword meaningsrelated?
3. What is the generalmeaning of the word propose?What type of proposalis
mentionedin paragraphs13 and 15?
B. Context Clues
Rereadtheparagraphindicatedto determinewhateachunderlined
word means.Underline
thecorrectdefinition.
l. inspire (2):
a. causesomeoneto want to do something
b. require someoneto do something
2. voyage(4):
.*r
a. a short hike or car ride
b. a long trip, usually on water
*s;
{3-
3. courtship (12):
a. visiting the court of a king
-r. b. seekingromanceand/ or marriage
*
4. timid (13):
iii
.tF. a. courageous
r b. shy and friglrtened
,s
.*
S. alike (rs):
*" a. friendly
fi.
b. similar
? 6. hostile (15):
t':
-ri1. a. showing the desireto help someone
ii
;1. b. showing the desireto hurt someone
x
7. apologize(16):
a. say you're sorry for doing somethingwrong
b. e4pressyouranger
8. bloodshed(23):
a. injury and./ or death
b. a shed full of blood
C. Making Inferences
Io infer meansto figureout whatis beingsuggestedbut notstateddkectly.Makeinferences
abouttheseguestions.Drscuss your inferences
witha partner.
1. What can you infer aboutPriscilla{iom her question,in paragraph14,"Why
don't you speakfor yourself,John?"Which man did she want to marrr,?Was
she a timid or an assertiveperson?
2. What can you infer aboutPocahontas's
characterfrom the descriptionof her
actions it paragraph21?
D. Map-Reading Practice
journeyfromEnglandto Provincetown
Ona map, pointout theMayflower's to Plymouth.

Oneachblankline,writethe letterof thecorrectmeaningof eachexpresslon.
Thenumbers
give theparagraphs
in parentheses in whichthe expressions
are used.
1. On display (6) means
a. put out for peopleto see
b. on a big ship
(9), you eat it
2. If you have your Thanksgiving dinner out-of-d.oors
a. with the doors of your house open
b. outside
3. Rolz-plaging(17) means
a. rollingi a ball around in a game
b. pretendingfto be someoneelse
4. If you takeadvi.ce(f5) from a friend, you -.
a. take your friend's possessions
b. do what your friend suggests
5. After all (16) means
-
a. afteralongtime
b. what happenedwas a su4rrise
6. John Smith owedhislife (21) to Pocahontasbecauseshe
-
a. lenthim s1s16y
b. protected him from death
V. TakingWordsApart .
A. Practice with Word Parts
Studythe meanings of thesewordparts.Thenusethemto completethewordsdefined
below.Usea dictionaryfor helpif necessary.
un-, in- : not re- : a$ain,back ex- : olrt)beyond -less: without
1. -sufficient (not e'rough)
2. -create (make again)
3. end- (without end)
4. -union (to come togetheragain)
5. -desirable (not good,not wanted)
6. -tract (removesomethingfrom something else)
B. Noun Endings for People's Occupations, Nationalities, and Activities

To tell abouta person'sidentity,occupation,nationality, or acti@, Englishwords usuallyedd
oneof theseendings: -r, €r, €r, - ist, - an,or -ant.Put thecorrectendingon eachnounlisted
below.
1. a person who comesto seesights in a particular placn:a tour_ or a
sigfitsee_
2. a person who lives in a colony: colon
3. a person traveling in or on a moving vehicle but not operating it:
passentl__
4. someoneborn in Europe: Europe-
5. the chief political leader in a colony or American state: govern_
Priscilla Mullens askedJohn Alden a question beginning, "Why don't you . . . ?" This
t5pe of question canbe:
(1) A suggestionor offer:
*Why don't you come over to my house for dinner tonight?"
Answer: "Thanks,.I'd love to."
(2) A question asking why a person doesnot do something:
"Why don't you own a car?"
Answer: "I don't know how to drive.'
(continuzd on the next page)

Answerthefollowingquestion.
In your opinion, was Prisciila makin$ a suggestion or asking a question when she
said,"Why don't you speakfor yourself,John?"
thesequestionsbeginningw'tth"Whydon't. . ." and Why doesn't. . .?"

Complete
1. It's rainin$ out. Why don't You
2. Joegot a low gradeon his math test last week. Why doesn't
Vll. Sharing ldeas

A. lssues
Debatetheseissuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseone andwrtte aboutit.
1. Everybody loves a love story. That's why the poet Longfellow invented one to
tell about the Pilgrims. And when Hollywood made a movie about Pocahontas,it
addeda fictitious romancebetweenJohn Smith and the youn$ Indian princess.
Should writers changehistorical facts to make a more interesting story? Is it ,ri
okay to blend fact and fiction?

2. Do newgomersto an areahave aright to push earlier residentsoffthe land?
Does land really belon$ to anwparticular group of people?
*-iF
,l
Writeaboutoneof thesetoPics.
1. If you had lived in the seventeenthcentury, would you have left your country
and come to America? Explain why or why not.
2. prelend,you areJohn Alden or Priscilla Mullens. Write a letter to a friend tellin$
about your life in Plym.outh.Use the form for a social letter that your teacher
givesyou.
3. Find are,cipe(in a cookboolsmagaineror newspaper)for somethin$
traditionally eaten onftantsgiving. Try the recipa Then write apara$raph
aboutyour erperience cooking it (Did it taste giood?Did you make any
mistakef) Exchan$erecipesand paragraphswith four classnates.
UN|T7 . American
Holiden,Iirlgty.l99ttot!
w-
eL
The TVinter
Holida Season
A famity enjoyingthe winter holidayseason
BeronrYou Rreo
Discuss
1. The picture shows a typical winter scenein a cold part of the United States.
Do you like this type of winter weather? Tell why or why not.
2. The winter holidays are specialfor many people.What holidays are cnlebrated
at this time of year, and why are they special?
3. Discussnew year's holidays in different cultures.
w
Guess
Thenlookfor fhe answersin thereading.
1. What percnntageof Americansare Christian?Check (/) one:
32% 52o/o 86%
2. How many time zones are there in the 50 American states?Check ({) one
_2 _4 _6
The Winter Ilolidag Season

Merry Christmas!
1 Santa Claus, snowmen, bright lights, colorful decorations, bells, and traditional
songs-all these help to make Decemberthe most festive month of the year.As the
month progressestoward the winter solsfice (December2l), the daylight hours grow
shorterand shorter.In the northernpaft of the U.S.,winter weathercan be (asone sea-
sonal song says) "frightful." Yet even winter snowstorms cannot bury that contagious
feeling of festivity. Why does almost everybodyfeel so good? Ifs gift-giving time, parry
time, and vacation time. Students from elementary school through college have about
2 weeks'vacation, beginning shortly before Christmas and ending soon after New Yea/s
Day.Many families go away for the holidays to visit relatives in another state, ski in the
mountains, or sunbathe on the beaches in the South. But those who stay home have
fun, too. Parties abound to celebrate the birth of Christ and the arival of the new year.
Even the workplace is festive, thanks to the traditions of office parties and holiday (or
end-of-the-year)bonuses (extra money given to employees).
2 Christianity,the major religiousfaith in the U.S.,the Westem Hemisphere,and the
world, is based upon the teachings and life of fesus Christ. There are about 2 billion
Christians worldwide. They believe in Jesus'sideas of equality, caring for the weak and
needy,generosity,forgiveness,and loveand kindnessto all. Theyalso believethat Jesus
Christ is the Son of God, born to the Virgin Mary and that he was sent to Earth to save
the human race.The word lesusmeans "savio/'or "help of God." The word Cfrristmeans
"anointed one," someone set apart for special honor.
3 Jesuswas bom in Bethlehemin ancientludea.The yearA.D.l, from which most mod-
' em calendarsare dated, is supposed to be the year of his birth. However,Jesuswas ac-
tually bom severalyearsearlier.No one knowsthe exactyear or day,but Christianshave
1; celebratedhis birth on December25 since the fourth century.This date was probably se-
a lected so that Christnraswould replace pagan celebrations of the beginning of winter.
lili 4 In the U.S.,the spirit of Christmasarrivesat least a month beforethe holiday itself.
Starting in November,street lights and store windows begin to display the traditional
ilg Christmascolors, red and green.Santa Claus,shepherds,angels,and Nativity scenes
L appearin shop windows.Winter sceneswith snowmen,sleds,skaters,and skiersdeco-
l{
ti rate greeting cards and store windows.

5 The manufactureand sale of christmas items is big business.stores
dependon
Christmasshoppersfor about one-fourthof their annual sales smart ,hopJ"r,
uuv
theirgiftsfar in advance,beforethe Christmasrushmakesshoppinga chore.
someshop
on the Internetto avoid crowds.Christmasis often veryexpensive.To earn extra
money
for gifts,in DecembermanyAmericansget part-time
iobsdeliveringmail or sellinggifts,
trees,ornaments, or greetingcards.
o Since86"/"of AmericansareChristian,December25 is both a religiousand a legal
hol-
iday.Most businessesare closedon ChristmasDay.Although all American,
.un
the commercial aspectsof Christmas,for Christians,the most meaningfulparts "nloy
of the
holidayoccurat home and in church.Many familiesgo to churchon ChristmasEve
or
Christmasmorning.After services,they gatheraroundihe tree and open their gifts.
Then
they enioy a traditionalChristmasdinner-turkey or ham, sweetpotatoes,vegetables,
and cranberrysauce.Dessertis usuallyfruit cake,plum pudding,or mincepie.
7 Most of the Christmascustomsthat Americansenjoy today are variations
of tradi-
tions broughthereby Europeanimmigrants.some go backto ancienttimes.
8 Exchanging cifts.The first christmasgifts were birthday gifts that the three wise Men
broughtto the infant fesus.In the U.S.,it is customaryto exchangegifts
with family
membersand close friends.Both childrenand adults get Christmaspresents,
although
childrenusuallyget many more.
9 Receiving Togst'romSantaClaus.ManyAmerican children believe that on Christmas
Eve,
SantaClaus (a fat, iolly man who wearsa red suit and has a long white beard)
slides
down theirchimneyto bring them gifts.Accordingto the story SantaClausflies
through
the air in a sleigl' (a fancysled) putled by eight reindeer.severaldaysor weeks
before
Christmas,childrentell Santawhat toys they want by writing him letiersor visiting
him
in a local departmentstore.Then,on ChristmasEve,many youngsterslie awakelisten-
ing for Santaand his sleigh.Somechildreneven leavehim a snackof milk and cookies.
10 Where did this legend come from? Santa Claus is the American name for St.
lir;.
Nicholas,a generousfourth<enturybishop who lived in what is now Ttrrkey.It was his
custom to go out at night and bring gifts to the poor. After his death,his fame spread
'.i':
throughout Europe. Dutch immigrants brought the idea of St. Nicholas,whom they
'{t
calledSinterKlaas,to the U.S.,wherethe name was mispronouncedand finally changed
ii toSantnClaus.Then,nineteenth-centuryAmerican artistsand authorschangedSt. Nick,s
a; appearanceand createdthe roly-poly ma4 in red that we know today.Santas sleigh and
tt
reindeercame from an old Norse legend.So, todafs SantaClausis a blend of several
r31'
differentcultures.
11 HangingStockings. As in Great Britain, American children hang stockings hoping that
Santawill fill them with candyand toys. Traditionally,stockingswere hung nearthe fire-
place, but today children hang them whereverthey think santa will see them!
12 DuoratingtheHomewith HolidayPlanfs.The winter custom of decoradng homes and
churches with evergreens began in ancient times. Branches of fir or spruce were
thought to bring good luck and guarantee the return of spring. The early Germansbe-
lieved that in winter, evil spirits killed plants and trees and caused green leaves and
flowers to disappear. Bringing evergreensinto their homes was supposed to protect
them from death.
13 Germansof the sixteenthcenturyprobablystartedthe custom of decoratingtrees.In
the nineteenthcentury,the ideaspreadthroughout Europeand the U.S.Now,at Christ-
22 . The Winter HolidaySeason

CHAPTER
----IE
rds'
,sE
.g
r,i€
mastime, decorated trees stand in about two-thirds of American homes. Everyyear,

Americansspendabout$a60million buyingChristmastrees.ThemodernAmericantree
is usuallycoveredwith coloredglassballsand stringsof coloredlights Thestaron top
represents the star in the Eastthat guidedthe threeWise Men to Bethlehem.
14 In ancienttimes,mistletoewashungoverdoorwaysfor good luck.Todaythe custom
continues.but now it is for fun.Anyonestandingunderthe mistletoeis supposedto get
kissed.
15 The poinsettiaplant is anotherfamiliarChristmasdecoration.lts star-shapedred
leavessymbolizethe holiday.Thisplant is nativeto CentralAmericaand Mexico.It was
named after foel R. Poinsett,who servedas the first U.S.ambassadorto Mexico(from
1825to 1829).An amateurbotanist,he broughtthe plant backwith him when he re-
turnedto the UnitedStates.
16 GoingCaroling. In the earlydaysof the ChristianChurch,the bishopssangcarolson
ChristmasDay.Now,soloistsand choirson the radio,on TV,in church,and in schoolall
help fill the winterair with beautifulmusic.Copyingan old Englishcustom,manyAmer-
icansgo caroling-walkingwith friendsfrom houseto housesingingthe traditionalhol-
iday songs.
17 SendingChrstmasCards.The custom of sendlng Christmas cards began in London
in 1843and came to the U.S.in 1875.Today,most American>(Christiansand non-
Christians)send dozensof season'sgreetingscardsto relatives,friends,and business
associates.
18 ChristmasThutnulProductions.
AttendingTraditional Americansof all religionsenioy per-
formancesof three traditional Christmasworks. One of these is Messi.afr, an oratorio writ-
ten by the German composer GeorgeFrederickHandel and performed by a chorus, or-
chestra,and solo singers.Another classicwork performed during the Christmasseason
is the Russiancomposer Peterllich Tchaikovsky'sballet TfieNutcracker.lt is a favoritewith
children becauseit tells the delightful story of a little girl's Christmasdream about her
toys coming to life. Finally,there is AChnstmasCarol,a story written by the nineteenth-
centuryEngtishauthor CharlesDickens.It is traditionally performedas a play and tells
the tale of a mean old man namedEbenezerScrooge.Scroogeis selfish,lonely,and rich.
With the help of ghosts from his past, present,and future life, he regainsthe spirit of
Christmas-the ability to careabout others and enloy helping them-
celebrate?
WhateventdoesChristmas
custnms-
NameftveotherAmerieanCftristmas
HaPPY Hanukkah!
19 While Christiansbrightenwinterwith Christmascolor and lights,Iewsthroughoutthe
world celebratetheir Festivalof Lights-Hanukkah. This holiday celebratesthe triumph
of religiousfreedom.In 168e.c.,the Syrianking conqueredludea and tried to forcethe
pow'
lews to worship pagan gods. Threeyears later, a small group of fews defeatedthe
erfulSYrianarmies.
-
20 Whenthe fewsrecapturedlerusalemand rededicatedtheir holy temple,they relit the
eternallamp.Theyhadonly'oneday'ssupplyof the specialoil neededfor that lamp.But
miraculously, the light burnedfor eightdays,until freshoil wasavailable.ln memorvof
this miracle, JewscelebrateHanukkahfor eight days and light candles in a ,p".i"l
hofder called a menorah. The date of Hanukkahis determined by the Hebrewcatendar.
but the holidayalwaysoccursin December.So, for Americansof both the Christianand
fewishfaiths,the yearends in a spirit of ioy.
WhatiloesHanuftfrnft
celebrate?
Wftyarelightsimportant?
An African Festivd
21 During the winter holidayperiod,African-Americans, along with Africansin many
other countries,celebrateKwanza.This holidaywas developedin the U.S.A.in t966 but
is basedin part upon atraditional Africanharvestfestival.The nameKwanmmeans"first
fruits of the harvest"in Swahili,an East African language.The festivalbeginson De-
cember 26 and lasts for 7 days. Each day is dedicated to discussionof one of these
principles: unity, selfdetermination, collectiveresponsibility,cooperativeeconomics,
purpose,creativity,and faith. Kwanzacustomsinclude lighting candlesand exchanging
gifts, especiallyhandmadeones.
22 On December31,community membersdressin African clothing and sharea feastof
traditionalAfricanfoods.Thiscelebrationincludesmusicaland danceperformances, an
assessmentof the past year,and commitmentsfor the coming year.
23 Kwanzaprovidesan opportunity forAfrican-Americansto reestablishtheir links to an
African past and their connectionsto their contemporarycommunity. It is celebratedby
about 5 million African-Americans and about l0 million others in Africa,Canada,the
Caribbean,and parts of Europe.
Whereiliil Kwanzaofiginatc?
Happy New Year!

24 "Ring out the old, ring in the new," wrote Alfred, Lord Tennyson,the nineteenth-
century English poet. And that's exactly what Americans do every December31. New
Yea/s Eve is a time for noise and fun. At home or in restaurants,most Americansdrink
and dine with friends.One popular New Years Evedrink is eggnog.made with eggs,milk
or cream, nutmeg, and sugar.Throughoutthe Christmasseason,eggnogis a popular
party beverage.Another is, of course,champagne-the drink that symbolizesa celebra-
tion. At midnight on New Yea/s Eve,bells ring, horns blow, and friendstoast each other
with champagne.tt's also customaryto exchangekisses.Everyonecelebratesthe disap-
pearanceof old FatherTime, replacedby the baby New Year.New Year'sEve festivities

CHAPTER
---E
.1ffi
lrBE-.
:ffi
often continueuntil two or three o'clockin the morning.Manypeopletravelfrom
party to anotherto celebratewith severaldifferentgroups of friends.
New YearbEvein New York City'sTimesSquare
The country'smost crowded New Year'sEvecelebration takesplace in New YorkCitys

TimesSquare.Since 1907,the famous ball-loweringceremonyhas beena holidayhigh-
light. To celebrate the anival of the year 2000,an estimated 2 million people crowded
into Timessquare,and hundredsof millions viewedthe sceneon TV.The huge, 1,070-
pound lighted crystalball began its descent from a 77-foot flagpoleat ll:59 p.na. and
reachedthe bottom at exactlymidnight. Simultaneously,confetti, balloons,and fire-
worksbrightenedthe night sky.It was the biggestpublic eventeverheld in the city.
The new yeararrivesearlierin the Eastthan in other parts of the country.When mid-
night comesto New York,it is I I p.v.in Chicago,l0 p.r,'t.
in Denvetand only 9 p.u.in Los
Angeles.The contiguous(connected)48 statesspan four time zones;Alaskaand Hawaii
add two more.
27 What do Americansdo on New Year'sDay?Many sleep late becausethey stayed up
all night long. Many watch W, which offers spectacularparadesand football games be-
tweenchampioncollegeteams.From ancienttimes to the present,New Yearscustoms
have been connectedwith saying good-bye to the past and looking forward to a better
future. Therefore,New Year'sDay often inspires people to start new programsand give
up bad habits. Some people make New Yea/s resolutions, promises to themselvesto
improve their behavior.Peopletalk about "turning over a new leaf,"referringto a clean,
blank page or a fresh start. Typical New Years resolutions are to spend less money,give
up smoking,begin a diet, or be nicer to others. lts safe to assumethat about half of
them are forgotten by lanuary 3l !
Although the theme of the New Years holiday has not changedmuch from one cen-
tury to the next,the date of the celebrationhas been changedmanytimes. The ancient
)
Egyptiansstartedtheir yearon September21,while the ancientGreeksbegantheirson
fune 21.The old Romancalendarcontainedonly l0 months,and NewYear'sDaywas
March|,ln 46 s.c.,fulius Caesarintroducedan improvedcalendarcontainingtwo addi-
tional months, fanuaryand February.lanuarv was named for the Roman god lanus,
whose name comes from the Roman word for door.Like a doot lanus looks both ways;
he is usuallyshown with two faces,one looking backwardand the other forward.Julius
Caesarscalendal called in his honor the julian calendat was revisedin 1582by Pope
GregoryXtll. This Gregoriancalendaris the one in use today.
Whatis the maiortftemeof the NewYealsholiday?HowdoAmericans

celebrate?
Chinese and Je$rish New Yearns Holidays

29 Many Chinese-Americans celebratethe New Yearholidayestablishedby China'san-
cient lunar calendarmore than 4,000yearsago. The l5-day ChineseNew Yearbegins
with Yuan Tan and concludeswith the Festivalof Lanterns,held at the time of the full
moon betweenfanuary2l and February19.During this period, Chinatownsectionsin
maior American cities look very festive, with paper and glass lantems decorating the
housesand colorful marchersparading in the streets.
30 Rosh Hashanah(which means "head of the year") is the traditional fewish New Year.
It occurs in Septemberor October.Rosh Hashanahis a very solemn holiday,markingthe
beginning of l0 days set aside for self-appraisal, repentance, and promises to be a
better person in the coming year.
31 In most cultures, the closing of one calendar year and the opening of another is a
happy,yet serious, occasion.To Americans, it is a time for fun and reflection, a time to
look both ways, to review the past with nostalgia and look fonvard to the future with
hope.
22 . Thewinter HolidavSeason
CHAPTER
@
,1
:J
:.
::.
ArrenYou Rrno
Puta check(/) in the columnif the customis associatedwiththatholiday.Somecustoms
maybe traditionalon bothholidays.
Customs Christnras New Year's

l. exchanginggifts around a tree
2. kissing under the mistletoe
3. promising to improve oneself
4. helping the poor
5. going caroling
6. attending church services
7. watchingthe ball drop on TV

8. drinking strampagneat midnight
9. blowing horns
f0. talking or writing to SantaClaus
11. sending season'sgreetingscards
12. watehing the Bowl gameson TV

reading.Pronounce thesewordsafter'yourteacher,and discusstheirmeanings.
appraisal exchangef ornament
bonus festive solstice
commercial" legend repentalo:cr-
decorate miracle resolution
evergreen nostalgia triumpht
*Cotnmzrcial can be a noun or an adjective.

tThese words can be used as nouns or verbs.
s
3-
witha partner.Thenchooseanyfivequestionsto answer
B. Discussthefollowingquestions
on paper.
1. If your bossgivesyou a holidaybonus, will you be happy or unhappy?
2. What miracle is associatedwith the birth of Christ?
3. What do people use to decoratea Christmas tree?
4. What do we mearTbythe commercialaspectsof Christrnas?
5. What is exchangedunder the mistletoe?What is exchangfedaround the
Christmas tree?
6. What triumph doesHanukkah celebrate?
7. Whatmiracle doJews cnlebrateon Hanukkah?
8. Doesa person repentafter doing somethingbad or somethinggood?
9. What New Year'sresolution will you make this year?
10. When is the winter solstice?
Oneach blanklne, write the letterof the correct word or phraseto completethe sentence.
1. Most American Christrras customsorigina',edin -.
a. the U.S.
b. otJrercountries
c. Bethlehem
2. C:hrtstwas actually born -.
a. on December25,t.o.l
b. severalyearsbefore A.D.1
c" in the fourth century A.D.
3. Chrismas is celebratedby -.
a. all Americans
b. Christians ever5nvhere
c. Christians andJews ever5rwhere
4. Which would notbea gfoodNew Year'sresolution?
a. I'll spend more time with my family
b. I'll stop smoking!
c. I'll buy somegroceries
5. The year A.D.500 was about
a. 1,500yearsago
b. S00yeaisago
c 2,50Oyears ago
----r
CHAPTER
:44
ffi
.#* !
' ',{r.1:
:':|
B. Map-Reading Practice,
Onthemapof the U.S.on page287, find the linesindicatingthe timezones.Thenanswer
thefollowingquestions.
l. Are thesestraightlines?
2. Can you make an inference about why they aren't?
3. Write the names of the four time zonesin the contiguous48 states:
a. c.
b. d.

Oneachblankline,writethe letterof thecorrectwordor phraseto completethe sentence.
Thenumbersin parenthesesgive theparagraphsin whichthe expressions
are used.
l. The Christmasrush (5) refersto -.
a. shoppers
b. churchgoers
c. carolers
2. Roly-polUG0) means
a. fat
b. jolly
c. slender
3. Greeting cards containing "season'sgreetings" (t7) arc usually sent to
a. strangers
b. Santa Claus
c. relatives, friends, and businessassociates
4. Turning overanewleaf {27) means
a. buying a ne\ r poinsettia plant
b. decoratingfyour home with new eve4ireens
c. making a fresh start and improving one'sbehavior
5. When you laokforward n (3t) an even! you -.
a. e4rect and want it to happen
b. fear it
c. make it happen sooner
fr
Ii
V. Taking Words Apart- .,
A. Pronunciation of the Letters ch The letters ch are usually pronounced as in
the words child and But in some words, ch is pronounced like a /eand in
cheese.
others like sh.
Say the followingwords after your teacher:
lchl lkl lshl

chore chorus, choir champagne
chimney school, orchestra Chicago
church Christmas, Christ Michigan
China ache, cTtaracter machine
B. Pronunciation and Spelling of Ordinal Numbers Ordinainumberstell

position or order.They begin with frsf second,third. After that, add -th to changethe
cardinalnumber to the ordinal. More spellingchangesto note:
1. Just addh:eight, eighth; twenty-eight,twenty-eighth
2. Clrrangefinat -U to -ie: twcnty, tr-.'ent'gth;thirfy, thfudgttl
3. Changevetof: fiyg, fifth; twelve,twelflh
Ordinal numbers are used for calendar dates,floors of a building, rows in a theater,
and many other things.
Practiceordinalnumberpronunciation witha partnerby sayingthe folbwing dates.Lookon a
calendaror in theholidaysectionsof tfitsbookfor datesyou donTknow.
1. New Year'sDay
2. Fla{Day
3. Columbus Day
4. Halloween
5. Thanksgiving Day
6. Christmas Day
7. the last day of the year
8. your birthday
---E
22 . TheWinter HolidaySeason
CHAPTER
J[
frE-
u:,fr
Vl. Practicing SentencePatterns ..1.1
I
In tlre first sentencn of paragraph l g, whilc is a transitional word connecting two :ii
events that happen at the same time. However, the second sentence in paragraph 28, ,3
.#
whileis a word of contrast, similar to although in the first sentencr of the paragraph. :i;
Study these examplescarefully.Thenwrite two sentenceswith while, one of each type. .-
1. (IJse while to connect simultaneous actions.) ,{'l
ti
t;
.+
2. (llse while to contrast two ideas.)
Vll. Sharing ldeas

A. lssues
Debatetheseissuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneandwriteaboutit.
1. Christrnas is a religious holiday, and American law and tradition require
separationof church and state.Should tax dollars (from a local, statg or the
federalgovernment)be spent to put Christmas decorationsin and around public
buildings? In public schools,should children sing Christmas carolsin music class
and make Ctristmas decorationsin art class?
2. [;very year during the holiday season,some people developa psychological
problem called Christmnsblu,es(afeeling of great sadness).Why migfrt some
peoplebe depressedat this time of year?
Wrrteaboutoneof thesetoPics.
1. Pretend you are building a snowrnan. To have a well-dressedsnowmarqwhat
clothing and props would you use?Describe your snowrnan
2. Pretendthat you are dressedup as Santa Claus to gliveout $iffs at a party for
hospitalized children. What are you wearingf; How do you feel in the costume?
3. Pretend thatyou have a neighbor who has no relatives and few friends livin$ in
the samecity. What can you do to help this person avoid the "Christmas blues"?
4. Do you believein miracles?If so, write about one you think really happened.
Two Presidents
and Two Wars
Mount Rushmore National Memorial (South Dakota)
You Reno
BrroRe
Discuss
1. What do you know about PresidentsGeorgieWashin$ton and Abraham
Lincoln? In the picture, which two are Washington and Lincoln?
2. Whatis a revolutionary war? What is a civil war? What causesthesetypes of
wars?
3. What sectionsof the presentday U.S. fought in the American Revolutionary
War? In the American Civil War? Point theseareasout on a map of the U.S.
Guess
Try to answerthe questions.fnii,n look for the answersin the reaciir1.
1. Which of these former presidentshas an American state ir:nn*ll ;.irur iiiiiri
Check (/) one:
_ George Washington _ Abraham Lincoln
2. Whose portrait is on these coins?
the penny the quarter
3. Who's on theseAmerican bills?
the $1 bill the $5 bill
Two Presidents end Twa $4,&r^"=;

1 GeorgeWashingtonand Abraham Lincoln are the only Americar i i:,sirieni,irr,i',i,se
_l
birthdaysare widely celebratedas legal holidays.Why are these irr.,i.,. ;-rii.)!;i{ti€rji:r ,.:,.iii'r- 1
1
cially honored? Without their wise leadership,the United Stat*s ii;\rnerica r,:,,ii;J
probably not exist today. Both men lived during critical periods ir ;i,nisr;i-::rihistory and :
both met the challengeof theirtimes with great courageand wisderm.'",rrr.iiiinstr:nfi:;ed 1
j
c
the dangersof a revoludonary war to help the 13 American eerl**g*."i*ir i.i:r.'ii;i,ril;- '!
pendencefrom England.Lessthan l00 yearslater,Lincoln E**ciiar*d:,iji:i i ,.,ii i i'r:,::,,,rr,1

i. 1
ern states to keep the young nation from dividing in two. I
j
2 But Washingtonand Lincoln are rememberednot only fr:r theil i-;,.,ii'iri;ir-ii.!r, ii.l- {
plishments.Both men are Americanheroes.Theyare syrn*:*lsc;ft.r.ilil.--,r'i !";s:lil i,1.,
are greatly admired by Americans.Among these admirable traits are honesty,cor-ii;i:r.:,
and love of freedom.
George Washingrton
3 GeorgeWashington, commonlycalledthe'fatherofhis cnultr,,i,!vil:;l.:,:r::ti -i'iri:
::. i ,;:i::.i
son of a wealthyVirginiaplanter,he was privatelyeducatedand trainedtc i:e a siJrvr3,L rr
(a personwho measuresland boundaries).But when servingas at t:ffi':r,:l;i; i-lir.i:;:,i,.i.
and IndianWar {from 1753to l75B),he gainedan interesland rr,pr:ri:f{crir l.lrlii:,ir.,
leadership.
ii ln 1759,Washingtonmarried awidow named Marth* Cus{is.,,,'i:r,i;rt{:i l}ri,iri'r',,1,i.,,-
l,
'tt mousas a wonderfulhostessin the first presidentshome.Aftei l;is :ir*liiilp,{:r, x';;:lrii;.;. t*
* I{
ton retumed to his Virginia plantation, Mount Vernon,io live the iifr,:r,:i;; g;-.11ije1; ;.11:: I
'l farmer.However,he soon becameinvolvedin colonial oppositim* tr.,iirlri:;)rp*liei*r , r
'' It
if America.ln 1763,the Britishgovemmentbeganto tax its American{ollr ji:r if}li{-il:i'r,i'.,-
iI ily and also tried to increaseits control over the colonies. Engiar,l'tatririi ir: r:r,,iirir":.
:
UNIT7 . AmericanHolidavs:Historyand Customs

@
coloniesall the manufacturedgoods the colonistsneeded,so it tried to restrictthe
colonists'tradewith othercountries.Englandalso prohibitedwestwardexpansioninto
Americanterritoriesreservedfor the tndians.But the increasedtaxationcausedthe
most trouble.Eventually, the colonistsrefusedto paythe newtaxeson stamps,tea,and
other imports.As a result.relationsbetweenthe mother countryand its colonieswent
from bad to worse.
5 ln 1774,the FirstContinentalCongressmet. lt wasattendedby 56 delegates from I 2
of the | 3 colonies.Thisgrouptold Gre.t Britainwhat kind of treatmentthe coloniesde-
mandedconcerningtaxation,trade,and the right to maketheir own laws.But British
colonialpoliciesdid not change.ln 1775,the SecondContinentalCongress declaredwar
on GreatBritainand namedWashingtoncommanderin chiefof the Revolutionary Army.
Washington'slob was verydifficult.His army was small, poorly fed,and inadequately
clothed.The men sufferedgreatlyduringterriblycold winters.Washingtonhad to fight
the Revolutionary Warwith poorlyequipped,untrainedsoldiers.He neveraskedfor and
neverreceivedany salaryfor the iob he performed.ln fact, he often spenthis own money
to buy clothesfor his men and sendaid to their families.
6 Beforethe coloniesdeclaredtheir independence, celebrationshonoringthe birth-
daysof British rulerswerecustomary.After the Declarationof Independence, the Amer-
ican people ignored royal birthdaysand began instead to celebrateGeneralWashing-
ton's birthday.Thiscustom startedin 1778during the army'scold, snowywinteratValley
Forge,Pennsylvania,when one of the military bands marchedto Washingtonshead-
quartersand played for him.
7 With help from the Frenchgovernment,Washington'sarrny was able to defeatthe
British. By 1781,it was obviousthat the British had given up. It was then suggestedthat
a monarchybe set up, with Washingtonas king.Washingtonviewedthis idea "with ab-
horrence"(hatred).He was not an ambitious man. He didn't want political power.He
only wanted to go home-Whenthe peacetreaty was finally signedin I783,Washington
eagerlyreturnedto Mount Vernon.But his quiet life as a farmerwas again interrupted.
When the new country formed a stronger national government, GeorgeWashingtonwas
unanimously chosen as its first president. He took office in 1789and was reelectedin
1792.ln 1796,herefuseda third term and retiredfrom political life. He died 2 yearslater
and was buried at Mount Vemon.Today,more than a million tourists visit this beauti-
ful site everyyear.
a Shortly after his death,Washingtonwas praisedin these famouswords:"Firstin wat
first in peace,and first in the heartsof his countrymen."To the Americanpeople,Wash-
ington symbolizesdignity, statesmanship,and, above all, honesty.The famous cherry
tree story which was invented by Washingtons first biographer,has becomea lesson in
morals for all American schoolchildren.The story says that when GeorgeWashington
was about 6 yearsold, his father gave him a hatchet, which the little boy loved to play
with. One day, he hit the edge of his hatchet against his father's favorite young cherry
tree. He did enough damage to kill the tree. The next morning, his father noticed the
damageand ran into the houseshouting,"George,do you know who killed that beauti-
ful little qherrytree . . - in the garden?"Georgesfamous reply was, "l can't tell a lie, Pa,
you know I can't tell a lie. I cut it with my hatchet." His father, pleased with the boy's
i't coLlrageand hortesty,quickly forgave him. Becauseof this cherry tree story traditional
JI
23 . Two Presidentsand Two Wars
CHAPTER
I
j
r
L-- _
;i:d:
dessertson Washington'sbirthda-vare cherry pie or a log-shapedcakedecoratedwith

cherries.
g Thebirthdayof the nation'sfirst presidenthas beendeclareda holidal'by the federal
governmentand by all the individualstates.In I968,the federalgovernmentmovedthe
holiday to the third Monday in Februaryand also renamed it Presidents' Daq.In some
states,it is an to
occasion honorboth Washington and Lincoln,and some statescallthe
dayWashington-Lincoln Day.lnother states,the holiday honors all former presidents.
Zmr*wn Whateausedthe AmericanRevolution?

GouprdrmrlonWhat twoimportnntiobsdid CeorgeWashingtonhave?
Ahraham Lincoln
.10 AlthoughAmericansadmireGeorgeWashington,the greatestAmericanhero is cer-
tainlyAbrahamLincoln.Why?Americansliketo believethat peoplewho arehonestand
hardworkingcan achievesuccessno matter how humbletheir beginnings.Lincolnis a
perfect example of what Americans call a self-mad'e man'
11 Lincoln was born on February 12, 1809, in a log cabin in Kentucky.His parentswere
uneducatedand poor. Storiesabout Lincoln's youth demonstratehis honesty.(ln fact,
he eamed the nickname"HonestAbe.")Although Lincoln eventuallybecamea lawyer,
he had very little formal education.But he did have a brilliant mind and great moral
strength. He had the courageto do what he felt was right, no matter how great the sac-
rifice. In 1860,shortly beforethe Civil War began,he said, "Let us havefaith that right
makesmight; and in that faith let us, to the end, dare to do our duty as we understand
it."
12 Electedto the presidencyin 1860and reelectedin 1864,Lincoln was the first suc-
cessful presidentialcandidatenominated by the Republicanparty. During his presi-
dency,the American Civil Warwas fought. The issueswere slaveryand secession.ln the
agricultural southern states,blacks forcibly brought from Africa were used as slavesto
work on tobacco and cotton farms and do housework. In the industrial North, slavery
was illegal. In the northem states,where there were only small farms, the economyhad
little use for large numbers of agricultural workers.Moreover,Northernersopposedslav-
ery as inhumane. In order to protect their right to keep slaves,the southem leadersde-
cided that the southern states should secede(separate)from the Union and form a new
nation-the ConfederateStatesof America'
'A
13 Lincoln felt that the Union had to be saved.In 1858,Lincoln had said, housedi-
vided against itself cannot stand. I believe this govemment cannot endure permanently
half slaveand half free."ln 1860.the U.S.A.,was, indeed,"a housedivided."At that time,
the U.S. was the only important democracy in the world. Self'government would be
proved a failure if the nation could be destroyed by a minority of its own citizens.Lin-
coln chose to lead the country into civil war rather than allow the South to secede.
14 There were 33 Ainerican states when the Civil War began- Eighteen of them did not
(Vir-
allow slavery,and t 5 did. During the Civil War I l states fought for the Confederacy
ginia, North Carolina,South Carolina,Georgia,Florida,Tennessee,Alabama,Missis-
UNIT7 e AmericanHolidays:Historyand Customs

r
sippi,Arkansas,Louisiana,and Texas).On the Union side therewere 23 states,aftera
sectionof Virginiathat wantedto remain in the Union separatedfrom the rest of the
stateand becameWestVirginia(in 1863).Sevenwesternterritoriesalso foughton the
Union side.Among the statesthat borderedthe t"torthand the South,some sided with
the Confederacy and otherswith the Union. For some,it was a difficultdecision.Ken-
tuckyand Missouri,for example,remainedin the Union,but secessionist groupswithin
these states set up their own state governmentsand sent representatives to the Con-
federateCongress-
t) The Civil War oeganin April of 1861,only a few monthsafter Lincoln'sinauguration
as president.lt beganwhen Lincolndeclaredsecessionillegaland sent militarytroops
to keepfederalpossessionof a U.S.governmentfort locatedin the harborof Charleston,
SouthCarolina.ln terms of human suffering,the CivilWarwas by far the most painful
the U.S.has everbeen involvedin. About 620.000soldiersdied in battle and another
500,000sufferedfrom war-relatediniuries or illnesses.The numberof Civil War deaths
rvasalmost as high as the total numberof Americanliveslost in all other warsthat the
U-S.was involvedin from 1775to 1995.In addition,the CivilWarcausedthe breakupof
many friendshipsand even familieswhen loyaltieswereon opposite sides.By the end
of the war,the economyof the South was in ruins and a greatdeal of properryhad been
destroyed.On April 9, 1865,General Robert E. Lee, the Confederatecommanderin
chief,surrendered to GeneralUlyssesS. Grant,the Union commander.lt took until May
26 before the word reached all the generals in the field, and the battle between the
North and the South finally ended.
t6 During the war,Lincoln'sEmancipationProclamationdeclaredall slavesin the Con-
federatestates to be free.After the war, the Thirteenth Amendment to the Constitution
was adopted. It freed all slavesthroughout the nation.
17 Lincoln was an excellentwriter who could expresshis beliefsclearlyand with great
emotional force. For example,in 1863,Lincoln dedicateda national cemeteryin Get-
tysburg,Pennsylvania, the site of one of the Civil War'sbloodiestbattles.He ended his
shortestand most famous speechwith the following wish: ". . . that this nation, under
God,shall havea new birth of freedom,and that governmentof the people,by the peo-
ple, for the people shall not perish from the eafth."Thesewords,as well as other parts
of Lincoln's speeches,are still memorized and recited by schoolchildrenand actors be-
causethey expressin beautiful languagethe highest ideals of American democracy.
18 On April 14, lt3fl5,lessthan a weekafter Lee'ssurrender,Lincoln,his wife, and some
friendsattended a play at Fords Theatrein Washington,D.C.Shortlyafter l0:00 p.tu.,a
gunshot was heard in the crowdedauditorium. Iohn WilkesBooth, a well-knownactor
and southem sympathizer,had shot the president in the head. Lincoln was canied un-
conscious to a neighboring house, where he died early the following morning. He was
the first American Presidentto be assassinated,but, unfortunately,not the last.
19 BecauseLincoln had spent most of his adult yearsin lllinois, his body was brought
back there and buried in the state capital, Springfield. Now there is a large monument
where Lincoln, his wife, and three of their four sons are buried. Visitorsto Springfield
can also tour the home wherethe Lincolns lived beforemoving to the White House.
Lincolns birthday.February12,is celebratedas a legal holiday in l4 states.Another
l 5 stateshonor him on Presidents'Dayor Washington-LincolnDay.Arizonacelebrates

CHAPTER
IE
-.8
Lincoln's
birthdayon the secondMondayin February.
Mostof the southernstatesdo {I
notcelebrateLincoln's
birthdaysincehewastheirenemyduringtheCivilwar
a
ii What wereLhetwomain causes

of the Ameican CivilWar?
Z *rr* rounHowmany menwereftilledor woundedin thiswar?
'Gompnohondon
Howdid Lincolndie? :
:t
21 The namesand facesof both Wash-
ington and Lincoln are an important
partof Americanculture.Washingtonis
the only presidentfor whom a state is
named.The state of Washingtonis in
:
1 the northwestpart of the UnitedStates.
i On the othersideof the countryliesthe
ij nation'scapital city, Washington,D.C.
The nation'scapitalhas beautifulmon-
uments honoring thesetwo great pres-
idents.The WashingtonMonument-
more than 555feet high-is the capital
city's only skyscraperand the tallest
masonry {stone) tower in the world.
The Lincoln Memorial containsa beau-
tiful marble sculpture (largerthan life-
size) of a seated Lincoln. Throughout
the U.S.A., cities, towns, streets,
schools,bridges,and other structures
are named for both Washington and
Lincoln. Portraits of both these na-
tional heroes decorate the walls of
many public buildings. ln addition, The Lincoln Memorial (Washington, D.C.)
portraits of Washington and Lincoln
(likethose of other presidents)appearon the front of U.S.coins and bills. Washington's
picture is on the quarter and the Sl bill; Lincolns is on the penny and the 95 bill. To
Americans,the facesof Washingtonand Lincoln are as familiar and inspiring as their
courageousleadership.
1
I
i
ArrrR You Reno
in thischartdescribe
A. Someof the sentences Washington,
somedescribeLincoln,
and
somedescribe bothmen.Putchecks(/ )in theappropriate
boxes.
1. He was born into a poor family.
knou'n for his honesty.
3. A state is named after him.
4. His face is on American money.
5. He was married.
6. He was president durin$ a war.
7. He was a skillfrrl militarv leader.
9. He was assassinated.
10. Tourists can visit his home.
B. 0n eachblankline,writethe letterof thecorrectphraseto completethesentence.

1. In the Revolutionary War, the American Revolutionary forces fouglrt against
a. each other
b. France
c. Great Britain
2. In the Civil War, the American statesfought against
a. the Native Americans
b. Great Britain
c" each other
3. If the colonieshad lost the Revolutionary War, tlrey migfrt still, even today,be
a. a commumst country
b. governedby England
c. two countries
(continaed on the next page)

CHAPTER
E
: i."i
,ii.:,
4. rf the south had won the civil war, today the southeastern part of the u.S.
rvould be _.
a. the Confederate States of America
b. a British colony
c. aparl of the U.S.
5. In the Civil War, the Confederacy fought against the rest of the United States,
commonly caiied
a. the Union or the North
b. the South
c. the colonies
ll, Building Your Vocabulary

wordsfor thischapter.Theyareboldfacedin the
battle* honor* revolutionarv*
colony ideal* secession
declare ignore surrender*
endure opposition unanimously
forgavet policy wisdom
B. Completethesesentenceswith someof thekey vocabularyworos.Youmayneedto use

somewordstwice.Makethe nounspluralif necessary,and puteachverb into the correct
tenseandform.
1. In the story about GeorgeWashington and the cherty treg the boy's father
his son for disobeyinghim becausehis son told the truth.
2. TheBritish the colonists' complaints about higft taxes.
3. In 1776, dunng the Revolutionary War, ttre American colonies
their independencefrom England.
4. Geo4ieWashingtonwas chosenas the first president of the
new nanon.
s. A(n) war is fought to make a completechangfein the
government.
4
.{ 6. Slavervand causedthe American Civil War.
1
i
I
I
t
t *These words can be nouns or verbs.
t Forgaveis the past tense of forgive.
*These words can be adjectives or nouns.

t@
I
7. Northern to slavery was one of the main causesof the
Anrerican Civil War.
8. Washington and Lincoln were men of great and honor.
9. In Washington, D.C., beautiful monuments the memory of
these two great presidents.
10. Five urlcountable nouns in this vocabulary list are
and
C. Answerthesequestionsby writingYesor No.

l. Wassecessiontried as a way for the South to keepslavery?
2. If you forgrve someonefor hurting you, do you stay angry?
3. lf you ignore something, are you paylng attention to it?
4. Does the side that loses a war surrender?
5. Is a colony an independent country?
6. Does an honorable person have high ideals?
7. If you declareyour opposition to something,are you in favor of it?
8. Does a person with wisdom usually make good decisions?
Workwitha parfulrur.
Oneach blankline,writethe letterof the correctanswerto the
guestion.
1. The famous cherry tree story (paragraph8) illustrates which two gioodcharacter
traits?
a. strength and modesty
b. courageandhonesty
c. wisdom and kindness
2. What's the meaning of 'Let us have faith that right makes might"? (paragraph
11)-
a. If we are strong, we will alsobe morally rigflrr
b. If we are morally dght, that will give us strength.
c. Right and migfotare the sarne.
(continurd on the nzxt page)
23 r Two Presiden8and Two Wars

CHAPTER
w
#i
7 ':..
3. \Vhen Lincoln said "A-house divided against itself cannot stand," (paragraph 13)
u'hat was he comparinf _
a- an old house and a neu'house
b. a house cut in half with a countr;r that allowed slavery in some areasbut
not others
c- the U.S. and Great Britain
4. In the quotation in paraSraph 13, u'hat did Lincoln predict would happen to the
U.S. if it continued to have both slave states and free states?
a. It would not survive.
tr. It would have slavery eve4rwhere.
c. It would have no slavery.
B. The Effipsis Note the use of three dots inparagraphs 8 and 12. This
punctuation is called an ellipsis.what is its purpose? It means that one or mor€
words have been omitted from the quotation.

A. Answerthe followingquestions
aboutexpressions usedin thereading.Thenumbers
in
parenthesesgive theparagraphsthat containthe answers.
1. why is washington calledthzfatfur ofhis country (3, 5,7)? Give two reasons.
2. Why is Lincoln calleda self-mafuman(tO, tt)Z
B. Discussthe meaningsof the expressions

listedbelow.Thenusethemto completethe
sentences.The numbers in parentheses
give the paragraphs
in whichtheexpressions
are
used.
aboveall (8) give up (7) side with (14)
break up (tS) no matter (11)
1. Through difficult times, the Revolutionary Army kept fighting The soldiers
didn't
2. 1l}lrerevolutionary forceswanted to win their independencg so they kept
fighting, how difficult and dangerousit was.
3. Lincoln was intelligent, humblg and, honorable.
4. Did Lincoln the North or the South?
5. The South wanted to the U.S. into two countries.
_l
V. Taking Words Apart.
A. Look-Alike Words
Dtscussthe meanings andpracticethepronunciation
of thefollowinggroupsof words.Then
underlinethe correctwordsto completethe sentence
s. Finally,readthe sentences
aloud.
a dzsert,to d.esert,a dessert
to separate(verb), separate(adjective)
to face(verbJ,aface (noun)
human,humane
1. Sometimessoldiersbecomefrightenedand run away or (fusat / dnssert)from the
army. A (desert/ dessert)is a dry, sandy area.Cherry pie is a traditional (desert/
dessert)on Washington'sbirthday.
2. The southern stateswanted to (separate/ separated)from the rest of the U.S. and
becomea (separate/ separated)country, so they seceded,or (separate/ separated)
from the Union.
3. Washington and Lincoln both (fadng /faced.)difficult decisions.Today,their
fface/fam) are familiar to all Americans.
4. The Civil War led to a greatdeal of (human /humane) suffering. The war was
foughtbecausepeople in the North thought that slavery was not (human/
hum,ane).
B. Silent ft At the beginning of a word, sometimesthe letter h is silen! especially

when it is followed by the letter o.
Saythesewordsafteryour teacher.
Silent h: honest, honor, hour
Pronouncedh: hLohLday,
homg hostess,humang humble
C. Negative Prefixes
Threeprefixesthat meannot are il-, in, andun. Use thecorrectprefixto make eachword
from thereadingnegative.Usea dictionaryfor helpif necessary.
Example
un happy
1. legal 3. humane 5. adequate
2. conscious 4. fortunately
23 o Two Presidentsand Two Wars

CHAPTER
Iq
D. Nouns and Verbs That End in -y To make plurals, third per"sor ;t;i:gular
present tense, and past tense forms of words that end in -y, fcrl"lowthcrlr ruies:
If a consonant precedes the -y, change the g to ibefore adding (; ,:r -;'ii,
Examples
city: cibies I try: he
If a vowel precedes&" -U,don't make this change.Justad -s.
Examples
key: keye I enjoy: he eniqts play: played
Writetheplural.
1. policy: 2. c,ountry.
Wrrtethethird personsingular(presenttense).
1. hurry: 2. stay:
Wrttethepast tense.
1. ty: 2. bury: 3. enjoy:
A. The Emphatic Past Tense Thesetwo sentences$iiijri:.'l.:ly ri;;ilr-liii:
Lincoln had very little schooling, but he had a brilliant mind,
Lincoln had very little schooling,but he did have a brilliant mrnd.
The two sentenceshave the samemeaning,but the secondemphasizes*ie e*n[mst.
Drscussin class varioustimes wtrcnemphaticformsare used.Ihen conrpietethe foJJbwng
sentenceswith emphatic past tenseverbs.
1. We didn't have any milk in the house,but we
2. I didn't need help with my math class,but I
It
f
1l
IJ
q
B. Let us or LetS Let's is the contraction for l"etus.This sentence pattern is used
to make a suggestion that the speaker and the listener do some*ring together. Lincoln
used it in his famous statement "Let us have faith that right makes might.', I*t us is
very formal. In ordinary conversation,Iet'sis usually used. After let's, abase verb
(with no ending) is used.
Writetvvosentences beginningwith Let's.

1. L€t's
2. Iet's not
Vll. Sharing ldeas

A. lssues
Debatetheseissuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneandwrite aboutit.
1. Is a revolutionary leader a hero or a traitor? When is it morally right for people
to revolt?
2. Did the south have the right to secede?can part of a countr5rdeclare
independence?
3. Washington,who worked so hard for freedor:, was himself a slaveowner. (He
did, however,ftee his slavesin his will.) Does that make W'ashingtonless of a
hero?
Writeaboutone of thesetoprcs.
1. Describeyour ideal heto or heroine- What character traits and goalsmust ttis
person have?
2. Readmore about one of thesepeoplg and then write your reaction to their
decisiont alotd/ or actions: Mary Todd Lincoln, Robert E.rne, orJohn wilkes
Booth.
3. Do you think ifs important for political leadersto be moral peoplein their
personallives?
4. Tell about a revolution or a civil war that vou know about
*t;
i
I
*l
i 23 . Two Presidentsand Two Wars
CHAPTER
I
w
[u_
L
L
L
j,lii
il:5
'.i _
Four Patriotic
Holid
Threesymbolsof the United Statesof America
BrroneYou Rrno
Discuss
1. Why do you think the flag, the bald eaSq andUncle Ssm are symbolsof the
United States?
2. Doyou know the meaning of patri- in En$ish or another lan$uafep Have you
heard,peoplerefer to their native country as their fatherlnnd ot motherlan'il
what doesthis sug$estabout people'sfeelin$sfor their country?
3. Who were the opposingsidesin the American Revolution and the Civil War?
-1
I
Guess
Tryto answer the questions.Then look for the answersin the reading.
1. Whose signature is the biggest and fanciest on the Declaration of Independence?
Check (/) one:
- Benjamin Franklin -John Hancock _ George Washington

2. What is the national bird of the U.S.? Check (/) one
the turkey - the bald eagle - the robin
Foar Patriotic llolidags

:
Why Patriotism?
t The Scottishauthor Sir WalterScott ( 177l-1832)wrote a famous poem called"Love
of Country."lt begins with this question: "Breathesthere the man, with soul so dead /
Who neverto himself hath said:/ This is my own, my native land. . . .'" At the end of the
poem, Scott predictsthat a man who does not love his country will die "unwept,un-
honored,and unsung."
2 Patriotism is encouraged, expected, and commonplace worldwide. Why? Love of
countryseemsto servethe needsof nationsas well as their individualcitizens.After all,
in order to survive,a nation needs loyal citizens who will support and defend its inter-
ests until death if necessary.On the other side of the coin, citizensneed to feel linked
to an honorableand enduring nation. Holidaysthat celebratea nation'sbirth, military
victories,significant accomplishments,and great leaders make people feel proud of
their national heritage. Patriotic holidays are also occasionsfor telling the nation's
"story"to the next generationand to new immigrants.In the U.S.A.,national memories
give a multi-ethnic nation a common culture.
3 In February,Americans celebratethe greatnessof GeorgeWashington and Abraham
Lincoln.Fourother patriotic holidaysspanthe yearfrom springthroughlate fall. Memo-
rial Day was inspired by the Civil War and Veterans Day by World War l. The two other
patriotic holidays-lndependence Day and Flag Day-are related to the American Rev-
olution and the birth of the U.S.
Whataresomereasons havepatrioticholidays?
uthAcountries
Menrorial Day
4 Memorial Day,originally establishedto honor the Civil War dead, now honors all
Americanswho lost their lives in militarv service.Unofficially,the holiday has been
24 c FourPatrioticHolidavs
CHAPTER
EE
iil
extendedbeyond its militaryconnectionto becomea day of generaltribute to the dead.

On Memorial Day, cemeteiiesare crowded with families who come to decoratethe
graves of their loved ones.
s Shortly after the bitter and bloody Civil War between the northern and southern
states,the women of Columbus,Mississippi,put flowerson the gravesof both Confed-
erateand Union soldiers.By doing so, they honored the war dead who weretheir ene-
mies along with their Confederatedefenders.Northernerssaw this gestureas a symbol
of national unity. In 1868,DecorationDay-now called Memorial Day-became a legal
holiday.'lbday, in everystate exceptAlabama,Memorial Day is celebratedon the last
Monday in May. Paradesand military exercisesmark the occasion.Also, in much of the
country,Memorial Day is the first warm-weatherholiday.Peopleget out the barbecue
grill and startplanningoutdoorfun. But, hopefully,they rememberthemeaningbehind
the dav.
Yom
El cnscr
GomlrehsnclonOn Memoial Day, whois remembered?
Veterans DaY
6 VeteransDay,like Memorial Day,is a serious holiday honoring men and women who
have served in the military. Originally, the holiday was called Armlstice Day.lt was es-
tablished by PresidentWoodrowWilson in l9l9 to commemoratethe signingof the
armistice (on November I l, l9l8) that brought an end to World War I. ln 1954,Presi-
dent Dwight Eisenhowersigned a bill changir,gthe name of the holiday toYeterans Day
and extending its significanceso that it now honors American veteransof all wars.The
holiday is celebrated on November I l throughout the U.S. and in other countries as
well. The armistice between the opposing forces in World War I was signed in the
eleventh month, on the eleventhday,at I I n.u. Some people still observetwo minutes
of silenceat that time.
z On VeteransDay,the flag is displayed,and veterans march in paradesin many com-
munities. Special servicesare held at the Tomb of the Unknowns in Arlington National
Cemetery.The Tomb of the Unknownsis special to Americans becausethe unidentified
membersof the military buried there symbolizeeveryonewho has died in defenseof the
U.S.targe crowds also gatherfor servicesat the Vietnam VeteransMemorial (commonly
calfed TheWaIl)in Washington,D.C.
g On this holiday, veterans'organizations in many countries sell paper poppies (red
flowers) to raise money for needy veterans. Poppies became associatedwith World War I
becauseof a famous poem by lohn McCrae.He wrote about a World War I Belgianbat-
tle site, now an American military cemetery:"ln Flandersfields the poppies blow / Be-
tween the crosses,row on row."The poppies symbolizethe contrast betweenthe beau-
tiful, peaceful landscapeand the bloody battlefield it once was.
DaAcustoms?
WftatarefourYeterans
UN|T7 e AmericanHolidays:Historyand Customs
t
L
_f Independence Day
Independence Day,the most importantpatrioticholidayin the U.S, celebrates tlre
birth of the nation.ln 1776,the I3 Americancolonieswere in the midst of the Revolu-
tionaryWar againstGreatBritain.On July2, the SecondContinentalCongress(which
had representativesfrom all l3 colonies) passed a resolution of independence.TWo
days latet this body adopted the Declarationof Independence-a document that de-
claredthe coloniesfreeand independent.In takingtheseactions,theserevolutionary
leaderswere riskingtheir lives,and they knew it. lf the colonieshai lost the war,these
leaderswould probablyall havebeen executedfor treason.Ben Franklintold the other
membersof the ContinentalCongress, 'We n,ustall hangtogether,or assuredly we shall
all hangseparately."
'10 The Declarationof lndependencewaswritten by ThomasJefferson, who later became
the young nation'sthird president.The documentlisted the abusesthat the colonists
had sufferedat the handsof GreatBritainand its king,GeorgeIIl. Its most famouspara-
graphsummedup idealsthat are still held by Americanstoday:
WeholdtheseTruthsto be self-evident,
that all Menarecreatedequal,thattheyare
endowedbytheirCreatorwithcertainunalienable Rights,that amongthesea.eLife,
Liberfy,andthe Pursuitof Happiness-That
to securetheseRights,Governments are
institutedamongMen,derivingtheirjustPowersfromthe Consentof theCoverned.
Thesewords implied,amongother things,that govemmentshould be the servantof the

people,not the other way around.
tl After making a few changeson Jefferson's draft, on fuly 4, 1776,the membersof the
ContinentalCongressacceptedthe revisedversion.The documentwas quicklyprinted
and announcedto the public on luty B. The news of independencewas greetedenthu-
siastically by most colonists. The following day, in New Yo* City, an excited crowd
pulled down a statue of King GeorgeIII. Later its lead was melted down to makebul-
lets for the war.
t2 On luly 19,Congressordered the Declarationof Independencewritten on parchment
in special script. The membersof the Continental Congresssigned this fancydocument.
Today,this original signedcopy is on display in the NationalArchivesin Washington,
D.C.Among the 56 signatures,one name stands out. It is the large, fancy signature of
John Hancock,president of the Second Continental Congress.Today,his name is often
used as a synonym for the wordsignature. When asked to sign a legal document, Ameri-
cans are sometimes told, "Put your lohn Hancockright here."
'13 Since IndependenceDay is a summer holiday and a day off from work for almost
everyone,manyfamilies enioy picnics or beach outings. The occasionis also commem-
orated by colorful and noisy ffreworks disptays, parades, and, in some communities,
patriotic speeches.The flag is flown, and red, white, and blue ribbons are used for dec-
oration at public ceremonies.
14 On the Fourth of luly weekendof 1999,Americans heard good news.On the nation's
birthday, President Bill Clinton announced the rebirth of the national bird, the bald
eagle. (No, this maiestic bird isn't bald. The white feathers on its head lust make it look
that way.)Like the nation it represents,the bald eagle has survivedgood times and bad.
At one time, about half a million of these huge birds flew in the skiesof North America.
CHAPIER24 t Four PatrioticHolidavs

l:ir
By 1963,bald eagleswerecloseto extinction.Only 417 breedingpairsremainedin the

contiguous48 states Hunters,pesticides,powerlines,and loss of habitatcausedthis
decline ThenDDTwasbanned,and the Endangered SpeciesAct ledto protectivemeas-
ures.Today,the U.S.A.is home to about 6,000pairsof thesepowerfulbirds,and they
are being takenoff the endangeredspecieslist. Americansare delighted.They laugh
whenthey recallthat BenlaminFranklinwantedthe nationalbird to be the turkey.The
high-flyingbald eagleseemsmuch moreappropriatefor a nation so proud of its power
and independence.
holidaq?
American
Z ror.*roonWhqis theFourthoflulaan importnnt
onlulY4, 1776?
Whathappened
Gompne[endon
Flag Day
'ts FlagDay,lune 14,is the birthdayof the Americanflag.lt is a minor holidayhonoring
a maiorAmericansymbol.On this date in 1777,theContinentalCongressadopteda
resolutionstating that the flag of the new nation should have l3 horizontal stripes (7
red ones and 6 white ones)to symbolizethe l3 coloniesand l3 white starson a blue
backgroundto symbolizethe unity and equalityof these colonies.Accordingto George
Washington,the red stripessymbolizedGreat Britain and the alternatingwhite stripes
representedthe separationbetween Great Britain and its former colonies.White was
also the symbol of liberrY.
16 Who made the first Americanflag?A young widow, who was a Philadelphiaseam-
stressand flag-makel probably did. Almost 100years latel Betsy Ross'sgrandsonwent
public with this family story:Earlyin 1777, GeorgeWashingtonand two o,n"t t"n cai-4e
io the philadelphiahome of Betsy Rosswith a designand askedher to make a flag for
the new country.She followed their plan except for making the stars five-pointedin-
stead of six-pointed. When Betsy Ross'sstory became known throughout the country,
more than 2 million people contributed to a fund for the preservationof her home.
Today,it remainsa populartourist attraction.
BetsyRossmakingthe first Americanflag
UNIT7 . AmericanHolidays:Historyand Custorns

E{-
L
L
t ?
{
i
17 TheAmericanflaghasbeen redesignedmanytimes.Today,it still containsl3 stripes
in honor of the original colonies.But now there are 50 stars (one for each state;
arrangedin 9 rows,alternating6 starsin one row and 5 in the next Becauseof its de-
sign,the Americanflag has been nicknamedthe Starsand Stnpes. lt is sometimesalso
L 1B
calledOIdClon1.
In school,childrenmemorizeand often recite the followingPledgeof Allegianceto
the flag:"l pledgeallegianceto the flag of the UnitedStatesof Americaand to the Re-
publicfor whichit stands,one Nation underGod, i,rdivisible,
L with liberfyand iusticefor
all." Americansrecitethis pledgewhile standingand holding the right hand over the
heartto show devotion to the flag and the nation it represents.
19 In 1814,the Americanflag inspireda lawyerand amateurpoet named FrancisScott
L Keyto write "TheStarSpangledBanner,"the poem that was laterset to musicand be-
came the nationalanthem. During the War of l8l2 betweenGreat Britain and the
UnitedStates,Keywas on a ship in BaltimoreHarborwatchingthe BritishattackFort
McHenry.As long as Keysawthe Americanflag flying over the fort, he knew his counrry
lrad not lost the battle. He wrote, "the bombs bursting in air / gaveproof through the
night / that our flag was still there."(Thebombs lit up the sky and allowedhim to see
the flag.)Whenthis terriblenight endedand dawn finallycame,to his greatjoy,Keysaw
that the Starsand Stripesstill flew "o'er the land of the freeand the home of the brave."
Keysethispoemtomusic,usingthemelodyof anoldBritishsong.Morethan l00years
later,in l93l , Congressdeclared"TheStar SpangledBanner"the nationalanthem.
20 The American flag is a symbol of the country-its government,its people,and its
ideals.As such, most people agreethat it should be handled with respect.Thereare
many rules and customs about proper handling of the flag. It is usuallydisplayedonly
betweensunriseand sunset.If displayedafter dark, it must be lit up. lt can be flown at
half-mastto honor someonewho has iust died. It should nevertouch the ground nor be
steppedon. Occasionally,people who are angryabout some governmentaction or crit-
ical of Americanlife in generalshowdisrespectto the flag by burning it in public or step-
ping on it. There have been many efforts to pass laws or amend the Constitution to
make it illegal to desecrate the flag. However,objectors to such laws say that handling
the flag disrespectfullyis a form of free speechand should be allowed.lt is an interest-
ing debate,which goesto the basicquestion of what Americanrightsare and what they
should be. On patriotic holidays,the Americanflag flies in front of many homesand re-
minds manyAmericansof their valuableConstitutionalrights and freedoms.
Arrrn You Reno

A. Discussthesequestionswitha partner.Thenwriteyour answerson a separatepieceof
paper.
l. TWo of the four holidays describedin the reading are birthday celebrations.
Which are they,and what do they cnlebrate?
(continuzd on the next page)
CHAPTER
24. Four PatrioticHolidays
--@
2. Of the four holidays dis-cussedin the reading, which trrr'oseem most similar to
.you?Why?
3. ParaSraph 10 quotes apart of the Declaration of Independence. Accnrding to this
section, what is the purpose of government? Where does the government get its
power?
4. Reread the Pledge of Allegiance, quoted in paragraph 18. When Americans recite
this pledgg what are they promisin$ to do?
B. Rereadparagraphs 15-19. Thenmark each statementtrue (T) or false (F).

1. The American flag has more s'hite stripes than red stripes.
2. Today's American flag looks exactly like the one that Betsy Ross
made.
3. Today's American flag has 50 five-pointed stars-
4. Francis Scott Key wrote the words and music to the national anthem.

A. Theseare the15 keyvocabulary
thesewordsafteryour teacher,anddiscusstheirmeanings.
reading.Pronounce
allegiiance fireworkst patriotism
anthem grave* tecite
armistice horizontal striPe
desecrate loyal tribute
document* original vetefan
B. Complete thesesentenceswith someof the keyvocabulary words.Makethe nounsplural

and
if necessary, put eachverb into the correcttenseand form.
1. When you are standing up, your body is vertical. When you are lying down, you
are in a(n) position.
2. A countgi's national usually expresseslove of one's cnuntry.
3. In a cnmetery,the bodies of the dead are buried in
4. The Declaration of Independenceis a very important ln
Americanhistory.
S. Peoplewho once servedin the militarybut are no longer in active serviceare
called
"Documcnt can be a noun or a verb-

tFireworks is always plural. It can be a floun or an adjective.
,I
4a
I
*Grave is used as a noun in this readin$-
UNIT7 . American andCustoms

History
Holidays:
IE-
6. When Americans the Pledge of Allegiance to the Flag, they
say it aloud with the right hand over the heart.
7. Noisy and colorfr.rl are atraditional part ofan Independence
Day celebration. They brighten the night sky.
8. Today's American flag has 13 alternatin$ red and white
Ihis exerciseusesyocabrilary
from the Declarationof lndependencequotedin paragraph
10. Matcheachwordin column1 with its definitionin column2 by writingthe correct
numbers on the lines.
1. self-evident - rightful
2. secure - obvious; easy to see
3. endowed given
4. instituted getttn$
5. deriving protect and keep
6. jusr created; established
A. Fun with Puns Puns refer to using two different meanin$sof a word at the
sametime. Somepuns aremadewith wo words pronounced and spelledthe same
way. Other puns use words pronounced the same(or almost the same)but spelled
differentlv.
quotein paragraph9.
RereadBenFranklin's
Which word is used in two waYs?
B. Double and Single Quotation Marks When authorswant to repeat

someoneelse'sexact spoken or written words, they can do so in two different ways.
In the reading paragiraph1 usesdouble quotation marks, which look like fhis: '1......"
(TheV are always used in pairs.) However, paragraph 10, which contains a longer
quotation, usesa different methocl.The quoted material is centeredand sin$e
spaced.
1. Scanthisreading,findtwo more examplesof quotations,andwritetheparagraph
numbers.
paragraph - paragraph -
2. Lookcarefuwat thequotation in paragraph a quotafron
1. tt contains insidea quotation.
Thequotewithina quote hassingleqwtationmarks aroundit. Writethewordsthatare
insidethe singlequotafion
marks'
24 . Four PatrioticHolidays
CHAPTER
--@/
.i
I
i
c. Quoting Poetry within a Paragraph when authors \/eril rr-)euote a :rr,,,,'

Iines of poetry within aparaSibph, they use a dia6fonalline { / ) to shos' r'i&ere {r;,ii.ir
line of poetrSrends.
Scan the readingto find two examplesof poetry quoted in this ntartncr.ii*,r.;,rir,:
iiitj jrij.i.:ii;,,flg
of "ln FlandersFields'{paragraph8J as the poet wrote it.

Oneachblankline,writethe letterof thecorrectwordor phraseto cornp/ete rji; serutr,riilr-.
Thenumbersin parenthesesgivetheparagraphs in whichthe*ui;,-i:i.:.riiii:,
:/. iisi,:il
1. In this paraSraph, the meaning of after all (2) is
a. later
b. consideringi the following information
c. in addition
2. On theothersifu of thecoin (2) means

a. in addition
b. in contrast J*
c. as a result
;
{
3. Tosurn,ry (1O)means_
.t-
a. to summarize
Iit
b. to describe
c. toexplainindetail j
'+
4. When something standsout (12), it is _.
a. more noticeable than what is nearby
b. vertical
c" standir4gupright
5. When yo'uputgourJohnHaruock(f2) on something.volr nre
a. e4)ressing your patriotic feelings
b. signing your narne
c. putting on a coat
6. 'fue ndangeredspecieslist(f+) nsts plants and animais ihat are
a. no longer living on Earth
b. at risk of becoming extinct
c dangerous
7. The phrase tourist attraxtipn GA) refers to a place that
a. native residents of a community visitregulariy
b. visitors to an area usually want to see
c" is a popular place to bring children
8. When the flag is flown ar half most (20), it is
a. announcinga happyoccasion
b. halfivay up the flagipole
c. flyrng for only half the day
9. Freespeech(20) refers to _.
a. speechthat peoplecan hear without paying for it
b. the right to expressan opinion publicly, whether it's popular or not
c. the rig;ht to say anyrhing you want about anyone
Use an AmericanEnglishdictionaryto find the followinginformation.
1. All these words contain the word partmem-: memorial, flrcmoru,remzmba-,
mmxorize, and,commernorate.What do you thiril< mzm- means? Write your
answer.
2. [c,ok up the wordgrave in a dictionary. Write down its most cornmon meaning
for eachword fonn.
Noun:
Adjective:
3. Find two meaningisof the wordveteran, and.write the definitions here.
It would be very dull if every sentencein a piece of writing.began with the subjecr
One way to get more variety of sentencestructure is to begin with an adverb.Here
are two examplesfrom tle reading. The nunrbers in parentheses$ve the paragraphs
in which tle sentencesappear.
Unofficially. the holiday has been extended beyond its military connection. . . . (4)
Originally, the holiday was called Armistice Day. (6)
1. IVrite a sentenceabout the nurnber of stars on the first American flag.
Originally,
2. Write a sentericeabout the nunrber of statesin the U.S. d&t after the
Revolutionary War.
Originally,
24 . FourPatrioticHolidarrs
CHAPTER
@
G
#
t;
fr Vll. Sharing ldeas
I
A. lssues
Debatefheserbsuesin smallgroups.Thenchooseoneandwriteaboutit.
1. When we celebrateholidayshonoring military victories and military heroes,are
we teachingchildren that it's braveand noble to kill?
2. The U.S.has severalterritories,which are areasthat bclong to the U.S.but are
not one of its 50 states.should a territory and its residentsbe governedby
peopleu'ho live somewhereelse?Can people and the land they live on |nelong"
to residentsof another area?
3. What kind of behaviorshouldbe considereddesecrationof the flagpIs it
desecrationto wear the stars and stripes on one's jacket?on one'sundem.'eai?
ShouldAmericansbe allowedto use paperplateswith the starsand stripeson
them?Where should one draw the line betweendecorationand desecration?
4. I"ove of country is commonly considereda virtue. Yet it sometimesleads to
hatred of outsidersand to bloodshed.Would peoplebe better ofr'if nat'onalism
were replacedby g;lobalfeelingsof love for all humanigr?
Writeaboutoneof thesefopics.
l. Comparethe extent of free speechin the U.S. and another county you've lived
in or know about. Comparewhat can and cannot be said publicly in each
t
country.
2. Dtaw and describea flaSyou think would be appropriate and attractive for the
city, statq or countr5ryou livb in.
3. Somepeople consider fireworks beautifrrl and exciting. Others say they are too
noisy and dangerous.Do you enjoy fireworks demonstrations?Do you think
they're a goodway to enlebratea patriotic occasion?Why or why not?
Througfirouthistory, millions of peoplehave died trying to keep a particular
piece of land part of their country. Would you $ve your life for thatpurpose?
Why orwhy not?
UNIT7 . American Holidays:Historyand Customs
I
il
A Snapshot of More American Holidays
From February through mid-Jung Americans cnLebrateseveral holidays that are bright
threads in the rabric of the nation's culture. Some are for religious expression. Some are
for the expression of devotion to loved ones. Still others are primarily for fun.
ReligiousHolidays
Easter. On Easter,American Christians,togetherwith Christiansaround the world,
celebratethe Resurrection(the coming to life again) of JesusChris! the founder of
Christianity and, accordingito Christian beliefs,the Son of God. Easteris alwayson a
Sunday,but the date varies from year to year. Symbolsof rebirth, new life, and fertility
are common Easter decorations.These include the Easter bunny and colored,elabo-
rately decoratedegigis.It's also traditional to wear new springi clothes on Easter,and
many communities have an Easter parade.Easter has alsobecomea very popular time
for vacations, since many schoolsclosefor severaldaysor more.
Passover. AmericanJews joinJews ever5rwherein celebratingthis important holiday.
It celebratesfreedom and is basedupon a story from the Old Testamentof the Bible.In
the story,Jews who were once slavesin EgJrptwere led to freedom by a greatJewish
hero, Moses.MostJews cnlebratePassoverfor eight days,but for ReformJews and Is-
raeliJews it's a seven-dayholiday. The date of Passoveris determinedby theJewish cal-
endar,but it alwaysbeginsbetween March?T and.Apr-1.24,and is often the sameweek
asEaster.The holidaybegins with a specialfeastcalleda sed.er,at which the story of the
escapefrom Effit is retold. During the holiday, observantJews eat no bread or other
products made with yeast.Instead, they eat flatbread called matzos.
Saint Patrick's Day. On March 17, Americans of Irish descent-who number about
37 million!-honor *reir patron saint who brougftt Cbristianity to a pagannation. The
holiday is celebratedby church services,parades,banquets, and "the wearing of the
green,"a color in the flag of Ireland, a countqr commonly called TheEmerald Islz.
Holidays to ExpressLove
Vafentine's Day. On Fbbruary 14,Americans sendor give greetingcardscalledvalen-
titus.The holiday is primarily about romantic lovg but many people also send valen-
tines to their children and palents. In elementaryschool,children commonly exchange
valentines with friends and teachers.Most valentines are decoratedwith a red heart.
Many also show a picture of Cupid (the young son of the Roman goddess,Venus)with
his bow and arrow. According to the m1rlh,if Cupid's arrow hits a person in the heart,
that person falls in love. This holiday originated in Europe in the 1400s,but today it is
more popular in the United Statesthan anywhere else.Traditional Valentine'sDay giffs
are flowers or a heart-shapedbox of chocolatecandy.
TE--
I
E'
Mother's Day. The purposeof this holiday is to honor one's mother and $iveher a
lr
t; day of rest. It is celebratedon the second Sunday in May. On this day, mothers and
I
grandmothers receive greeting!cards, gifts, and flowers. Also, moms may be served
t
I
breakfast in bed and taken out for dinner to give them a day offfrom cooking.
Father3 Day. Father'sDay customsare similar to those of Mother's Day. Dad gets
F
t
I
cards,gifts, and a day of rest. This holiday is celebratedon the third SundayinJune.
r.
HolidaysJustfor Fun
Groundhog Day. According to legend, February 2 is the date that the groundhog (a
small,furryanimal) wakesup fromhibernation (alongwinter's sleep).Peoplewholive
in colder parts of the United StateseaSerlyawait this moment because,tradition says,
I the groundhoggisa weather forecaster.If he sticks his head out of his hole on a sunny
,
II day and seeshis shadow,he'llbe frightenedand runback in to hibernatealittle lon$er.
That means six more weeks of winter weather. On the other hand, if he emergeson a
ir cloudy day and staysout' there will be an early sprin$'
April Fools' Day. When the French first adopted the Gregorian calendar in 1564,
r
I
9
some people still used the old calendar and celebratedNew Year's Day on April 1.
E These people were called Aprilfook. Today on April 1, Americans celebratethis holi-
dayby playlng innocent tricks on family members,friends, coworkets, and classmates.
fnis nona"y is especiallypopular with kids, and the tricks and jokes are donein a fun-
loving spfuit.
p
A
APPENDIX
I
I @-
I
t_
_f
i
Units of Measurement: {.f.S. and Metric
U.S.Units U.S.to MetricConversion Metricto U.S.Gonversion
Lengrth and Distanc€

12in.:1ft. 1in.: 2.54 cm. 1 cm. : .39 in.
3 ft. : 1yd. 1ft.: .3048m. 1 m. : 39.37in.
1 vd. .9144m.
5,280ft.:lmi. 1mi. : 1.609km. 1 km. : .62 mi.
Area
, 1 sq. mi. : 2.59 sq. km. 1 sq.km. : .38t14sq. mi.
Weight
16 oz. : llb. 1oz. : 28.35gm. 1gm. : .035oz.
1 ton = 2,0001bs. 1lb. : .4536km. 1km. : 2.2lbs.
1 ton : .9OZmetric tons 1 metric ton : 1.057 tons
Volume
1 pt. : 16 fl. oz. tfl. oz. : 29.573ml 1 rnl. : .034fl. oz.
1 qt. : 32 fl. oz. 1 qt. : .9461. 1 l. : 33.814fr..oz.
L gal. : 4qt. 19a1.: 3.7851. 11. : 7.0567qt.
U.S.abbreviations ftle,lricabbreviations
foot : fL pint : pt. centimeter : cm. liter : l.
{allon : gal. *. pound : lb. fluid ot'nce : fr.-oz. meter : m-
inch : in. Quart : Qt. gram : gm. millilitel : 1111.
mile : mi. square mile : sq. mi. kilogran : kg. square kilometer : sq. km.
oun@ : oz. yard : yd. kilometer: km.
The United States, ff.S. Territories,
and Outlying Areas
Theilortheast TheMidwest
New England Middle Atlantic Illinois (IL) Missouri (MO)
Indiana (IN) Nebraska (NE)
Connecticut (CT) NewJersey (l{J)
Iowa (IA) North Dakota (ND)
Maine (ME) New York (NY)
Kansas(KS) ohio (oH)
Massachusetts (MAJ PennsylvaniaPA)
Michigan (MI) South Dakota (SD)
Neu'Hampshire (NHJ
Minnesota (MN) Wisconsin (WI)
Rhode Island (RI)
Vernront (VT)
TheSouth
Alaba'na (AL) Kentucky (KY) South Carolina (SC)
Arkansas (AR) Louisiana (!A) Tennessee(TN)
Delaware (DE) Maryland {MD) Texas (TX) I
District of Columbia (DC) Mississippi (MS) Vir$nia (VA) i
Florida (FL) North Carolina (NC) West Virgnia (WV) 1-

J
Georgia(GA) Oklahoma (OK) 4
{
{-
t
I
TheWest J
I
'I
Mountain pacific J*
j
1
Arizona(AZ) Alaska (AK) I
3
Colorado (CO) California (CA)
Idaho (Io) Hawaii (HI) t-
Montana (MT) Oregon (OR)
Nevada (NV) Washington (WA)
NewMexico (NM)
Utah (UT)
Wyoming (WY)
American Samoa Kingman Reef Palmyra Atoll

Baker,Howland, andJarvis Islands Midway Islands Puerto Rico
Guam NavassaIslands U.S. Virgin Islands
Johnston Atoll Northern Mariana Islands WakeIsland
IE
I
:
The United States: Map urith Time Zones
/'?\
[tl
/r
tvl
/
|
,'-;\
lz\
" I ( t ') /l\
I \I
\_-/
Alaska Pacific Mountain Central Eastern
Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
Time Time Time Time Time
/,in
[\ )
\
Hawaii-
I
Aleutian
Standard
Time
r otso
HD
L i
:i.
{
':i,
wr-
l
The Thirteen Original Colonies
Connecticut New York

Delaware North Carolina
Geor$a Pennsylvania
Maryland Rhode Island
Massachusetts South Carolina
New Hampshire Virginia
NewJersey
I
a
j
i
a
l-
:
7
1r
,l
.l
f
I
I
I
I
i
!
1-
j
I
I
!
{,f.S. Free and Slave States
and Territories, 1860
TheUnion(t'lorth)
Caiifornia Maine New York
Connecticut Maryland Ohio
Delaware Massachusetts Oregon
Illinois Michigan Pennsylvania
Indiana Minnesota Rhode Island
Iowa Missouri Vermont
Kansasl New Hampshire West Virginiaz
Kentucky NewJersey Wisconsin
The territories also fought on the side of the Union.

I
Alabama Louisiana Tennessee
Arkansas Mississippi Texas
Florida North Carolina Virginia
Georgia South Carolina
Although there were fifteen slave states, four of them-Delaware, Kentucky, Maryland,
and Missouri-remained in the Union.
! Fr€€stdes
13 Slav€stales
E Tenitori€sop€n
to slav€ry
-CrnHerale States
of America
tKansasbecame tle thirty-fourth state in 1861.

2q/est Virginia broke off from Virginia and joined the Union in 1863 as the thirty-fifth state.

USA Customs and Institutions Complete Book Guide

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

USA Customs and Institutions Complete Book Guide

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

FOURTH EDITION

13 The Constitution and the Federal System 143

' Vocabularylists in the "Building YourVocabulary"exercisescontainbrief notes

Ethel Tiersky Martin Tiersky

faces of the U.S.A.:diversity as a way of life

The Arnerican Character

UNITI . Attitudes,Values,and Lifestvles

THEWEST THE MIDWEST THE NORTHEAST

Regionsof the United States

UNIT 1 . Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

Z **to* WhatAmericanattitudesarerelatedto democratic

"1?y It-You'Il Like It"

tfpical American Behavior and Values

CHAPTER1 . The AmericanCharacter

UNff 1 . Attitudes. Values,and l_ifestvles

6. doing things the waythey've always

ll. BuildingYour Vocabulary

CHAPTER1 . The AmericanCharacter

1. r.I/ould a materialistic person have many possessionsor few?

8. Do Americans think that it's good to be asserfive? What do you think?

lV. Understandingldiomsand Expressions

UNIT 1 . Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

Underlinethe correct wordform for eachsentence.

What at{:ou, common endingson the nouns in this exercise?- - yW

2. Writea sentencewith the definitionin themiddle.Usetwo Ca.:,hes.

UNIT 1 . Aftitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

CHAPTERt . The american Character

.: ::: ;i. .:.:.i I'r r-- .:- ::: :fq*::

An Americanbride and groom cutting their wedding cake

Marriage: American, Stgle

What are threeAmericanengagement

IIre Big Day

UNIT 1 e Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

The Contemporary American Marriage

UNIT i r Attitudes. Values.and Lifestvles

UNIT1 . Attitudes,Values,and Lifestyles

k wedding day ? hotteymoon

ll. BuildingYour Vocabulary

2. Thetraclitional P"i"es wa[<s down the aisle wearing a rong white

*+ I friends at the @remony.

9. When a married couple ge divorced, the manusuallypays QjU+.t.re.ru{ to

C. In academicwritin$, scientistsand social scientists often pi'",ii111',' ,r,'ii.

1. What is the median in this series of numbers : 3, 4, 5, 17, 72? ?-,

D. Homongms are words that sound alikebut have different meani:rg-,s

UNIT 1 . Attitudes, Values,and [ifestyles

2. Nowuse context clues to determinethe meaningsof the ttalicizedwords in the

lV. Understandingldioms and Expressions

8. What expression means "to arrange things for a particular activity"?

married: marital 64^

1. Joe and Sarahhavebeen happily \r'r'al ti (a* for 35 years.

2. Whatis something thatyou are supposedto do often?

in paragraph72. Discussits meaning.

2. Is there any point in having a big wedding, or is it just a waste of money?

WhenMotheris employed,the livesof herspouseand herchildrenareaffectedWhen

UNIT I o Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

HowhasAmericanfamilUlifecftanged asa result

Who Pays theBills?

- ]- UNIT 'l . Attitudes, Values,and Lifestyles

ll. BuildingYour Vocabulary

B. Complete thesesentenceswith someof thekey vocabulary words. , i

6. Somerrothers want to vlolk, butthey also wantto stayhome with their

3. Yourmother'sbrotheris your f'"t'u"rrt4 . furrcl.e

t. (contitued on thz nact page)